33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314 (b), (c), (e) and (g), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317 (b) and (c), 1318 and 1361.
This part applies to any leather tanning and finishing facility which discharges or may discharge process wastewater pollutants to the waters of the United States, or which introduces or may introduce process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) “Sulfide” shall mean total sulfide as measured by the potassium ferricyanide titration method described in appendix A or the modified Monier-Williams method described in appendix B.
(b) “Hide” means any animal pelt or skin as received by a tannery as raw material to be processed.
(c) “Retan-wet finish” means the final processing steps performed on a tanned hide including, but not limited to, the following wet processes: retan, bleach, color, and fatliquor.
(d) “Hair pulp” means the removal of hair by chemical dissolution.
(e) “Hair save” means the physical or mechanical removal of hair which has not been chemically dissolved, and either selling the hair as a by-product or disposing of it as a solid waste.
(f) “Chrome tan” means the process of converting hide into leather using a form of chromium.
(g) “Vegetable tan” means the process of converting hides into leather using chemicals either derived from vegetable matter or synthesized to produce effects similar to those chemicals.
(h) “Raw material” means the hides received by the tannery except for facilities covered by subpart D and subpart I where “raw material” means the hide or split in the condition in which it is first placed into a wet process.
(i) “Monthly average” means the arithmetic average of eight (8) individual data points from effluent sampling and analysis during any calendar month.
(j) “Interference” means the discharge of sulfides in quantities which can result in human health hazards and/or risks to human life, and an inhibition or disruption of POTW as defined in 40 CFR 403.3(i).
(a) The potassium ferricyanide titration method described in appendix A to part 425 shall be used whenever practicable for the determination of sulfide in wastewaters discharged by plants operating in all subcategories except the hair save or pulp, non-chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory (subpart C,
(b) The modified Monier-Williams method as described in appendix B to part 425 shall be used for the determination of sulfide in wastewaters discharged by plants operating in the hair save or pulp, non-chrome tan, retan-wet finish subcategory (subpart C,
(a) A POTW receiving wastewater from a facility subject to this part may require more stringent pretreatment standards for sulfide than those established by this part without EPA approval.
(b) The pretreatment standards for sulfide established by this part will not
(1) The presence and characteristics, of other industrial wastewaters which can increase or decrease sulfide concentrations, pH, or both.
(2) The characteristics of the sewer/interceptor collection system which either minimize or enhance opportunities for release of hydrogen sulfide gas.
(3) The characteristics of the receiving POTWs headworks, preliminary and primary treatment systems, and sludge holding and dewatering facilities which either minimize or enhance opportunities for release of hydrogen sulfide gas.
(4) The occurrence of any prior sulfide related interference as defined in § 425.02(j).
(c)(1) On October 13, 1983, a POTW which intends to certify that the sulfide pretreatment standard should not apply must publish, in a local newspaper with the largest circulation, a notice that presents the findings supporting this determination consistent with paragraph (a) of this section. Allowance for public hearing of these findings also must be provided. The POTW shall identify all existing facilities to which the sulfide pretreatment standard otherwise established by this part would not apply.
(2) On January 11, 1984, a POTW which intends to certify that the sulfide pretreatment standard should not apply must file a written certification with the Regional Water Management Division Director, Environmental Protection Agency, in the appropriate Regional Office. This certification shall include the findings supporting this determination and the results of public comments, and public hearing(s) if held.
(3) On February 10, 1984, EPA shall acknowledge to the POTW receipt of any certification submitted under paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this section, and shall indicate to the POTW the adequacy of the submission based upon a review of the factors set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.
(4) Within 30 days of the date of receipt of adequate submissions under paragraphs (c) (1), (2), and (3) of this section, EPA shall publish a notice in the
(5) A POTW may certify that the sulfide pretreatment standards of this part should not apply to a new source planning to discharge into the POTW. This certification must be submitted prior to the commencement of discharge, and must conform at a minimum with criteria in paragraph (b) of this section and the general procedures and intervals of time contained in paragraphs (c) (1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section.
(d)(1) If, after EPA and the POTW have determined in accordance with this section that the sulfide pretreatment standards of this part are not applicable to specified facilities, a POTW then determines that there have been changed circumstances (including but not limited to changes in the factors specified in paragraph (b) of this section) which justify application of the sulfide pretreatment standards, the POTW shall revoke the certification submitted under paragraph (c) of this section. The POTW and EPA shall then adhere to the general procedures and time intervals contained in paragraph (c) of this section in order to determine whether the sulfide pretreatment standards contained in this part are applicable.
(2) If pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the sulfide pretreatment standards of this part are applicable to a specified facility, the indirect discharger shall comply with the sulfide pretreatment standards no later than 18 months from the date of publication of the
(e) At any time after October 13, 1983, if a POTW determines that there have been changed circumstances (including but not limited to changes in the factors specified in paragraph (b) of this
The compliance date for new source performance standards (NSPS) and pretreatment standards for new sources (PSES) is the date the new source commences discharge. The compliance date for BPT effluent limitations and guidelines and pretreatment standards for existing sources to no later than March 31, 1989.
Compliance with monthly average discharge limitations is required regardless of the number of samples analyzed and averaged.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which, either exclusively or in addition to other unhairing and tanning operation, processes raw or cured cattle or cattle-like hides into finished leather by chemically dissolving the hide hair, chrome tanning, and retan-wet finishing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
(a) Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:
(b) Any existing source subject to this subpart which processes less than 275 hides/day shall comply with § 425.15(a), except that the total chromium limitations contained in § 425.15(a) do not apply.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.15.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured cattle or cattle-like hides into finished leather by hair save unhairing, chrome tanning, and retan-wet finishing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.21.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.25.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured cattle or cattle-like hides into finished leather by hair save or pulp unhairing, vegetable tanning or alum, syntans, oils and other agents for tanning, and retan-wet finishing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.31.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
(a) Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and § 403.13, any existing sources subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:
(b) Any existing source subject to this subpart which processes less than 350 hides/day shall comply with § 425.35(a), except that the Total Chromium limitations contained in § 425.35(a) do not apply.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and § 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.35.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes previously tanned hides and skins (grain side only) into finished leather by retan-wet finishing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.41.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.45.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes cattle hides, sheepskins, or splits (hair previously removed and pickled) into finished leather by chrome or non-chrome tanning, and retan-wet finishing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.51
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.55.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured cattle or cattle-like hides through the blue tanned state by hair pulp unhairing and chrome tanning; no retan-wet finishing is performed.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.61.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and must achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.65.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured sheep or sheep-like skins with the wool or hair retained into finished leather by chrome tanning, and retan-wet finishing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and must achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.75.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes raw or cured pigskins into finished leather by chemically dissolving or pulping the hair and tanning with chrome, then retan-wet finishing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.81.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in § 425.04 and 40 CFR 403.7 and § 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the following pretreatment standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 425.04, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.85.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process wastewater discharges resulting from any tannery which processes previously unhaired and tanned splits into finished leather by retan-wet finishing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The effluent limitations are those for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): The effluent limitations are those for Total Chromium contained in § 425.91.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and must achieve the following pretreatment standards:
(b) Any existing source subject to this subpart which processes less than 3,600 splits/day shall comply with § 425.95(a), except that the total chromium limitations contained in § 425.95(a) do not apply.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, and achieve the pretreatment standards contained in § 425.95.
The potassium ferricyanide titration method is based on method SLM 4/2 described in “Official Method of Analysis,” Society of Leather Trades' Chemists, Fourth Revised Edition, Redbourn, Herts., England, 1965.
The buffered sulfide solution is titrated with standard potassium ferricyanide solution in the presence of a ferrous dimethylglyoxime ammonia complex. The sulfide is oxidized to sulfur. Sulfite interferes and must be precipitated with barium chloride. Thiosulfate is not titrated under the conditions of the determination (Charlot, “Ann. chim, anal,”, 1945, 27, 153; Booth; “J. Soc. Leather Trades' Chemists,” 1956, 40, 238).
Burrette, 10 ml.
1. Preparation of 0.02N potassium ferricyanide; Weigh to the nearest tenth of a gram
2. Standardization of ferricyanide solution: Transfer 50 ml. of solution to a 250 ml. Erlenmeyer flask. Add several crystals of potassium iodide (about 1 g.), mix gently to dissolve, add 1 ml. of 6N hydrochloric acid, stopper the flask, and swirl gently. Let stand for two minutes, add 10 ml. of a 30 percent zinc sulfate solution, and titrate the mixture containing the gelatinous precipitate with standardized sodium thiosulfate or phenylarsine oxide titrant in the range of 0.025-0.050N Add 1 ml. of starch indicator solution after the color has faded to a pale yellow, and continue the titration to the disappearance of the blue color. Calculate the normality of the ferricyanide solution using the equation:
3. Preparation of 6M ammonium chloride buffer, pH 9.3: Dissolve 200 g. ammonium chloride in approximately 500 ml. distilled water, add 200 ml. 14M reagent grade ammonium hydroxide and make up to 1 liter with distilled water. The buffer should be prepared in a hood. Store in a tightly stoppered container.
4. Preparation of 0.05M barium chloride solution: Dissolve 12-13 g. barium chloride dihydrate in 1 liter of distilled water.
5. Preparation of ferrous dimethylglyoxime indicator solution: Mix 10 ml. 0.6 percent ferrous sulfate, 50 ml. 1 percent dimethylglyoxime in ethanol, and 0.5 ml. concentrated sulfuric acid.
6. Preparation of stock sulfide standard, 1000 ppm: Dissolve 2.4 g. reagent grade sodium sulfide in 1 liter of distilled water. Store in a tightly stoppered container. Diluted working standards must be prepared fresh daily and their concentrations determined by EPA test procedure 376.1 (see 40 CFR 136.3, Table IB, parameter 66 (49 FR 43234, October 26, 1984, with correction notice at 50 FR 690, January 4, 1985)) immediately prior to use.
7. Preparation of 10N NaOH: Dissolve 400 g. of analytical reagent grade NaOH in 1 liter distilled water.
Samples are to be field filtered (gravity or pressure) with coarse filter paper (Whatman 4 or equivalent) immediately after collection. Filtered samples must be preserved by adjustment to pH> 12 with 10N NaOH. Sample containers must be covered tightly and stored at 4 °C until analysis. Samples must be analyzed within 48 hours of collection. If these procedures cannot be achieved, it is the laboratory's responsibility to institute quality control procedures that will provide documentation of sample integrity.
1. Transfer 100 ml. of sample to be analyzed, or a suitable portion containing not more than 15 mg. sulfide supplemented to 100 ml. with distilled water, to a 250 ml. Erlenmeyer flask.
2. Adjust the sample to pH 8.5-9.5 with 6N HC1.
3. Add 20 ml. of 6M ammonium chloride buffer (pH 9.3), 1 ml. of ferrous dimethylglyoxime indicator, and 25 ml. of 0.05M barium chloride. Mix gently, stopper, and let stand for 10 minutes.
4. After 10 minutes titrate with standardized potassium ferricyanide to disappearance of pink color. The endpoint is reached when there is no reappearance of the pink color after 30 seconds.
2. Report results to two significant figures.
1. Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality control program. The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability and the analysis of replicate and spiked samples as a continuing check on performance. The laboratory is required to maintain performance records to define the quality of data that is generated. Ongoing performance checks must be compared with established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses are within precision and accuracy limits expected of the method.
2. Before performing any analyses, the analyst must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable precision and accuracy with this method by performing the following operations.
(a) Perform four replicate analyses of a 20 mg./l. sulfide standard prepared in distilled water (see paragraph 6 under “Reagents” above).
(b)(1) Calculate clean water precision and accuracy in accordance with standard statistical procedures. Clean water acceptance limits are presented in paragraph 2(b)(2) below. These criteria must be met or exceeded before sample analyses can be initiated. A clean water standard must be analyzed with each sample set and the established criteria met for the analysis to be considered under control.
(2) Clean water precision and accuracy acceptance limits: For distilled water samples containing from 5 mg./l. to 50 mg./l. sulfide, the mean concentration from four replicate analyses must be within the range of 50 to 110 percent of the true value.
3. The Method Detection Limits (MDL) should be determined periodically by each participating laboratory in accordance with the procedures specified in “Methods for Chemical Analysis of Municipal and Industrial Wastewater,” EPA-660/4-82-057, July 1982, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268. For the convenience of the user, these procedures are contained in appendix C to part 425.
4. A minimum of one spiked and one duplicate sample must be performed for each analytical event, or five percent spikes and five percent duplicates when the number of samples per event exceeds twenty. Spike levels are to be at the MDL (see paragraph 3 above for MDL samples) and at x where x is the concentration found if in excess of the MDL. Spike recovery must be 40 to 120 percent for the analysis of a particular matrix type to be considered valid. If a sample or matrix type provides performance outside these acceptance limits, the analyses must be repeated using the modified Monier-Williams procedures described in appendix B to this part.
5. Report results in mg./liter. When duplicate and spiked samples are analyzed, report all data with the sample results.
Hydrogen sulfide is liberated from an acidified sample by distillation and purging with nitrogen gas (N
(See Figure 1.) * Catalogue numbers are given only to provide a more complete description of the equipment necessary, and do not constitute a manufacturer or vendor endorsement.
Heating mantel and control (VWR Cat. No. 33752-464)
1000 ml. distilling flask with three 24/40 joints (VWR Cat. No. 29280-215)
Friedricks condenser with two 24/40 joints (VWR Cat. No. 23161-009)
1. Potassium hydroxide, 6N: Dissolve 340 g. of analytical reagent grade KOH in 1 liter distilled water.
2. Sodium hydroxide, 6N: Dissolve 240 g. of analytical reagent grade NaOH in 1 liter distilled water.
3. Sodium hydroxide, 0.03N: Dilute 5.0 ml. of 6N NaOH to 1 liter with distilled water.
4. Hydrochloric acid, 6N: Dilute 500 ml. of concentrated HCl to 1 liter with distilled water.
5. Potassium phosphate stock buffer, 0.5M: Dissolve 70 g. of monobasic potassium phosphate in approximately 800 ml. distilled water. Adjust pH to 7.0 ±0.1 with 6N potassium hydroxide and dilute to 1 liter with distilled water. Stock solution in stable for several months at 4 °C.
6. Potassium phosphate buffer, 0.05M: Dilute 1 volume of 0.5M potassium phosphate stock buffer with 9 volumes of distilled water. Solution is stable for one month at 4 °C.
7. Alkaline 3% hydrogen peroxide: Dilute 1 volume of 30 percent hydrogen peroxide with
8. Preparation of stock sulfide standard, 1000 ppm.: Dissolve 2.4 g. reagent grade sodium sulfide in 1 liter of distilled water. Store in a tightly stoppered container. Diluted working standards must be prepared fresh daily and their concentrations determined by EPA test procedure 376.1 immediately prior to use (see 40 CFR 136.3, Table IB, parameter 66 (49 FR 43234, October 26, 1984, and correction notice at 50 FR 690, January 4, 1985)).
Preserve unfiltered wastewater samples immediately after collection by adjustment to pH>9 with 6N NaOH and addition of 2 ml. of 2N zinc acetate per liter. This amount of zinc acetate is adequate to preserve 64 mg./l. sulfide under ideal conditions. Sample containers must be covered tightly and stored at 4 °C until analysis. Samples must be analyzed within seven days of collection. If these procedures cannot be achieved, it is the laboratory's responsibility to institute quality control procedures that will provide documentation of sample integrity.
1. Place 50 ml. of 0.05M pH 7.0 potassium phosphate buffer in Trap No. 1.
2. Place 50 ml. of alkaline 3 percent hydrogen peroxide in Trap No. 2.
3. Sample introduction and N
4. Volatilization of H
5. Analysis: Analyze the contents of Trap No. 2 for sulfate according to either EPA gravimetric test procedure 375.3 or EPA turbidimetric test procedure 375.4 (see 40 CFR 136.3, Table IB, parameter 65 (49 FR 43234, October 26, 1984, and correction notice at 50 FR 690, January 4, 1985)). Use the result to calculate mg./l. of sulfide in wastewater sample.
1. Gravimetric procedure:
2. Turbidimetric procedure:
3. Report results to two significant figures.
1. Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality control program. The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability and the analysis of replicate and spiked samples as a continuing check on performance. The laboratory is required to maintain performance records to define the quality of data that is generated. Ongoing performance checks must be compared with established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses are within precision and accuracy limits expected of the method.
2. Before performing any analyses, the analyst must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable accuracy and precision by performing the following operations.
(a) Perform four replicate analyses of a 20 mg./l. sulfide standard prepared in distilled water (see paragraph 8 under “Reagents” above).
(b)(1) Calculate clean water precision and accuracy in accordance with standard statistical procedures. Clean water acceptance limits are presented in paragraph 2(b)(2) below. These criteria must be met or exceeded before sample analyses can be initiated. A clean water standard must be analyzed with each sample set and the established criteria met for the analyses to be considered under control.
(2) Clean water precision and accuracy acceptance limits: For distilled water samples containing from 5 mg./l. to 50 mg./l. sulfide, the mean concentration from four replicate analyses must be within the range of 72 to 114 percent of the true value.
3. The Method Detection Limit (MDL) should be determined periodically by each participating laboratory in accordance with the procedures specified in “Methods for Chemical Analysis of Municipal and Industrial Wastewater,” EPA-600/4-82-057, July 1982, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268. For the convenience of the user, these procedures are contained in appendix C to part 425.
4. A minimum of one spiked and one duplicate sample must be run for each analytical event, or five percent spikes and five percent duplicates when the number of samples per event exceeds twenty. Spike levels are to be at the MDL (see paragraph 3 above for MDL samples) and at x when x is the concentration found if in excess of the MDL. Spike recovery must be 60 to 120 percent for the analysis of a particular matrix type to be considered valid.
5. Report all results in mg./liter. When duplicate and spiked samples are analyzed, report all data with the sample results.
The
This procedure is designed for applicability to a wide variety of sample types ranging from reagent (blank) water containing analyte to wastewater containing analyte. The MDL for an analytical procedure may vary as a function of sample type. The procedure requires a complete, specific and well defined analytical method. It is essential that all sample processing steps of the analytical method be included in the determination of the method detection limit.
The MDL obtained by this procedure is used to judge the significance of a single measurement of a future sample.
The MDL procedure was designed for applicability to a broad variety of physical and chemical methods. To accomplish this, the procedure was made device- or instrument-independent.
1. Make an estimate of the detection limit using one of the following:
(a) The concentration value that corresponds to an instrument signal/noise ratio in the range of 2.5 to 5. If the criteria for qualitative identification of the analyte is based upon pattern recognition techniques, the least abundant signal necessary to achieve identification must be considered in making the estimate.
(b) The concentration value that corresponds to three times the standard deviation of replicate instrumental measurements for the analyte in reagent water.
(c) The concentration value that corresponds to the region of the standard curve where there is a significant change in sensitivity at low analyte concentrations,
(d) The concentration value that corresponds to known instrumental limitations.
It is recognized that the experience of the analyst is important to this process. However, the analyst must include the above considerations in the estimate of the detection limit.
2. Prepare reagent (blank) water that is as free of analyte as possible. Reagent or interference free water is defined as a water sample in which analyte and interferent concentrations are not detected at the method detection limit of each analyte of interest. Interferences are defined as systematic errors in the measured analytical signal of an established procedure caused by the presence of interfering species (interferent). The interferent concentration is presupposed to be normally distributed in representative samples of a given matrix.
3. (a) If the MDL is to be determined in reagent water (blank), prepare a laboratory
(b) If the MDL is to be determined in another sample matrix, analyze the sample. If the measured level of the analyte is in the recommended range of one to five times the estimated MDL, proceed to Step 4.
If the measured concentration of analyte is less than the estimated MDL, add a known amount of analyte to bring the concentration of analyte to between one and five times the MDL. In the case where an interference is coanalyzed with the analyte:
If the measured level of analyte is greater than five times the estimated MDL, there are two options:
(1) Obtain another sample of lower level of analyte in same matrix if possible.
(2) The sample may be used as is for determining the MDL if the analyte level does not exceed 10 times the MDL of the analyte in reagent water. The variance of the analytical method changes as the analyte concentration increases from the MDL, hence the MDL determined under these circumstances may not truly reflect method variance at lower analyte concentrations.
4. (a) Take a minimum of seven aliquots of the sample to be used to calculate the MDL and process each through the entire anlaytical method. Make all computations according to the defined method with final results in the method reporting units. If blank measurements are required to calculate the measured level of analyte, obtain separate blank measurements for each sample aliquot anlayzed. The average blank measurement is subtracted from the respective sample measurements.
(b) It may be economically and technically desirable to evaluate the estimated MDL before proceeding with 4a. This will: (1) Prevent repeating this entire procedure when the costs of analyses are high and (2) insure that the procedure is being conducted at the correct concentration. It is quite possible that an incorrect MDL can be calculated from data obtained at many times the real MDL even though the background concentration of analyte is less than five times the calculated MDL. To insure that the estimate of the MDL is a good estimate, it is necessary to determine that a lower concentration of analyte will not result in a significantly lower MDL. Take two aliquots of the sample to be used to calculate the MDL and process each through the entire method, including blank measurements as described above in 4a. Evaluate these data:
(1) If these measurements indicate the sample is in the desirable range for determining the MDL, take five additional aliquots and proceed. Use all seven measurements to calculate the MDL.
(2) If these measurements indicate the sample is not in the correct range, reestimate the MDL, obtain new sample as in 3 and repeat either 4a or 4b.
5. Calculate the variance (S
6. (a) Compute the MDL as follows:
(b) The 95 percent confidence limits for the MDL derived in 6a are computed according to the following equations derived from percentiles of the chi square over degrees of freedom distribution (X2/df) and calculated as follows:
7. Optional iterative procedure to verify the reasonableness of the estimated MDL and calculated MDL of subsequent MDL determinations.
(a) If this is the initial attempt to compute MDL based on the estimated MDL in Step 1, take the MDL as calculated in Step 6, spike in the matrix at the calculated MDL and proceed through the procedure starting with Step 4.
(b) If the current MDL determination is an iteration of the MDL procedure for which the spiking level does not permit qualitative identification, report the MDL as that concentration between the current spike level
(c) If the current MDL determination is an iteration of the MDL procedure and the spiking level allows qualitative identification, use S
(d) Use the S
(e) The 95 percent confidence limits for MDL derived in 7c are computed according to the following equations derived from percentiles of the chi squared over degrees of freedom distribution.
MDL
MDL
The analytical method used must be specifically identified by number or title and the MDL for each analyte expressed in the appropriate method reporting units. If the analytical method permits options which affect the method detection limit, these conditions must be specified with the MDL value. The sample matrix used to determine the MDL must also be identified with the MDL value. Report the mean analyte level with the MDL. If a laboratory standard or a sample that contained a known amount analyte was used for this determination, report the mean recovery, and indicate if the MDL determination was iterated.
If the level of the analyte in the sample matrix exceeds 10 times the MDL of the analyte in reagent water, do not report a value for the MDL.
Glaser, J.A., Foerst, D.L., McKee, G.D., Quave, S.A., and Budde, W.L., “Trace Analysis for Wastewaters,” Environmental Science and Technology, 15, 1426 (1981).
Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), 306 (b) and (c), 307(c), and 316(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314, 1316 (b) and (c), 1317(b); 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of insulation fiberglass in which molten glass is either directly or indirectly made, continuously fiberized and chemically bonded into a wool-like material.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “cullet water” shall mean that water which is exclusively and directly applied to molten glass in order to solidify the glass.
(c) The term “advanced air emission control devices” shall mean air pollution control equipment, such as electrostatic precipitators and high energy scrubbers, that are used to treat an air discharge which has been treated initially by equipment including knock-out chambers and low energy scrubbers.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(a) There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters, except as permitted in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged in process waste water from advanced air emission control devices, when such water cannot be consumed in the process.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.12 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the process in which several mineral ingredients (sand, soda ash, limestone, dolomite, cullen and other ingredients) are mixed, melted in a furnace, and drawn vertically from a melting tank to form sheet glass.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “cullet” shall mean any broken glass generated in the manufacturing process.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best conventional pollutant control technology: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the process in which several mineral ingredients (sand, soda ash, limestone, dolomite, cullet, and other ingredients) are mixed, melted in a furnace, and cooled by rollers to form rolled glass.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “cullet” shall mean any broken glass generated in the manufacturing process.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best conventional pollutant control technology: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the process in which several mineral ingredients (sand, soda ash, limestone, dolomite, cullet and other ingredients) are melted in a furnace, pressed between rollers, and finally ground and polished to form plate glass.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “cullet” shall mean any broken glass generated in the manufacturing process.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.42 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the process in which several mineral ingredients (sand, soda ash, limestone, dolomite, cullet, and other ingredients) are mixed, melted in a furnace, and floated on a molten tin bath to produce float glass.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.52 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the processes in which glass is cut and then passed through a series of processes that grind and polish the edges, bend the glass, and then temper the glass to produce side and back windows for automobiles.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “tempering” shall mean the process whereby glass is heated near the melting point and then rapidly cooled to increase its mechanical and thermal endurance.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.62 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the processes which laminate a plastic sheet between two layers of glass, and which prepare the glass for lamination such as cutting, bending and washing, to produce automobile windshields.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.72 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process by which raw materials are melted in a furnace and mechanically processed into glass containers.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “furnace pull” shall mean that amount of glass drawn from the glass furnace or furnaces.
(c) The term “oil” shall mean those components of a waste water amenable to measurement by the technique or techniques described in the most recent addition of “Standard Methods” for the analysis of grease in polluted waters, waste waters, and effluents, such as “Standard Methods,” 13th Edition, 2nd Printing, page 407.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. Because of the recognition that animal and vegetable oils can be adequately removed in a publicly owned treatment works, whereas mineral oil may not be readily removed and may pass through untreated, two separate limitations are established.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.82 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process by which raw materials are melted in a furnace and glass tubing mechanically drawn from the furnace horizontally by means of the Danner process, which requires the intermittent quenching of cullet.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “furnace pull” shall mean that amount of glass drawn from the glass furnace or furnaces.
(c) The term “cullet” shall mean any excess glass generated in the manufacturing process.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.102 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process by which raw materials are melted in a furnace and processed into television picture tube envelopes.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “furnace pull” shall mean that amount of glass drawn from the glass furnace or furnaces.
(c) The term “oil” shall mean those components of a waste water amenable to measurement by the technique or techniques described in the most recent addition of “Standard Methods” for the analysis of grease in polluted waters, waste waters, and effluents, such as “Standard Methods,” 13th Edition, 2nd Printing, page 407.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable. These limitations are applicable to the abrasive polishing and acid polishing waste water streams.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart (the fluoride and lead limitations are applicable to the abrasive polishing and acid polishing waste water streams while the TSS, oil, and pH limitations are applicable to the entire process waste water stream):
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. Because of the recognition that animal and vegetable oils can be adequately removed in a publicly owned treatment works, whereas mineral oil may not be readily removed and may pass through untreated, two separate limitations are established.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.112 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the processes by which (a) raw materials are melted in a furnace and mechanically processed into incandescent lamp envelopes or (b) incandescent lamp envelopes are etched with hydrofluoric acid to produce frosted envelopes.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “furnace pull” shall mean that amount of glass drawn from the glass furnace or furnaces.
(c) The term “oil” shall mean those components of a waste water amenable to measurement by the technique or techniques described in the most recent addition of “Standard Methods” for the analysis of grease in polluted waters, waste waters, and effluents, such as “Standard Methods,” 13th Edition, 2nd Printing, page 407.
(d) The term “product frosted” shall mean that portion of the “furnace pull” associated with the fraction of finished incandescent lamp envelopes which is frosted; this quantity shall be calculated by multiplying “furnace pull” by the fraction of finished incandescent lamp envelopes which is frosted.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) Any manufacturing plant which produces incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the forming operations.
(b) Any manufacturing plant which frosts incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the finishing operations.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, the following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(a) [Reserved]
(b) Any manufacturing plant which frosts incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the finishing operations.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(a) Any manufacturing plant which produces incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the forming operations.
(b) Any manufacturing plant which frosts incandescent lamp envelopes shall meet the following limitations with regard to the finishing operations.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. Because of the recognition that animal and vegetable oils can be adequately removed in a publicly owned treatment works, whereas mineral oil may not be readily removed and may pass through untreated, two separate limitations are established.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in § 401.16) in § 426.122 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process by which raw materials are melted in a furnace and processed by hand into pressed or blown glassware. This includes those plants which:
(a) Produce leaded glass and employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques,
(b) Produce non-leaded glass and employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques, or
(c) Produce leaded or non-leaded glass and do not employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or blown leaded glassware, employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques, and discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, shall meet the following limitations.
(b) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.
(c) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces leaded or non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and does not employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(a) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or blown leaded glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.
(b) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(a) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or blown leaded glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.
(b) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and employs hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.
(c) Any plant which melts raw materials, produces leaded or non-leaded hand pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process waste water, and does not employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques shall meet the following limitations.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), 306 (b) and (c), 307(c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317(c); 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos. Portland cement, silica and other ingredients are used in the manufacturing of asbestos-cement pipe.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutants properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos, Portland cement, silica, and other ingredients are used in the manufacturing of asbestos-cement sheets. Discharges resulting from manufacture of asbestos-cement sheet laboratory tops are specifically excluded from the provisions of this subpart.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste waters pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos, starch binders and other ingredients are used in the manufacture of asbestos paper (starch binder).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos, elastomeric binder, and other ingredients are used in the manufacture of asbestos paper (elastomeric binder).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos in combination with various other materials such as cement, starch, clay, lime, and mineral wool are used in the manufacture of asbestos millboard.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos paper is saturated with asphalt or coal tar with the subsequent application of various surface treatments to produce asbestos roofing products.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) COD shall mean COD added to the process waste water.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process in which asbestos, polyvinyl chloride resin, chemical stabilizers, limestone, and other fillers are used in the manufacture of asbestos floor tile.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The abbreviation “mpc” shall mean 1000 pieces of floor tile.
(c) The term “pieces” shall mean floor tile measured in the standard size of 12″×12″×
(d) COD shall mean COD added to the process waste water.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process of coating or impregnating asbestos textiles with materials which impart specific desired qualities to the finished product.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the process of solvent recovery in the manufacture of asbestos products.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the removal of volatilized organic materials from atmospheric emissions by means of wet scrubbers.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the removal of dust (particulates) from atmospheric emissions by means of wet scrubbers.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
Secs. 301, 304(b) and (c), 306(b) and (c), 307(c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314(b) and (c), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(c); 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of process wastewater pollutants resulting from the production of pneumatic tires and inner tubes in tire and inner tube plants.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “raw material” shall mean all natural and synthetic rubber, carbon black, oils, chemical compounds, fabric and wire used in the manufacture of pneumatic tires and inner tubes or components thereof.
(c) The term “process waste water” shall mean, in the case of tire and inner tube plants constructed before 1959, discharges from the following: Soapstone solution applications; steam cleaning operations; air pollution control equipment; unroofed process oil unloading areas; mold cleaning operations; latex applications; and air compressor receivers. Discharges from other areas of such plants shall not be classified as process waste water for the purposes of this section.
(d) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (e) of this section, the term “process waste water” shall have the meaning set forth in § 401.11(q) of this chapter.
(e) Water used only for tread cooling shall be classified as “nonprocess waste water.”
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(b) All plants constructed before 1959 shall employ the best practicable maintenance and housekeeping practices in order to minimize the discharge of oil and grease in nonprocess waste waters. The concentration of oil and grease in discharges of nonprocess waste water shall meet the following limitations:
(1) The average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 5 mg/l.
(2) The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 10 mg/l.
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(b) All plants constructed before 1959 shall employ the best available maintenance and housekeeping practices in order to minimize the discharge of oil and grease in nonprocess waste waters. The concentration of oil and grease in discharges of nonprocess waste waters shall meet the following limitations:
(1) The average of daily values for 30 consecutive days shall not exceed 5 mg/l.
(2) The maximum for any one day shall not exceed 10 mg/l.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the manufacture of emulsion crumb rubber, other than acrylonitrilebutadiene rubber.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: The limitations shall be as specified in § 428.22.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the manufacture of crumb rubber.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: The limitations shall be as specified in § 428.32.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges of pollutants resulting from the manufacture of latex rubber.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart: The limitations shall be as specified for § 428.42.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The following provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of molded, extruded, and
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “raw material” shall mean all natural and synthetic rubber, carbon black, oils, chemical compounds, and fabric used in the manufacture of general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products.
(c) The term “raw material equivalent” shall be equal to the raw material usage multiplied by the volume of air scrubbed via wet scrubbers divided by the total volume of air scrubbed.
(d) The term “small-sized plants” shall mean plants which process less than 3,720 kg/day (8,200 lbs/day) of raw materials.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.52(a):
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.52(a):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.53(a):
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.53(a):
(a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.55(a):
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.56(a):
The following provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products, foam rubber backing, rubber cement-dipped goods, and retreaded tires by medium-sized plants. Specifically excluded from the provisions of this subpart are the discharges resulting from the production of latex-based products, tires and inner tubes, and those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “raw material” shall mean all natural and synthetic rubber, carbon black, oils, chemical compounds, and fabric used in the manufacture of general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products.
(c) The term “raw material equivalent” shall be equal to the raw material usage multiplied by the volume of air scrubbed via wet scrubbers divided by the total volume of air scrubbed.
(d) The term “medium-sized plants” shall mean plants which process between 3,720 kg/day (8,200 lbs/day) and 10,430 kg/day (23,000 lbs/day) of raw materials.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to leadsheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.62(a):
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.62(a):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.63(a):
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.63:
(a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.65(a):
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.66(a):
The following provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products, foam rubber backing, rubber cement-dipped goods, and retreaded tires by large-sized plants. Specifically excluded from the provisions of this subpart are the discharges resulting from the production of latex-based products, tires and inner tubes, and those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “raw material” shall mean all natural and synthetic rubber, carbon black, oils, chemical compounds, and fabric used in the manufacture of general molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber products.
(c) The term “raw material equivalent” shall be equal to the raw material usage multiplied by the volume of air scrubbed via wet scrubbers divided by the total volume of air scrubbed.
(d) The term “large-sized plants” shall mean plants which process more than 10,430 kg/day (23,000 lbs/day) of raw materials.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.72(a):
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.72(a):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.73(a):
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to wet scrubbers, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.73(a):
(a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.75(a):
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section, and attributable to lead-sheathed hose production, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.76(a):
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of reclaimed rubber by use of the wet digestion process.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the production of reclaimed rubber except when produced by the wet digestion process.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section and attributable to pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber processes which are integrated with a wet digestion reclaimed process, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.92(a):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber processes which are integrated with a wet digestion reclaimed rubber process, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.93(a):
(a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section and attributable to pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber processes which are integrated with a wet digestion reclaimed rubber process, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.95:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned
(a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality or pollutant properties controlled by this section and attributable to pan, dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber processes which are integrated with a wet digestion reclaimed rubber process, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.96(a):
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the manufacture of latex-dipped, latex-extruded, and latex-molded products with the exception of those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “chromium” shall mean total chromium.
(c) The term “raw material” shall mean all latex solids used in the manufacture of latex-dipped, latex-extruded, and latex-molded products.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to plants employing the chromic acid form-cleaning operation, by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.102(a):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section and attributable to plants employing the chromic acid form-cleaning operation, by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.103(a):
(a) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, and attributable to plants employing the chromic acid form-cleaning operation, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.102(a):
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403, in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(a) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(b) The following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutant properties controlled by this section and attributable to plants employing the chromic acid form-cleaning operation, which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new point source subject to the provisions of this subpart, in addition to the limitations set forth by § 428.106(a):
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to process waste water discharges resulting from the manufacture of latex foam except for those discharges from textile plants subject to the provisions of part 410 of this chapter.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part
(b) The term “raw material” shall mean all latex solids used in the manufacture of latex foam.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this
Secs. 301, 304(b), (c), (e), and (g), 306(b) and (c), 307(a)(b) and (c) and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314(b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(b) and (c), and 1361; 86 Stat. 815, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
This part applies to any timber products processing operation, and any plant producing insulation board with wood as the major raw material, which discharges or may discharge process wastewater pollutants to the waters of the United States, or which introduces or may introduce process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) The term “hydraulic barking” means a wood processing operation that removes bark from wood by the use of water under a pressure of 6.8 atm (100 psia) or greater.
(b) The terms “cubic feet” or “cubic meters” of production in subpart A means the cubic feet or cubic meters of logs from which bark is removed.
(c) The term “process wastewater” specifically excludes non-contact cooling water, material storage yard runoff (either raw material or processed wood storage), boiler blowdown, and wastewater from washout of thermal oxidizers or catalytic oxidizers, wastewater from biofilters, or wastewater from wet electrostatic precipitators used upstream of thermal oxidizers or catalytic oxidizers installed by facilities covered by subparts B, C, D or M to comply with the national emissions standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for plywood and composite
(d) The term “gross production of fiberboard products” means the air dry weight of hardboard or insulation board following formation of the mat and prior to trimming and finishing operations.
(e) The term “hardboard” means a panel manufactured from interfelted ligno-cellulosic fibers consolidated under heat and pressure to a density of 0.5 g/cu cm (31 lb/cu ft) or greater.
(f) The term “insulation board” means a panel manufactured from interfelted ligno-cellulosic fibers consolidated to a density of less than 0.5 g/cu cm (less than 31 lb/cu ft).
(g) The term “smooth-one-side (S1S) hardboard” means hardboard which is produced by the wet-matting, wet-pressing process.
(h) The term “smooth-two-sides (S2S) hardboard” means hardboard which is produced by the wet-matting, dry-pressing process.
(i) The term “debris” means woody material such as bark, twigs, branches, heartwood or sapwood that will not pass through a 2.54 cm (1.0 in) diameter round opening and is present in the discharge from a wet storage facility.
(j) For the subcategories for which numerical limitations are given, the daily maximum limitation is a value that should not be exceeded by any one effluent measurement. The 30-day limitation is a value that should not be exceeded by the average of daily measurements taken during any 30-day period.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the barking of logs by plants in SIC major group 24, and by plants producing insulation board (SIC group 2661).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations apply to all mechanical barking installations: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for hydraulic barking installations:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
(a) The following limitations apply to all mechanical barking installations: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for hydraulic barking installations:
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plant which manufactures veneer and does not store or hold raw materials in wet storage conditions.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for all veneer manufacturing installations other than those referred to in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for softwood veneer manufacturing processes which use direct steaming for the conditioning of logs:
(c) The following limitations constitute the maximum permissible discharge for hardwood veneer manufacturing processes which use direct steaming for the conditioning of logs:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plywood producing plant that does not store or hold raw materials in wet storage conditions.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plant that produces hardboard using the dry matting process for forming the board mat.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plant which produces hardboard products using the wet matting process for forming the board mat.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations apply to plants which produce smooth-one-side (S1S) hardboard:
(b) The following limitations apply to plants which produce smooth-two-sides (S2S) hardboard:
For purpose of this new source performance standard only, “new source” means a source which is constructed at a site at which no other source covered by this part is located. Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from all nonpressure wood preserving treatment processes and all pressure wood preserving treatment processes employing water borne inorganic salts.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES): There shall be no introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS): There shall be no introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from wood preserving processes that use direct steam impingment on wood as the predominant conditioning method; processes that use the vapor drying process as the predominant conditioning method; direct steam conditioning processes which use the same retort to treat with both salt and oil type preservatives; and steam conditioning processes which apply both salt type and oil type preservatives to the same stock.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and meet the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS): There shall be no introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and meet the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS): There shall be no introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the storage of unprocessed wood,
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no debris discharged and the pH shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no debris discharged and the pH shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no debris discharged and the pH shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the log washing process in which water under pressure is applied to logs for the purpose of removing foreign material from the surface of the log before further processing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters containing a total suspended solids concentration greater than 50 mg/l and the pH shall be within the range of 6.0 to 9.0.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the timber products processing procedures that include all or part of the following operations: bark removal (other than hydraulic barking as defined in § 429.11 of this part), sawing, resawing, edging, trimming, planing and machining.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the drying, planing, dipping, staining, end coating, moisture proofing, fabrication, and by-product utilization timber processing operations not otherwise covered by specific guidelines and standards.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subject must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from any plant which manufactures particleboard.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): There shall be no
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduce process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from plants which produce insulation board using wood as the primary raw material. Specifically excluded from this subpart is the manufacture of insulation board from the primary raw material bagasse.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into publicly
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacture of wood furniture and fixtures at establishments that (a) do not utilize water wash spray booths to collect and contain the overspray from spray applications of finishing materials and (b) do not maintain on-site laundry facilities for fabric utilized in various finishing operations.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology limitations (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants into navigable waters.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of process wastewater pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacture of wood furniture and fixtures at establishments that either (a) utilize water wash spray booth(s) to collect and contain the overspray from spray applications of finishing materials, or (b) utilize on-site laundry facilities for fabric utilized in various finishing operations.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology (BPT): Settleable solids shall be less than or equal to 0.2 ml/l and pH shall be between 6.0 and 9.0 at all times.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS): There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
Any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Sections 301, 304, 306, 307, 308, 402, and 501 of the Clean Water Act, as amended, (33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342, and 1361), and Section 112 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 7412).
(a) This part applies to any pulp, paper, or paperboard mill that discharges or may discharge process wastewater pollutants to the waters of the United States, or that introduces or may introduce process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.
(b) The following table presents the subcategorization scheme codified in this part, with references to former subpart designations contained in the 1997 edition of 40 CFR parts 425 through 699:
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and 40 CFR 403.3, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(i) It is constructed at a site at which no other source is located; or
(ii) It totally replaces the process or production equipment that causes the discharge of pollutants at an existing source, including the total replacement of a fiber line that causes the discharge of pollutants at an existing source, except as provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this section; or
(iii) Its processes are substantially independent of an existing source at the same site. In determining whether these processes are substantially independent, the Director shall consider such factors as the extent to which the new facility is integrated with the existing plant; and the extent to which the new facility is engaged in the same general type of activity as the existing source.
(2) The following are examples of changes made by mills subject to subparts B or E of this part that alone do not cause an existing mill to become a “new source”:
(i) Upgrades of existing pulping operations;
(ii) Upgrades or replacement of pulp screening and washing operations;
(iii) Installation of extended cooking and/or oxygen delignification systems or other post-digester, pre-bleaching delignification systems;
(iv) Bleach plant modifications including changes in methods or amounts of chemical applications, new chemical applications, installation of new bleaching towers to facilitate replacement of sodium or calcium hypochlorite, and installation of new pulp washing systems; or
(v) Total replacement of process or production equipment that causes the discharge of pollutants at an existing source (including a replacement fiber line), but only if such replacement is performed for the purpose of achieving limitations that have been included in the discharger's NPDES permit pursuant to § 430.24(b).
(k)
(2) A mill is a non-continuous discharger for the purposes of determining applicable effluent limitations under
(l)
(m)
(n)
(2) For AOX and chloroform limitations and standards specified in subparts B and E of this part: Production shall be defined as the annual unbleached pulp production entering the first stage of the bleach plant divided by the number of operating days during that year. Unbleached pulp production shall be measured in air-dried-metric-tons (10% moisture) of brownstock pulp entering the bleach plant at the stage during which chlorine or chlorine-containing compounds are first applied to the pulp. In the case of bleach plants that use totally chlorine free bleaching processes, unbleached pulp production shall be measured in air-dried-metric tons (10% moisture) of brownstock pulp entering the first stage of the bleach plant from which wastewater is discharged. Production shall be determined for each mill based upon past production practices, present trends, or committed growth.
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
This section establishes minimum monitoring frequencies for certain pollutants. Where no monitoring frequency is specified in this section or where the duration of the minimum monitoring frequency has expired under paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, the permit writer or pretreatment control authority shall determine the appropriate monitoring frequency in accordance with 40 CFR 122.44(i) or 40 CFR part 403, as applicable.
(a)
(b)
(1) For direct dischargers, a duration of 5 years commencing on the date the applicable limitations or standards from subpart B or subpart E of this part are first included in the discharger's NPDES permit;
(2) For existing indirect dischargers, until April 17, 2006;
(3) For new indirect dischargers, a duration of 5 years commencing on the date the indirect discharger commences operation.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(2)
(i) Demonstrate, based on 104 measurements taken over a period of not less than two years of monitoring conducted in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, that you are complying with the applicable limitations or standards for chloroform;
(ii) Certify that you will maintain a record of the maximum value for each of the following process and operating conditions for the fiber line that was recorded during the collection of each of the samples used to make the demonstration required under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section.
(A) The pH of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage;
(B) The chlorine (Cl
(C) The kappa factor of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage; and
(D) The total bleach line chlorine dioxide application rate;
(iii) Identify the chlorine-containing compound used for bleaching during the collection of samples used to make the demonstration required under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section; and
(iv) Certify that the fiber line does not use either elemental chlorine or hypochlorite as bleaching agents.
(3)
(i) Demonstrate, based on monitoring conducted at a frequency similar to that required in paragraph (a) of this section and for a duration determined by the permitting or pretreatment control authority, that you are complying with the applicable limitations or standards for chloroform;
(ii) Certify that you will maintain a record of the maximum value for each of the following process and operating conditions for the fiber line that was recorded during the collection of each of the samples used to make the demonstration required under paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section:
(A) The pH of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage;
(B) The chlorine (Cl
(C) The kappa factor of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage; and
(D) The total bleach line chlorine dioxide application rate;
(iii) Identify the chlorine-containing compound used for bleaching during the collection of each sample used to make the demonstration required under paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section; and
(iv) Certify that the fiber line does not use either elemental chlorine or hypochlorite as bleaching agents.
(4)
(i) The pH of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage;
(ii) The chlorine (Cl
(iii) The kappa factor of the first chlorine dioxide bleaching stage; and
(iv) The total bleach line chlorine dioxide application rate.
(5)
(6)
(i) If for any reason (e.g., intentionally or due to process upset) you fail to maintain process and operating conditions at values equal to or less than the maximum value recorded under paragraphs (f)(2)(ii) or (f)(3)(ii) of this section for each such condition, you will be in violation of the applicable chloroform limitation or standard unless:
(A) Within 30 days, you notify your permitting or pretreatment control authority in writing of the exceedance; and
(B) You demonstrate compliance with the applicable chloroform limitation or standard by immediately monitoring the bleach plant effluent for chloroform at a frequency similar to that required in paragraph (a) of this section and for a duration determined by the permit or pretreatment control authority.
(ii) In order to continue your exemption from the minimum monitoring requirements of this section for chloroform, you must meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(6)(i) of this section and you must recertify that the fiber line process and operating conditions do not exceed the maximum value recorded under paragraphs (f)(2)(ii) or (f)(3)(ii) of this section for each of the parameters identified in those paragraphs.
(7)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(g) Analyst may use NCASI Method CP-86.07, “Chlorinated Phenolics in Water by
(a)
(b)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(c)
(1) The mill must return spilled or diverted spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine to the process to the maximum extent practicable as determined by the mill, recover such materials outside the process, or discharge spilled or diverted material at a rate that does not disrupt the receiving wastewater treatment system.
(2) The mill must establish a program to identify and repair leaking equipment items. This program must include:
(i) Regular visual inspections (e.g., once per day) of process areas with equipment items in spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine service;
(ii) Immediate repairs of leaking equipment items, when possible. Leaking equipment items that cannot be repaired during normal operations must be identified, temporary means for mitigating the leaks must be provided, and the leaking equipment items repaired during the next maintenance outage;
(iii) Identification of conditions under which production will be curtailed or halted to repair leaking equipment items or to prevent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine leaks and spills; and
(iv) A means for tracking repairs over time to identify those equipment items where upgrade or replacement may be warranted based on frequency and severity of leaks, spills, or failures.
(3) The mill must operate continuous, automatic monitoring systems that the mill determines are necessary to detect and control leaks, spills, and intentional diversions of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine. These monitoring systems should be integrated with the mill process control system and may include, e.g., high level monitors and alarms on storage tanks; process area conductivity (or pH) monitors and alarms; and process area sewer, process wastewater, and wastewater treatment plant conductivity (or pH) monitors and alarms.
(4) The mill must establish a program of initial and refresher training of operators, maintenance personnel, and other technical and supervisory personnel who have responsibility for operating, maintaining, or supervising the operation and maintenance of equipment items in spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine service. The refresher training must be conducted at least annually and the training program must be documented.
(5) The mill must prepare a brief report that evaluates each spill of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine that is not contained at the immediate process area and any intentional diversion of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine that is not contained at the immediate process area. The report must describe the equipment items involved, the circumstances leading to the incident, the effectiveness of the corrective actions taken to contain and recover the spill or intentional diversion, and plans to develop changes to equipment and operating and maintenance practices as necessary to prevent recurrence. Discussion of the reports must be included as part of the annual refresher training.
(6) The mill must establish a program to review any planned modifications to the pulping and chemical recovery facilities and any construction activities in the pulping and chemical recovery areas before these activities commence. The purpose of such review is to prevent leaks and spills of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine during the planned modifications, and to ensure that construction and supervisory personnel are aware of possible liquor diversions and of the requirement to prevent leaks and spills of spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine during construction.
(7) The mill must install and maintain secondary containment (
(8) The mill must install and maintain secondary containment for turpentine bulk storage tanks.
(9) The mill must install and maintain curbing, diking or other means of isolating soap and turpentine processing and loading areas from the wastewater treatment facilities.
(10) The mill must conduct wastewater monitoring to detect leaks and spills, to track the effectiveness of the BMPs, and to detect trends in spent pulping liquor losses. Such monitoring must be performed in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section.
(d)
(2) Each mill subject to this section must conduct a detailed engineering review of the pulping and chemical recovery operations—including but not limited to process equipment, storage tanks, pipelines and pumping systems, loading and unloading facilities, and other appurtenant pulping and chemical recovery equipment items in spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine service—for the purpose of determining the magnitude and routing of potential leaks, spills, and intentional diversions of spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine during the following periods of operation:
(i) Process start-ups and shut downs;
(ii) Maintenance;
(iii) Production grade changes;
(iv) Storm or other weather events;
(v) Power failures; and
(vi) Normal operations.
(3) As part of the engineering review, the mill must determine whether existing spent pulping liquor containment facilities are of adequate capacity for collection and storage of anticipated intentional liquor diversions with sufficient contingency for collection and containment of spills. The engineering review must also consider:
(i) The need for continuous, automatic monitoring systems to detect and control leaks and spills of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine;
(ii) The need for process wastewater diversion facilities to protect end-of-pipe wastewater treatment facilities from adverse effects of spills and diversions of spent pulping liquors, soap, and turpentine;
(iii) The potential for contamination of storm water from the immediate process areas; and
(iv) The extent to which segregation and/or collection and treatment of contaminated storm water from the immediate process areas is appropriate.
(e)
(2) Each mill subject to this section must complete a review and evaluation of the BMP Plan five years after the first BMP Plan is prepared and, except as provided in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, once every five years thereafter. As a result of this review and evaluation, the mill must amend the BMP Plan within three months of the review if the mill determines that any new or modified management practices and engineered controls are necessary to reduce significantly the likelihood of spent pulping liquor, soap, and turpentine leaks, spills, or intentional diversions from the immediate process areas, including a schedule for implementation of such practices and controls.
(f)
(g)
(2) The mill must maintain the following records for 3 years from the date they are created:
(i) Records tracking the repairs performed in accordance with the repair program described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section;
(ii) Records of initial and refresher training conducted in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section;
(iii) Reports prepared in accordance with paragraph (c)(5) of this section; and
(iv) Records of monitoring required by paragraphs (c)(10) and (i) of this section.
(h)
(2) Each mill subject to this section must employ the following procedures in order to develop the action levels required by paragraph (h) of this section:
(i)
(ii)
(3) By the date prescribed in paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this section, each existing discharger subject to this section must complete an initial six-month monitoring program using the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section and must establish initial action levels based on the results of that program. A wastewater treatment influent action level is a statistically determined pollutant loading determined by a statistical analysis of six months of daily measurements. The action levels must consist of a lower action level, which if exceeded will trigger the investigation requirements described in paragraph (i) of this section, and an upper action level, which if exceeded will trigger the corrective action requirements described in paragraph (i) of this section.
(4) By the date prescribed in paragraph (j)(1)(vi) of this section, each existing discharger must complete a second six-month monitoring program using the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section and must establish revised action levels based on the results of that program. The initial action levels shall remain in effect until replaced by revised action levels.
(5) By the date prescribed in paragraph (j)(2) of this section, each new source subject to this section must complete a six-month monitoring program using the procedures specified in paragraph (h)(2) of this section and must develop a lower action level and an upper action level based on the results of that program.
(6) Action levels developed under this paragraph must be revised using six months of monitoring data after any change in mill design, construction, operation, or maintenance that materially affects the potential for leaks or spills of spent pulping liquor, soap, or turpentine from the immediate process areas.
(i)
(2) Whenever monitoring results exceed the lower action level for the period of time specified in the BMP Plan, the mill must conduct an investigation
(3) Although exceedances of the action levels will not constitute violations of an NPDES permit or pretreatment standard, failure to take the actions required by paragraph (i)(2) of this section as soon as practicable will be a permit or pretreatment standard violation.
(4) Each mill subject to this section must report to the NPDES permitting or pretreatment control authority the results of the daily monitoring conducted pursuant to paragraph (i)(1) of this section. Such reports must include a summary of the monitoring results, the number and dates of exceedances of the applicable action levels, and brief descriptions of any corrective actions taken to respond to such exceedances. Submission of such reports shall be at the frequency established by the NPDES permitting or pretreatment control authority, but in no case less than once per year.
(j)
(i) Prepare BMP Plans and certify to the permitting or pretreatment authority that the BMP Plan has been prepared in accordance with this regulation not later than April 15, 1999;
(ii) Implement all BMPs specified in paragraph (c) of this section that do not require the construction of containment or diversion structures or the installation of monitoring and alarm systems not later than April 15, 1999.
(iii) Establish initial action levels required by paragraph (h)(3) of this section not later than April 15, 1999.
(iv) Commence operation of any new or upgraded continuous, automatic monitoring systems that the mill determines to be necessary under paragraph (c)(3) of this section (other than those associated with construction of containment or diversion structures) not later than April 17, 2000.
(v) Complete construction and commence operation of any spent pulping liquor, collection, containment, diversion, or other facilities, including any associated continuous monitoring systems, necessary to fully implement BMPs specified in paragraph (c) of this section not later than April 16, 2001.
(vi) Establish revised action levels required by paragraph (h)(4) of this section as soon as possible after fully implementing the BMPs specified in paragraph (c) of this section, but not later than January 15, 2002.
(2)
(k) The provisions of paragraphs (c) through (j) of this section do not apply to the bleached papergrade kraft mill, commonly known as the Androscoggin Mill, that is owned by International Paper and located in Jay, Maine. In lieu of imposing the requirements specified in those paragraphs, the permitting authority shall establish conditions for the discharge of COD and
The provisions of this subpart apply to discharges resulting from the production of dissolving pulp at kraft mills.
For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:
(d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.12 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS,
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment
The provisions of this subpart apply to discharges resulting from: The production of market pulp at bleached kraft mills; the integrated production of paperboard, coarse paper, and tissue paper at bleached kraft mills; the integrated production of pulp and fine papers at bleached kraft mills; and the integrated production of pulp and paper at soda mills.
(a) The general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part apply to this subpart.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations:
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations:
(d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). The limitations shall be the same as those specified in § 430.22 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section—
(1) The following effluent limitations apply with respect to each fiber line that does not use an exclusively TCF bleaching process, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:
(2) The following effluent limitations apply with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:
(b) The following limitations apply with respect to each fiber line enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program:
(1) Stage 1 Limitations: Numeric limitations that are equivalent to the discharger's existing effluent quality or the discharger's current effluent limitations established under CWA section 301(b)(2), whichever are more stringent, for the pollutants identified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section (with the exception of COD). For AOX, the permitting authority must determine existing effluent quality for each fiber line enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program at the end of the pipe based on loadings attributable to that fiber line. For the remaining pollutants, with the exception of COD, the permitting authority must determine existing effluent quality for each fiber line enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. These limitations must be recalculated each time the NPDES permit of a discharger enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program is reissued, up to:
(i) April 15, 2004 for all pollutants in paragraph (a)(1) of this section except AOX; and
(ii) The date specified in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section for achieving the applicable AOX limitation specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i).
(2) Best Professional Judgment Milestones: Narrative or numeric limitations and/or special permit conditions, as appropriate, established by the permitting authority on the basis of his or her best professional judgment that reflect reasonable interim milestones toward achievement of the effluent limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section, as applicable, after consideration of the Milestones Plan submitted by the discharger in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Six-year Milestones: By April 15, 2004 all dischargers enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must achieve the following:
(i) The effluent limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, except that, with respect to AOX, dischargers subject to Tier I effluent limitations specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section must achieve the AOX limitation specified in that paragraph; or
(ii) For dischargers that use exclusively TCF bleaching processes as of April 15, 2004, the effluent limitations specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(4)(i) Stage 2 Limitations:
(ii) Deadlines.
(A) A discharger enrolled in Tier I of the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must achieve the Tier I limitations in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section by April 15, 2004.
(B) A discharger enrolled in Tier II of the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must achieve the Tier II limitations in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section by April 15, 2009.
(C) A discharger enrolled in Tier III of the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must achieve the Tier III limitations in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section by April 15, 2014.
(c) All dischargers enrolled or intending to enroll in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program must submit to the NPDES permitting authority a Milestones Plan covering all fiber lines enrolled or intended to be enrolled in that program at their mill by October 5, 1999 or the date the discharger applies for an NPDES permit containing limitations and conditions based on paragraph (b) of this section, whichever is later. Mills may claim all or part of the Milestones Plan as confidential business information (CBI) in accordance with 40 CFR part 2 and 40 CFR 122.7. If a mill claims all or part of the plan as CBI, the mill must prepare and submit to the NPDES permitting authority a summary of the plan for public release. The Milestones Plan must include the following information:
(1) A description of each anticipated new technology component or process modification that the discharger intends to implement in order to achieve the limitations in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section;
(2) A master schedule showing the sequence of implementing the new technology components or process modifications and identifying critical path relationships within the sequence;
(3) A schedule for each individual new technology component or process modification that includes:
(i) The anticipated initiation and completion dates of construction, installation and operational “shakedown” period associated with the technology components or process modifications and, when applicable, the anticipated dates of initiation and completion of associated research, process development, and mill trials;
(ii) The anticipated dates that the discharger expects the technologies and process modifications selected to achieve the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section to be operational on a full-scale basis; and
(iii) The anticipated magnitude of reductions in effluent quantity and the anticipated improvements in effluent quality associated with each technology and process modification implemented as measured at the bleach plant (for bleach plant, pulping area and evaporator condensates flow and BAT parameters other than Adsorbable Organic Halides (AOX)) and at the end of the pipe (for AOX), and the dates the discharger expects those reductions and improvements to be achieved;
(4) Contingency plans in the event that any technology or process specified in the Milestones Plan need to be adjusted or alternative approaches developed to ensure that the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(3)and (b)(4) of this section are met; and
(5) A signature by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 122.22.
(d) The following additional effluent limitations apply to all dischargers subject to this section in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme unless the discharger certifies to the permitting authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers:
(e) Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a discharger must demonstrate compliance with the effluent limitations in paragraph (a)(1) or (b)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX and COD) at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. The permitting authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h). In addition, a discharger subject to a limitation on total pulping area condensate, evaporator condensate, and bleach plant wastewater flow under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, for Tier II and Tier III, must demonstrate compliance with that limitation by establishing and maintaining flow measurement equipment to monitor these flows at the point or points where they leave the pulping area, evaporator area, and bleach plant.
New sources subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), as applicable.
(a) The following standards apply to each new source that commenced discharge after June 15, 1988 and before June 15, 1998, provided that the new source was constructed to meet these standards:
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section—
(1) The following standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line that does not use an exclusively TCF bleaching process, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22, and that commences discharge after June 15, 1998:
(2) The following standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22, and that commences discharge after June 15, 1998:
(c) With respect to each new source fiber line that is enrolled in the Voluntary Advanced Technology Incentives Program, dischargers subject to this section must achieve:
(1) The standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section (except for
(2) Standards for filtrates, flow, and AOX:
(d) These additional standards apply to all new sources, regardless of when they commenced discharge, in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme unless the discharger certifies to the permitting authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers:
(e) Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a discharger must demonstrate compliance with the limitations in paragraph (b)(1) or (c)(1) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX, COD, BOD5, TSS, and pH) at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. The permitting authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h). In addition, a discharger subject to a limitation on total pulping area condensate, evaporator condensate, and bleach plant wastewater flow under paragraph (c)(2) of this section must demonstrate compliance with that limitation by establishing and maintaining flow measurement equipment monitoring these flows at the point or points where they leave the pulping area, evaporator area, and the bleach plant.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and must achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
(a)(1) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each fiber line operated by an indirect discharger subject to this section, unless the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line. These pretreatment standards must be attained on or before April 16, 2001:
(2) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each fiber line operated by an indirect discharger subject to this section if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line. These pretreatment standards must be attained on or before April 16, 2001:
(b) The following pretreatment standards apply to all indirect dischargers, in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme. An indirect discharger is not required to meet these pretreatment standards if it certifies to the pretreatment control authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. In cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations, equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance:
(c) An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance with the pretreatment standards in paragraph (a)(1) of this section by monitoring at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and must achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
(a)(1) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each fiber line that is a new source, unless the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12 that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:
(2) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line operated by an indirect discharger subject to this section if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:
(b) The following pretreatment standards apply to all new source indirect dischargers, regardless of when they commenced discharge, in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme. An indirect discharger is not required to meet these pretreatment standards if it certifies to the pretreatment control authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. In cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass-based effluent limitations, equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance:
(c) An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance with the pretreatment standards in paragraph (a)(1) of this section by monitoring at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
The definitions and requirements set forth in 40 CFR 430.03 apply to facilities in this subpart.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from: the production of pulp and paper at unbleached kraft mills; the production of pulp and paper at unbleached kraft-neutral sulfite semi-chemical (cross recovery) mills; and the production of pulp and paper at combined unbleached kraft and semi-chemical mills, wherein the spent semi-chemical cooking liquor is burned within the unbleached kraft chemical recovery system.
For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb), but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using those biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of pulp at dissolving sulfite mills.
For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:
(d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.42 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
The provisions of this subpart apply to discharges resulting from the: Integrated production of pulp and paper at papergrade sulfite mills, where blow pit pulp washing techniques are used; and the integrated production of pulp and paper at papergrade sulfite mills where vacuum or pressure drums are used to wash pulp.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part apply to this subpart.
(b)
(c) For this subpart, the segments for the papergrade sulfite subcategory are defined as follows:
(1) The calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment consists of papergrade sulfite mills where pulp and paper are produced using an acidic cooking liquor of calcium, magnesium, or sodium sulfite, unless those mills are specialty grade sulfite mills;
(2) The ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment consists of papergrade sulfite mills where pulp and paper are produced using an acidic cooking liquor of ammonium sulfite, unless those mills are specialty grade sulfite mills;
(3) The specialty grade sulfite pulp segment consists of those papergrade sulfite mills where a significant portion of production is characterized by pulp with a high percentage of alpha cellulose and high brightness sufficent to produce end products such as plastic molding compounds, saturating and laminating products, and photographic papers. The specialty grade segment also includes those mills where a major portion of production is 91 ISO brightness and above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations:
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations:
(d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants in § 430.52 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BCT).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
(a)(1) The following effluent limitations apply to all dischargers in the calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment:
(2)(i) The following effluent limitations apply to all dischargers in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment:
(ii) The following effluent limitations apply to all dischargers in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:
(3)(i) The following effluent limitations apply to all dischargers in the specialty grade pulp segment:
(ii) The following effluent limitations apply to dischargers in the specialty grade pulp segment with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:
(b) The following additional effluent limitations apply to each discharger subject to this section in accordance with the previous subcatgorization scheme unless it certifies to the permitting authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers:
(c) Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a discharger must demonstrate compliance with the limitations in paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX and COD) at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. The permitting authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for
New sources subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), as applicable.
(a) The following standards apply to each new source regardless of when it commenced discharge:
(b) The following standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line that commences discharge after June 15, 1998.
(1) The following standards apply to all new sources in the calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment:
(2)(i) The following standards apply to all new sources in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment:
(ii) The following standards apply to all new sources in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:
(3)(i) The following standards apply to all new sources in the specialty grade sulfite pulp segment:
(ii) The following standards apply to all new sources within the specialty grade sulfite pulp segment with respect to each fiber line that uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes, as disclosed by the discharger in its NPDES permit application under 40 CFR 122.21(g)(3) and certified under 40 CFR 122.22:
(c) The following standards apply to each new source regardless of when it commenced discharge, unless it certifies to the permitting authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers:
(d) Pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h), a discharger must demonstrate compliance with the standards in paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants (except for AOX, COD, BOD5, TSS, and pH) at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant. The permitting authority may impose effluent limitations and/or monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other pollutants covered in this section as appropriate under 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and must achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
(a) The following pretreatment standards must be attained on or before April 16, 2001.
(1) The following pretreatment standards apply to all indirect dischargers in the calcium-, magnesium-, or sodium-based sulfite pulp segment:
(2)(i) The following pretreatment standards apply to all indirect dischargers in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment:
(ii) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line operated by an indirect discharger producing ammonium-based sulfite pulps if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:
(3)(i) The following pretreatment standards apply to all indirect dischargers in the specialty grade sulfite pulp segment:
(ii) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each fiber line operated by an indirect discharger producing specialty grade sulfite pulps if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line. These pretreatment standards must be attained on or before April 16, 2001:
(b) The following pretreatment standards apply to each indirect discharger, in accordance with the previous subcategorization scheme, unless it certifies to the pretreatment control authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. In cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent limitations, equivalent mass limitations are provided as guidance:
(c) An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance with the pretreatment standards in paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
(a) (1) The following pretreatment standards apply to each indirect discharger in the calcium-,
(2)(i) The following standards apply to each indirect discharger in the ammonium-based sulfite pulp segment that is a new source:
(ii) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line operated by an indirect discharger producing ammonium-based sulfite pulps if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:
(3)(i) The following pretreatment standards apply to each indirect discharger in the specialty grade sulfite pulp segment that is a new source:
(ii) The following pretreatment standards apply with respect to each new source fiber line operated by an indirect discharger producing specialty grade sulfite pulps if the indirect discharger discloses to the pretreatment control authority in a report submitted under 40 CFR 403.12(b), (d), or (e) that it uses exclusively TCF bleaching processes at that fiber line:
(b) The following pretreatment standards shall apply to each new source indirect dischargers unless the indirect discharger certifies to the pretreatment control authority that it is not using these compounds as biocides. In cases when POTWs find it necessary to impose mass effluent standards, equivalent mass standards are provided as guidance:
(c) An indirect discharger must demonstrate compliance with the pretreatment standards in paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this section, as applicable, by monitoring for all pollutants at the point where the wastewater containing those pollutants leaves the bleach plant.
The definitions and requirements set forth in 40 CFR 430.03 apply to facilities in this subpart.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the integrated production of pulp and paper at semi-chemical mills.
For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.62 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations determined by dividing the average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations for BOD5 by 1.36 and TSS by 1.36.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1,000 lb), but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from: the production of pulp and paper at groundwood chemi-mechanical mills; the production of pulp and paper at groundwood mills through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills; and the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills.
For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
(b) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of wet barking operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
(c) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant parameters, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log washing or chip washing operations, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs and/or chips which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations, but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:
(d) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, resulting from the use of log flumes or log ponds, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart. These limitations are in addition to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and shall be calculated using the proportion of the mill's total production due to use of logs which are subject to such operations. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to the annual average effluent limitations:
(e) For those mills using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent in the manufacturing process, the following effluent limitations are to be added to the base limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section. Permittees not using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching compound. Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
(a)(1) The following applies to: mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs:
(2) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.72 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following applies to mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following applies to mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs: any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations are only applicable at facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. Zinc limitations are only applicable at facilities where zinc hydrosulfite is used as a bleaching agent. Permittees not using zinc hydrosulfite as a bleaching agent must certify to the permit issuing authority that they are not using this bleaching compound:
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following applies to mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and fine paper at groundwood mills occurs: except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). Pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following applies to mechanical pulp facilities where pulp and paper at groundwood mills are produced through the application of the thermo-mechanical process; mechanical pulp facilities where the integrated production of pulp and coarse paper, molded pulp products, and newsprint at groundwood mills occurs; and mechanical pulp facilities where the
(b) [Reserved]
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of pulp and paper at non-wood chemical pulp mills. This subcategory includes, but is not limited to, mills producing non-wood pulps from chemical pulping processes such as kraft, sulfite, or soda.
The general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the integrated production of pulp and paper at deink mills.
For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.92 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of: Paperboard from wastepaper; tissue paper from wastepaper without deinking at secondary fiber mills; molded products from wastepaper without deinking at secondary fiber mills; and builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
(b) Noncorrugating medium furnish subdivision mills are mills where recycled corrugating medium is not used in the production of paperboard.
(c) Corrugating medium furnish subdivision mills are mills where only recycled corrugating medium is used in the production of paperboard.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.102 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
(b) For secondary fiber non-deink facilities where paperboard from wastepaper is produced, non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations determined by dividing the average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations for BOD5 and TSS by 1.77 and 2.18.
(c) For secondary fiber non-deink facilities where builders' paper and roofing felt from wastepaper are produced, non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations determined by dividing the average-of-30-consecutive-days limitations for BOD5 and TSS by 1.90 and 1.90.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of: fine paper at nonintegrated mills; and lightweight paper at nonintegrated mills.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
(b) Cotton fiber furnish subdivision mills are those mills where significant quantities of cotton fibers (equal to or greater than 4 percent of the total product) are used in the production of fine papers.
(c) Wood fiber furnish subdivision mills are those mills where cotton fibers are not used in the production of fine papers.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.102 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of tissue papers at non-integrated mills, filter and non-woven papers at non-integrated mills, and paperboard at non-integrated mills. The production of electrical grades of board and matrix board is not included in this subpart.
For the purpose of this subpart, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and § 430.01 of this part shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days limitations but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT): The limitations shall be the same as those specified for conventional pollutants (which are defined in 40 CFR 401.16) in § 430.122 of this subpart for the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). Non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day mass limitations in kg/kkg (lb/1000 lb) but shall be subject to concentration limitations. Concentration limitations are only applicable to non-continuous dischargers. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and average of 30 consecutive days effluent limitations for BOD5 and TSS, but shall be subject to annual average effluent limitations. Also, for non-continuous dischargers, concentration limitations (mg/l) shall apply, where provided. Concentration limitations will only apply to non-continuous dischargers. Only facilities where chlorophenolic-containing biocides are used shall be subject to pentachlorophenol and trichlorophenol limitations. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides. PSES must be attained on or before July 1, 1984:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must: Comply with 40 CFR part 403; and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) if it uses chlorophenolic-containing biocides. Permittees not using chlorophenolic-containing biocides must certify to the permit-issuing authority that they are not using these biocides:
1.1This method is for determination of adsorbable organic halides (AOX) associated with the Clean Water Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act; and other organic halides amenable to combustion and coulometric titration. The method is designed to meet the survey and monitoring requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
1.2The method is applicable to the determination of AOX in water and wastewater. This method is a combination of several existing methods for organic halide measurements (References 1 through 7).
1.3The method can be used to measure organically-bound halides (chlorine, bromine, iodine) present in dissolved or suspended form. Results are reported as organic chloride (Cl
1.4This method is for use by or under the supervision of analysts experienced in the use of a combustion/micro-coulometer. Each laboratory that uses this method must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results using the procedures described in Section 9.2.
1.5Any modification of the method beyond those expressly permitted (Section 9.1.2) is subject to application and approval of an alternate test procedure under 40 CFR 136.4 and 136.5.
2.1Sample preservation: Residual chlorine that may be present is removed by the addition of sodium thiosulfate. Samples are adjusted to a pH < 2 and maintained at 0 to 4 °C until analysis.
2.2Sample analysis: Organic halide in water is determined by adsorption onto granular activated carbon (GAC), washing the adsorbed sample and GAC to remove inorganic halide, combustion of the sample and GAC to form the hydrogen halide, and titration of the hydrogen halide with a micro-coulometer, as shown in Figure 1.
2.3Micro-coulometer.
2.3.1This detector operates by maintaining a constant silver-ion concentration in a titration cell. An electric potential is applied to a solid silver electrode to produce silver ions in the cell. As hydrogen halide produced from the combustion of organic halide enters the cell, it is partitioned into an acetic acid electrolyte where it precipitates as silver halide. The current produced is integrated over the combustion period. The electric charge is proportional to the number of moles of halogen captured in the cell (Reference 6).
2.3.2The mass concentration of organic halides is reported as an equivalent concentration of organically bound chloride (Cl
3.1Adsorbable organic halides is defined as the analyte measured by this method. The nature of the organo-halides and the presence of semi-extractable material will influence the amount measured and interpretation of results.
3.2Definitions for terms used in this method are given in the glossary at the end of the method (Section 18).
4.1Solvents, reagents, glassware, and other sample processing hardware may yield elevated readings from the micro-coulometer. All materials used in the analysis shall be demonstrated to be free from interferences under the conditions of analysis by running method blanks initially and with each sample batch (samples started through the adsorption process in a given eight-hour shift, to a maximum of 20 samples). Specific selection of reagents and purification of solvents may be required.
4.2Glassware is cleaned by detergent washing in hot water, rinsing with tap water and distilled water, capping with aluminum foil, and baking at 450 °C for at least one hour. For some glassware, immersion in a chromate cleaning solution prior to detergent washing may be required. If blanks from glassware without cleaning or with fewer cleaning steps show no detectable organic halide, the cleaning steps that do not eliminate organic halide may be omitted.
4.3Most often, contamination results from methylene chloride vapors in laboratories that perform organic extractions. Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems that are shared between the extraction laboratory and the laboratory in which organic halide measurements are performed transfer the methylene chloride vapors to the air in the organic halide laboratory. Exposure of the activated carbon used in the analysis results in contamination. Separate air handling systems, charcoal filters, and glove boxes can be used to minimize this exposure.
4.4Activated carbon.
4.4.1The purity of each lot of activated carbon must be verified before each use by measuring the adsorption capacity and the background level of halogen (Section 9.5). The stock of activated carbon should be stored in its granular form in a glass container that is capped tightly. Protect carbon at all times from sources of halogen vapors.
4.4.2Inorganic substances such as chloride, chlorite, bromide, and iodide will adsorb on activated carbon to an extent dependent on their original concentration in the aqueous solution and the volume of sample adsorbed. Treating the activated carbon with a solution of nitrate causes competitive desorption of inorganic halide species. However, if the inorganic halide concentration is greater than 2,000 times the organic halide concentration, artificially high results may be obtained.
4.4.3Halogenated organic compounds that are weakly adsorbed on activated carbon are only partially recovered from the sample. These include certain alcohols and acids such as chloroethanol and chloroacetic acid that can be removed from activated carbon by the nitrate wash.
4.5Polyethylene gloves should be worn when handling equipment surfaces in contact with the sample to prevent transfer of contaminants that may be present on the hands.
5.1The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in this method has not been precisely determined; however, each chemical substance should be treated as a potential health hazard. Exposure to these substances should be reduced to the lowest possible level. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) should be made available to all personnel involved in the chemical analysis. Additional information on laboratory safety can be found in References 9 through 11.
5.2This method employs strong acids. Appropriate clothing, gloves, and eye protection should be worn when handling these substances.
5.3Field samples may contain high concentrations of toxic volatile compounds. Sample containers should be opened in a hood and handled with gloves that will prevent exposure.
Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for illustrative purposes only. No endorsement is implied. Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and materials other than those specified here, but demonstration of equivalent performance that meets the requirements of this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.
6.1Sampling equipment.
6.1.1Bottles: 100- to 4000-mL, amber glass, sufficient for all testing (Section 8.2). Detergent water wash, chromic acid rinse, rinse with tap and distilled water, cover with aluminum foil, and heat to 450 °C for at least one hour before use.
6.1.2PTFE liner: Cleaned as above and baked at 100 to 200 °C for at least one hour.
6.1.3Bottles and liners must be lot certified to be free of organic halide by running blanks according to this method.
6.2Scoop for granular activated carbon (GAC): Capable of precisely measuring 40 mg (±5 mg) GAC (Dohrmann Measuring Cup 521-021, or equivalent).
6.3Batch adsorption and filtration system.
6.3.1Adsorption system: Rotary shaker, wrist action shaker, ultrasonic system, or other system for assuring thorough contact of sample with activated carbon. Systems different from the one described below must be demonstrated to meet the performance requirements in Section 9 of this method.
6.3.1.1Erlenmeyer flasks: 250- to 1500-mL with ground-glass stopper, for use with rotary shaker.
6.3.1.2Shake table: Sybron Thermolyne Model LE “Big Bill” rotator/shaker, or equivalent.
6.3.1.3Rack attached to shake table to permit agitation of 16 to 25 samples simultaneously.
6.3.2Filtration system (Figure 2).
6.3.2.1Vacuum filter holder: Glass, with fritted-glass support (Fisher Model 09-753E, or equivalent).
6.3.2.2Polycarbonate filter: 0.40 to 0.45 micron, 25-mm diameter (Micro Separations Inc, Model K04CP02500, or equivalent).
6.3.2.3Filter forceps: Fisher Model 09-753-50, or equivalent, for handling filters. Two forceps may better aid in handling filters. Clean by washing with detergent and water, rinsing with tap and deionized water, and air drying on aluminum foil.
6.3.2.4Vacuum flask: 500- to 1500-mL (Fisher 10-1800, or equivalent).
6.3.2.5Vacuum Source: A pressure/vacuum pump, rotary vacuum pump, or other vacuum source capable of providing at least 610 mm (24 in.) Hg vacuum at 30 L/min free air displacement.
6.3.2.6Stopper and tubing to mate the filter holder to the flask and the flask to the pump.
6.3.2.7Polyethylene gloves: (Fisher 11-394-110-B, or equivalent).
6.4Column adsorption system.
6.4.1Adsorption module: Dohrmann AD-2, Mitsubishi TXA-2, or equivalent with pressurized sample and nitrate-wash reservoirs, adsorption columns, column housings, gas and gas pressure regulators, and receiving vessels. For each sample reservoir, there are two adsorption columns connected in series. A small steel funnel for filling the columns and a rod for pushing out the carbon are also required. A schematic of the column adsorption system is shown in Figure 3.
6.4.2Adsorption columns: Pyrex, 5 ±0.2 cm long × 2 mm ID, to hold 40 mg of granular activated carbon (GAC).
6.4.3Cerafelt: Johns-Manville, or equivalent, formed into plugs using stainless steel borer (2 mm ID) with ejection rod (available from Dohrmann or Mitsubishi) to hold 40 mg of granular activated carbon (GAC). Caution: Handle Cerafelt with gloves.
6.4.4Column holders: To support adsorption columns.
6.5Combustion/micro-coulometer system: Commercially available as a single unit or assembled from parts. At the time of the writing of this method, organic halide units were commercially available from the Dohrmann Division of Rosemount Analytical, Santa Clara, California; Euroglas BV, Delft, the Netherlands; and Mitsubishi Chemical Industries, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan.
6.5.1Combustion system: Older systems may not have all of the features shown in Figure 4. These older systems may be used provided the performance requirements (Section 9) of this method are met.
6.5.1.1Combustion tube: Quartz, capable of being heated to 800 to 1000 °C and accommodating a boat sampler. The tube must contain an air lock for introduction of a combustion boat, connections for purge and combustion gas, and connection to the micro-coulometer cell.
6.5.1.2Tube furnace capable of controlling combustion tube in the range of 800 to 1000 °C.
6.5.1.3Boat sampler: Capable of holding 35 to 45 mg of activated carbon and a polycarbonate filter, and fitting into the combustion tube (Section 6.5.1.1). Some manufacturers offer an enlarged boat and combustion tube for this purpose. Under a time-
6.5.1.4Motor driven boat sampler: Capable of advancing the combustion boat into the furnace in a reproducible time sequence. A suggested time sequence is as follows:
A. Establish initial gas flow rates: 160 mL/min CO
B. Sequence start.
C. Hold boat in hatch for five seconds to allow integration for baseline subtraction.
D. Advance boat into vaporization zone.
E. Hold boat in vaporization zone for 110 seconds.
F. Establish gas flow rates for combustion: 200 mL/min O
G. Hold boat in pyrolysis zone for six minutes.
H. Return gas flow rates to initial values; retract boat into hatch to cool and to allow remaining HX to be swept into detector (approximately two minutes).
I. Stop integration at 10 minutes after sequence start.
If the signal from the detector does not return to baseline, it may be necessary to extend the pyrolysis time. The sequence above may need to be optimized for each instrument.
6.5.1.5Absorber: Containing sulfuric acid to dry the gas stream after combustion to prevent backflush of electrolyte is highly recommended.
6.5.2Micro-coulometer system: Capable of detecting the equivalent of 0.2 µg of Cl
6.5.2.1Micro-coulometer cell: The three cell designs presently in use are shown in Figure 1. Cell operation is described in Section 2.
6.5.2.2Cell controller: Electronics capable of measuring the small currents generated in the cell and accumulating and displaying the charge produced by hydrogen halides entering the cell. A strip-chart recorder is desirable for display of accumulated charge.
6.6Miscellaneous glassware: nominal sizes are specified below; other sizes may be used, as necessary.
6.6.1Volumetric flasks: 5-, 10-, 25-, 50-, 100-, and 1000-mL.
6.6.2Beakers: 100-, 500-, and 1000-mL.
6.6.3Volumetric pipets: 1- and 10-mL with pipet bulbs.
6.6.4Volumetric micro-pipets: 10-, 20-, 50-, 100-, 200-, and 500-µL with pipet control (Hamilton 0010, or equivalent).
6.6.5Graduated cylinders: 10-, 100-, and 1000-mL.
6.7Micro-syringes: 10-, 50-, and 100-µL.
6.8Balances.
6.8.1Top-loading, capable of weighing 0.1 g.
6.8.2Analytical, capable of weighing 0.1 mg.
6.9pH meter.
6.10Wash bottles: 500- to 1000-mL, PTFE or polyethylene.
6.11Strip-chart recorder: suggested but not required—useful for determining end of integration (Section 11.4.2).
7.1Granular activated carbon (GAC): 75 to 150 µm (100 to 200 mesh); (Dohrmann, Mitsubishi, Carbon Plus, or equivalent), with chlorine content less than 1 µg Cl
7.2Reagent water: Water in which organic halide is not detected by this method.
7.2.1Preparation: Reagent water may be generated by:
7.2.1.1Activated carbon: Pass tap water through a carbon bed (Calgon Filtrasorb-300, or equivalent).
7.2.1.2Water purifier: Pass tap water through a purifier (Millipore Super Q, or equivalent).
7.2.2pH adjustment: Adjust the pH of the reagent water to < 2 with nitric acid for all reagent water used in this method, except for the acetic acid solution (Section 7.13).
7.3Nitric acid (HNO
7.4Sodium chloride (NaCl) solution (100 µg/mL of Cl
7.5Ammonium chloride (NH
7.6Sulfuric acid: Reagent grade (specific gravity 1.84).
7.7Oxygen: 99.9% purity.
7.8Carbon Dioxide: 99.9% purity.
7.9Nitrate stock solution: In a 1000-mL volumetric flask, dissolve 17g of NaNO
7.10Nitrate wash solution: Dilute 50 mL of nitrate stock solution (Section 7.9) to 1000 mL with reagent water.
7.11Sodium thiosulfate (Na
7.12Trichlorophenol solutions.
The calibration solutions in this section employ 100-mL volumes. For determinations requiring a larger or smaller volume, increase or decrease the size of the volumetric flasks commensurately. For example, if a 1-L sample is to be analyzed, use 1000-mL flasks (Sections 7.12.3.1 and 7.12.4) and 10 times the volume of reagent water (Sections 7.12.3.1 and 7.12.4). The volume of stock solution added to the calibration solutions and precision and recovery (PAR) test solution remain as specified (Sections 7.12.3.2 and 7.12.4) so that the same amount of chloride is delivered to the coulometric cell regardless of the volume of the calibration and PAR solutions.
7.12.1Methanol: HPLC grade.
7.12.2Trichlorophenol stock solution (1.0 mg/mL of Cl
7.12.3Trichlorophenol calibration solutions.
7.12.3.1Place approximately 90 mL of reagent water in each of five 100-mL volumetric flasks.
7.12.3.2Using a calibrated micro-syringe or micro-pipets, add 2, 5, 10, 30, and 80 µL of the trichlorophenol stock solution (Section 7.12.2) to the volumetric flasks and dilute each to the mark with reagent water to produce calibration solutions of 2, 5, 10, 30, and 80 µg Cl
7.12.3.3Some instruments may have a calibration range that does not extend to 800 µg/L (80 µg of Cl
7.12.4Trichlorophenol precision and recovery (PAR) test solution (10 µg/L of Cl
7.13 Acetic acid solution: Containing 30 to 70% acetic acid in deionized water, per the instrument manufacturer's instructions.
8.1Sample preservation.
8.1.1Residual chlorine: If the sample is known or suspected to contain free chlorine, the chlorine must be reduced to eliminate positive interference that may result from continued chlorination reactions. A knowledge of the process from which the sample is collected may be of value in determining whether dechlorination is necessary. Immediately after sampling, test for residual chlorine using the following method or an alternative EPA method (Reference 12):
8.1.1.1Dissolve a few crystals of potassium iodide in the sample and add three to five drops of a 1% starch solution. A blue color indicates the presence of residual chlorine.
8.1.1.2If residual chlorine is found, add 1 mL of sodium thiosulfate solution (Section 7.11) for each 2.5 ppm of free chlorine or until the blue color disappears. Do not add an excess of sodium thiosulfate. Excess sodium thiosulfate may cause decomposition of a small fraction of the OX.
8.1.2Acidification: Adjust the pH of aqueous samples to < 2 with nitric acid. Acidification inhibits biological activity and stabilizes chemical degradation, including possible dehalogenation reactions that may occur at high pH. Acidification is necessary to facilitate thorough adsorption.
8.1.3Refrigeration: Maintain samples at a temperature of 0 to 4 °C from time of collection until analysis.
8.2Collect the amount of sample necessary for analysis (Section 11) and all QC tests (Section 9) in an amber glass bottle of the appropriate size (Section 6.1.1).
8.3Analyze samples no less than three days nor more than six months after collection.
9.1Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality assurance program. The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, an ongoing analysis of standards and blanks as tests of continued performance, and analysis of matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) samples to assess accuracy and precision. Laboratory performance is compared to established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses meet the performance characteristics of the method.
9.1.1The laboratory shall make an initial demonstration of the ability to produce acceptable results with this method. This ability is demonstrated as described in Section 9.2.
9.1.2The laboratory is permitted to modify this method to improve separations or lower the costs of measurements, provided that all performance specifications are met. Each time a modification is made to the method, the laboratory is required to repeat the procedures in Sections 9.2.2 and 10 to demonstrate continued method performance. If the detection limit of the method will be affected by the modification, the laboratory should demonstrate that the MDL (40 CFR
9.1.3The laboratory shall spike 10% of the samples with known concentrations of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol to monitor method performance and matrix interferences (interferences caused by the sample matrix). This test is described in Section 9.3. When results of these spikes indicate atypical method performance for samples, the samples are diluted to bring method performance within acceptable limits.
9.1.4Analyses of blanks are required to demonstrate freedom from contamination. The procedures and criteria for analysis of blanks are described in Section 9.4.
9.1.5The laboratory shall, on an ongoing basis, demonstrate through the analysis of the precision and recovery (PAR) standard that the analysis system is in control. These procedures are described in Section 9.10.
9.1.6The laboratory shall perform quality control tests on the granular activated carbon. These procedures are described in Section 9.5.
9.1.7Samples are analyzed in duplicate to demonstrate precision. These procedures are described in Section 9.6.
9.2Initial demonstration of laboratory capability.
9.2.1Method Detection Limit (MDL): To establish the ability to detect AOX, the laboratory should determine the MDL per the procedure in 40 CFR 136, appendix B using the apparatus, reagents, and standards that will be used in the practice of this method. An MDL less than or equal to the MDL in Section 1.3 should be achieved prior to the practice of this method.
9.2.2Initial precision and recovery (IPR): To establish the ability to generate acceptable precision and recovery, the laboratory shall perform the following operations:
9.2.2.1Analyze four aliquots of the PAR standard (Section 7.12.4) and a method blank according to the procedures in Sections 9.4 and 11.
9.2.2.2Using the blank-subtracted results of the set of four analyses, compute the average percent recovery (X) and the standard deviation of the percent recovery (s) for the results.
9.2.2.3The average percent recovery shall be in the range of 81 to 114 µg/L and the standard deviation shall be less than 8 µg/L. If X and s meet these acceptance criteria, system performance is acceptable and analysis of blanks and samples may begin. If, however, s exceeds the precision limit or X falls outside the range for recovery, system performance is unacceptable. In this case, correct the problem and repeat the test.
9.3Matrix spikes: The laboratory shall spike a minimum of 10% of samples from a given matrix type (e.g., C-stage filtrate, produced water, treated effluent) in duplicate (MS/MSD). If only one sample from a given matrix type is analyzed, an additional two aliquots of that sample shall be spiked.
9.3.1The concentration of the analytes spiked into the MS/MSD shall be determined as follows:
9.3.1.1If, as in compliance monitoring, the concentration of OX is being checked against a regulatory concentration limit, the spiking level shall be at that limit or at one to five times higher than the background concentration determined in Section 9.3.2, whichever concentration is higher.
9.3.1.2If the concentration of OX is not being checked against a regulatory limit, the spike shall be at the concentration of the precision and recovery standard (PAR; Section 7.12.4) or at one to five times higher than the background concentration determined in Section 9.3.2, whichever concentration is higher.
9.3.2Analyze one sample out of each batch of 10 samples from each site to determine the background concentration of AOX. If necessary, prepare a solution of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol appropriate to produce a level in the sample one to five times the background concentration. Spike two additional sample aliquots with spiking solution and analyze them to determine the concentration after spiking.
9.3.2.1Compute the percent recovery of each analyte in each aliquot:
9.3.2.2Compute the relative percent difference (RPD) between the two results (not between the two recoveries) as described in Section 12.4.
9.3.2.3If the RPD is less than 20%, and the recoveries for the MS and MSD are within the range of 78 to 116%, the results are acceptable.
9.3.2.4If the RPD is greater than 20%, analyze two aliquots of the precision and recovery standard (PAR).
9.3.2.4.1If the RPD for the two aliquots of the PAR is greater than 20%, the analytical system is out of control. In this case, repair the problem and repeat the analysis of the sample batch, including the MS/MSD.
9.3.2.4.2If, however, the RPD for the two aliquots of the PAR is less than 20%, dilute the sample chosen for the MS/MSD by a factor of 2-10 (to remain within the working range of the analytical system) and repeat the MS/MSD test. If the RPD is still greater than 20%, the result may not be reported for regulatory compliance purposes. In this case, choose another sample for the MS/MSD and repeat analysis of the sample batch.
9.3.2.5If the percent recovery for both the MS and MSD are less than 78% or greater
9.3.2.5.1If the recovery of the PAR is outside the 78 to 116% range, the analytical system is out of control. In this case, repair the problem and repeat the analysis of the sample batch, including the MS/MSD.
9.3.2.5.2If the recovery of the PAR is within the range of 78 to 116%, dilute the sample, MS, and MSD by a factor of 2-10 (to remain within the working range of the analytical system) and re-analyze. If the results of the dilute analyses remain outside of the acceptable range, these results may not be reported for regulatory compliance purposes. In this case, choose another sample for the MS/MSD and repeat the analysis of the sample batch.
9.4Blanks.
9.4.1Reagent water blanks: Analyzed to demonstrate freedom from contamination.
9.4.1.1Analyze a reagent water blank with each batch of samples. The blank must be analyzed immediately preceding calibration verification to allow for blank subtraction and to demonstrate freedom from contamination and memory effects, and must include all details of the procedure to be followed when analyzing samples.
9.4.1.2Prepare the reagent water blank using a volume of reagent water equivalent to the volume used for sample preparation (Section 11.1). If using the micro-column procedure, adsorb the method blank using two columns, as described in Section 11. Combust the GAC from each column separately, as described in Section 11.
9.4.1.3If the result from the blank from the batch method or the sum of the results from two columns is more than 20 µg/L, analysis of samples is halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a blank shows no evidence of contamination at this level.
9.4.2Nitrate-washed GAC blanks: Analyzed daily to demonstrate that the GAC is free from contamination.
9.4.2.1Nitrate-washed GAC blank for the batch procedure: Analyze a batch nitrate-washed GAC blank by adding a scoop of dry GAC to the assembled filter apparatus containing the polycarbonate membrane and washing the GAC with the nitrate wash solution (Section 7.10) using the procedure in Section 11.2.6.
9.4.2.2Nitrate-washed GAC blank for the column procedure: Analyze a column nitrate-washed GAC blank by assembling two carbon columns in series and washing the columns with the nitrate wash solution (Section 7.10) using the procedure in Section 11.3.4.2. Analyze the GAC in each column separately. The results of the second analysis must be within ±0.2 µg Cl
9.4.3The result for the reagent water blank (Section 9.4.1) shall not exceed the result for the nitrate wash blank (Section 9.4.2.1 or 9.4.2.2) by more than 0.5 µg Cl
9.5Granular activated carbon (GAC) batch testing: Each lot number or batch of activated carbon received from a supplier is tested once before use to ensure adequate quality. Use only GAC that meets the test criteria below.
9.5.1Contamination test: Analyze a scoop of GAC. Reject carbon if the amount of OX exceeds 1 µg (25 µg Cl
9.5.2Inorganic chloride adsorption test: Attempt to adsorb NaCl from 100 mL of a solution containing 100 mg/L in reagent water. Wash with nitrate solution and analyze. The amount of halide should be less than 1 µg Cl
9.6Samples that are being used for regulatory compliance purposes shall be analyzed in duplicate.
9.6.1The procedure for preparing duplicate sample aliquots is described in Section 11.5.
9.6.2Calculate the RPD by following the same procedure described in Section 12.4.
9.6.3If the RPD is greater than 20%, the analyses must be repeated.
9.6.4If the RPD remains greater than 20%, the result may not be reported for regulatory compliance purposes.
9.7The specifications in this method can be met if the apparatus used is calibrated properly and maintained in a calibrated state. The standards used for calibration (Section 10), calibration verification (Section 9.9), and for initial (Section 9.2.2) and ongoing (Section 9.10) precision and recovery should be identical, so that the most precise results will be obtained.
9.8Depending on specific program requirements, field duplicates may be collected to determine the precision of the sampling technique.
9.9At the beginning and end of each eight-hour shift during which analyses are performed, system performance and calibration are verified. Verification of system performance and calibration may be performed more frequently, if desired.
9.9.1If performance and calibration are verified at the beginning and end of each shift (or more frequently), samples analyzed during that period are considered valid.
9.9.2If performance and calibration are not verified at both the beginning and end of a shift (or more frequently), samples analyzed during that period must be reanalyzed.
9.9.3If calibration is verified at the beginning of a shift, recalibration using the five standards described in Section 10.6 is not
9.9.4Cell maintenance and other changes to the analytical system that can affect system performance may not be performed during the eight-hour (or shorter) shift.
9.10Calibration verification and ongoing precision and recovery: Calibration and system performance are verified by the analysis of the 100 µg/L PAR standard.
9.10.1Analyze a blank (Section 9.4) and analyze the PAR standard (Section 7.12.4) immediately thereafter at the beginning and end of each shift. Compute the concentration of organic halide in the blank and in the PAR standard using the procedures in Section 12. The blank shall be less than 2 µg Cl
9.10.2Subtract the result for the blank from the result of the PAR standard using the procedures in Section 12, and compute the percent recovery of the blank-subtracted PAR standard. The percent recovery shall be in the range of 78 to 116%.
9.10.3If the recovery is within this range, the analytical process is in control and analysis of blanks and samples may proceed. If, however, the recovery is not within the acceptable range, the analytical process is not in control. In this event, correct the problem and repeat the ongoing precision and recovery test (Section 9.10), or recalibrate (Sections 10.5 through 10.6).
9.10.4If the recovery is not within the acceptable range for the PAR standard analyzed at the end of the eight-hour shift, correct the problem, repeat the ongoing precision and recovery test (Section 9.10), or recalibrate (Sections 10.5 through 10.6), and reanalyze the sample batch that was analyzed during the eight-hour shift.
9.10.5If the recovery is within the acceptable range at the end of the shift, and samples are to be analyzed during the next eight-hour shift, the end of shift verification may be used as the beginning of shift verification for the subsequent shift, provided the next eight-hour shift begins as the first shift ends.
9.11It is suggested but not required that the laboratory develop a statement of data quality for AOX and develop QC charts to form a graphic demonstration of method performance. Add results that pass the specification in Section 9.10.2 to initial and previous ongoing data. Develop a statement of data quality by calculating the average percent recovery (R) and the standard deviation of percent recovery (s
10.1Assemble the OX system and establish the operating conditions necessary for analysis. Differences between various makes and models of instruments will require different operating procedures. Laboratories should follow the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer of their particular instrument. Sensitivity, instrument detection limit, precision, linear range, and interference effects must be investigated and established for each particular instrument. Calibration is performed when the instrument is first set up and when calibration cannot be verified (Section 9.9).
10.2Cell performance test: Inject 100 µL of the sodium chloride solution (10 µg Cl
10.3Combustion system test: This test can be used to assure that the combustion/micro-coulometer systems are performing properly without introduction of carbon. This test should be used during initial instrument setup and when instrument performance indicates a problem with the combustion system.
10.3.1Designate a quartz boat for use with the ammonium chloride (NH
10.3.2Inject 100 µL of the NH
10.3.3The result shall be between 9.5 and 10.5 µg Cl
10.4Trichlorophenol combustion test: This test can be used to assure that the combustion/micro-coulometer systems are performing properly when carbon is introduced. It should be used during instrument setup and when it is necessary to isolate the adsorption and combustion steps.
10.4.1Inject 10 µL of the 1 mg/mL trichlorophenol stock solution (Section 7.12.2) onto one level scoop of GAC in a quartz boat.
10.4.2Immediately proceed with the analysis to prevent loss of trichlorophenol and to prevent contamination of the carbon.
10.4.3The result shall be between 9.0 and 11.0 µg Cl
10.5Background level of Cl
10.5.1Using the procedure in Section 11 (batch or column) that will be used for the analysis of samples, determine the background level of Cl
10.5.2Calculate the average (mean) concentration of Cl
10.5.3The sum of the average concentration plus two times the standard deviation of the concentration shall be less than 20 µg/L. If not, the water or carbon shall be replaced, or the adsorption system moved to an area free of organic halide vapors, and the test (Section 10.5) shall be repeated. Only after this test is passed may calibration proceed.
10.6Calibration by external standard: A calibration line encompassing the calibration range is developed using solutions of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol.
10.6.1Analyze each of the five calibration solutions (Section 7.12.3) using the procedure in Section 11 (batch or column) that will be used for the analysis of samples, and the same procedure that was used for determination of the system background (Section 10.5). Analyze these solutions beginning with the lowest concentration and proceeding to the highest. Record the response of the micro-coulometer to each calibration solution.
10.6.2Prepare a method blank as described in Section 9.4. Subtract the value of the blank from each of the five calibration results, as described in Section 12.
10.6.3Calibration factor (ratio of response to concentration) Using the blank subtracted results, compute the calibration factor at each calibration point, and compute the average calibration factor and the relative standard deviation (coefficient of variation; Cv) of the calibration factor over the calibration range.
10.6.4Linearity: The Cv of the calibration factor shall be less than 20%; otherwise, the calibration shall be repeated after adjustment of the combustion/micro-coulometer system and/or preparation of fresh calibration standards.
10.6.5Using the average calibration factor, compute the percent recovery at each calibration point. The recovery at each calibration point shall be within the range of 80 to 111%. If any point is not within this range, a fresh calibration standard shall be prepared for that point, this standard shall be analyzed, and the calibration factor (Section 10.6.3) and calibration linearity (Section 10.6.4) shall be computed using the new calibration point. All points used in the calibration must meet the 80 to 111% recovery specification.
11.1Sample dilution: Many samples will contain high concentrations of halide. If analyzed without dilution, the micro-coulometer can be overloaded, resulting in frequent cell cleaning and downtime. The following guidance is provided to assist in estimating dilution levels.
11.1.1Paper and pulp mills that employ chlorine bleaching: Samples from pulp mills that use a chlorine bleaching process may overload the micro-coulometer. To prevent system overload, the maximum volume suggested for paper industry samples that employ halide in the bleaching process is 100 mL. An adsorption volume as small as 25 mL may be used, provided the concentration of AOX in the sample can be measured reliably, as defined by the requirements in Section 9.11. To minimize volumetric error, an adsorption volume less than 25 mL may not be used. If AOX cannot be measured reliably in a 100-mL sample volume, a sample volume to a maximum of 1000 mL must be used. The sample and adsorption volumes are suggested for paper industry samples employing chlorine compounds in the bleaching process:
11.1.2Sample dilution procedure.
11.1.2.1Partially fill a precleaned volumetric flask with pH < 2 reagent water, allowing for the volume of sample to be added.
11.1.2.2Mix sample thoroughly by tumbling or shaking vigorously.
11.1.2.3Immediately withdraw the required sample aliquot using a pipet or micro-syringe.
Because it will be necessary to rinse the pipet or micro-syringe (Section 11.1.2.5), it may be necessary to pre-calibrate the
11.1.2.4Dispense or inject the aliquot into the volumetric flask.
11.1.2.5Rinse the pipet or syringe with small portions of reagent water and add to the flask.
11.1.2.6Dilute to the mark with pH < 2 reagent water.
11.1.3All samples to be reported for regulatory compliance monitoring purposes must be analyzed in duplicate, as described in Section 11.5.
11.1.4Pulp and Paper in-process samples: The concentration of organic halide in in-process samples has been shown to be 20 to 30% greater using the micro-column adsorption technique than using the batch adsorption technique. For this reason, the micro-column technique shall be used for monitoring in-process samples. Examples of in-process samples include: combined bleach plant effluent, C-stage filtrate, and E-stage filtrate.
11.2Batch adsorption and filtration.
11.2.1Place the appropriate volume of sample (diluted if necessary), preserved as described in Section 8, into an Erlenmeyer flask.
11.2.2Add 5 mL of nitrate stock solution to the sample aliquot.
11.2.3Add one level scoop of activated carbon that has passed the quality control tests in Section 9.
11.2.4Shake the suspension for at least one hour in a mechanical shaker.
11.2.5Filter the suspension through a polycarbonate membrane filter. Filter by suction until the liquid level reaches the top of the carbon.
11.2.6Wash the inside surface of the filter funnel with 25 mL (±5 mL) of nitrate wash solution in several portions. After the level of the final wash reaches the top of the GAC, filter by suction until the cake is barely dry. The time required for drying should be minimized to prevent exposure of the GAC to halogen vapors in the air, but should be sufficient to permit drying of the cake so that excess water is not introduced into the combustion apparatus. A drying time of approximately 10 seconds under vacuum has been shown to be effective for this operation.
11.2.7Carefully remove the top of the filter holder, making sure that no carbon is lost. This operation is most successfully performed by removing the clamp, tilting the top of the filter holder (the funnel portion) to one side, and lifting upward.
11.2.8Using a squeeze bottle or micro-syringe, rapidly rinse the carbon from the inside of the filter holder onto the filter cake using small portions of wash solution. Allow the cake to dry under vacuum for no more than 10 seconds after the final rinse. Immediately turn the vacuum off.
11.2.9Using tweezers, carefully fold the polycarbonate filter in half, then in fourths, making sure that no carbon is lost.
11.3Column adsorption.
11.3.1Column preparation: Prepare a sufficient number of columns for one day's operation as follows:
11.3.1.1In a glove box or area free from halide vapors, place a plug of Cerafelt into the end of a clean glass column.
11.3.1.2Fill the glass column with one level scoop (approximately 40 mg) of granular activated carbon that has passed the quality control tests in Section 9.
11.3.1.3Insert a Cerafelt plug into the open end of the column to hold the carbon in place.
11.3.1.4Store the columns in a glass jar with PTFE lined screw-cap to prevent infiltration of halide vapors from the air.
11.3.2Column setup.
11.3.2.1Install two columns in series in the adsorption module.
11.3.2.2If the sample is known or expected to contain particulates that could prevent free flow of sample through the micro-columns, a Cerafelt plug is placed in the tubing ahead of the columns. If a measurement of the OX content of the particulates is desired, the Cerafelt plug can be washed with nitrate solution, placed in a combustion boat, and processed as a separate sample.
11.3.3Adjusting sample flow rate: Because the flow rate used to load the sample onto the columns can affect the ability of the GAC to adsorb organic halides, the flow rate of the method blank is measured, and the gas pressure used to process samples is adjusted accordingly. The flow rate of the blank, which is composed of acidified reagent water and contains no particulate matter, should be greater than the flow rate of any sample containing even small amounts of particulate matter.
11.3.3.1Fill the sample reservoir with the volume of reagent water chosen for the analysis (Section 9.4.1.2) that has been preserved and acidified as described in Section 8. Cap the reservoir.
11.3.3.2Adjust the gas pressure per the manufacturer's instructions. Record the time required for the entire volume of reagent water to pass through both columns. The flow rate must not exceed 3 mL/min over the duration of the time required to adsorb the volume. If this flow rate is exceeded, adjust gas pressure, prepare another blank, and repeat the adsorption.
11.3.3.3Once the flow rate for the blank has been established, the same adsorption conditions must be applied to all subsequent samples during that eight-hour shift, or until another method blank is processed, whichever comes first. To aid in overcoming breakthrough problems, a lower gas pressure (and, therefore, flow rate) may be used for
11.3.3.4Elute the pair of columns with 2 mL of nitrate wash solution. The flow rate of nitrate wash solution must not exceed 3 mL/min.
11.3.3.5Separate the columns and mark for subsequent analysis.
11.3.4The adsorption of sample volumes is performed in a similar fashion. Fill the sample reservoir with the sample volume chosen for the analysis (Section 11.1), that has been preserved as described in Section 8. All analyses must be performed with this volume (sample volume plus reagent water, as needed) in order to maintain a flow rate no greater than that determined for the blank (see Section 11.3.3).
11.3.4.1Use the same gas pressure for sample adsorption as is used for the blank.
11.3.4.2Elute the columns with 2 mL of the nitrate wash solution.
11.3.4.3Separate the columns and mark for subsequent analysis.
11.3.5If it is desirable to make measurements at levels lower than can be achieved with the sample volume chosen, or if the instrument response of an undiluted sample is less than three times the instrument response of the blank (Section 12.6.3), a larger sample volume must be used.
11.4Combustion and titration.
11.4.1Polycarbonate filter and GAC from batch adsorption.
11.4.1.1Place the folded polycarbonate filter containing the GAC in a quartz combustion boat, close the airlock, and proceed with the automated sequence.
11.4.1.2Record the signal from the micro-coulometer for a minimum integration time of 10 minutes and determine the concentration of Cl
11.4.2Columns from column adsorption.
11.4.2.1Using the push rod, push the carbon and the Cerafelt plug(s) from the first column into a combustion boat. Proceed with the automated sequence.
11.4.2.2Record the signal from the micro-coulometer for a minimum integration time of 10 minutes and determine the concentration of Cl
11.4.2.3Repeat the automated sequence with the second column.
11.4.2.4Determine the extent of breakthrough of organic halides from the first column to the second column, as described in Section 12.
11.4.3The two columns that are used for the method blank must be combusted separately, as is done for samples. 11.5 Duplicate sample analysis: All samples to be reported for regulatory compliance purposes must be analyzed in duplicate. This requirement applies to both the batch and column adsorption procedures. In addition, if it is necessary to dilute the sample for the purposes of reducing breakthrough or maintaining the concentration within the calibration range, a more or less dilute sample must be analyzed. The adsorption volumes used for analysis of undiluted samples, diluted samples, and all replicates must be the same as the volume used for QC tests and calibration (Sections 9 and 10).
11.5.1Using results from analysis of one sample volume (Section 11.4) and the procedure in Section 11.1.2, determine if the dilution used was within the calibration range of the instrument and/or if breakthrough exceeded the specification in Section 12.3.1. If the breakthrough criterion was exceeded or the sample was not within the calibration range, adjust the dilution volume as needed. If the breakthrough criterion was not exceeded and the sample dilution was within the calibration range, a second volume at the same dilution level may be used.
11.5.2Adsorb the sample using the same technique (batch or column) used for the first sample volume. Combust the GAC from the second volume as described in Section 11.4, and calculate the results as described in Section 12. Compare the results of the two analyses as described in Section 12.4.
11.5.3Duplicate analyses are not required for method blanks, as different dilution levels are not possible.
11.5.4Duplicate analyses of the PAR standard used for calibration verification (Section 9.10) are not required.
12.1Batch Adsorption Method: Calculate the blank-subtracted concentration of adsorbable organic halide detected in each sample (in micrograms of chloride per liter) using the following equation:
This calculation is performed for each of the two dilution levels analyzed for each sample.
12.2Column Adsorption Method: Calculate the blank-subtracted concentration of adsorbable organic halide detected in each sample (in micrograms of chloride per liter) using the following equation:
12.3Percent breakthrough: For each sample analyzed by the column method, calculate the percent breakthrough of halide from the first column to the second column, using the following equation:
12.3.1For samples to be reported for regulatory compliance purposes, the percent breakthrough must be less than or equal to 25% for both of the two analyses performed on each sample (see Section 11.5).
12.3.2If the breakthrough exceeds 25%, dilute the affected sample further, maintaining the amount of halide at least three times higher than the level of blank, and reanalyze the sample. Ensure that the sample is also analyzed at a second level of dilution that is at least a factor of 2 different (and still higher than three times the blank).
12.4Relative percent difference (RPD): Calculate the relative percent difference between the results of the two analyses of each sample, using the following equation:
12.5High concentrations of AOX: If the amount of halide from either analysis exceeds the calibration range, dilute the sample and reanalyze, maintaining at least a factor of 2 difference in the dilution levels of the two portions of the sample used.
12.6Low concentrations of AOX: The blank-subtracted final result from the batch procedure or the sum of the blank-subtracted results from the two carbon columns should be significantly above the level of the blank.
12.6.1If the instrument response for a sample exceeds the instrument response for the blank by a factor of at least 3, the result is acceptable.
12.6.2If the instrument response for a sample is less than three times the instrument response for the blank, and the sample has been diluted, analyze a less dilute aliquot of sample.
12.6.3If the instrument response of an undiluted sample containing AOX above the minimum level is less than three times the instrument response for the blank, the result is suspect and may not be used for regulatory compliance purposes. In this case, find the cause of contamination, correct the problem, and reanalyze the sample under the corrected conditions.
12.7Report results that meet all of the specifications in this method as the mean of the blank-subtracted values from Section 12.1 or 12.2 for the two analyses at different dilution levels, in µg/L of Cl
The specifications contained in this method are based on data from a single laboratory and from a large-scale study of the pulp and paper industry.
14.1The solvents used in this method pose little threat to the environment when recycled and managed properly.
14.2Standards should be prepared in volumes consistent with laboratory use to minimize the volume of expired standards to be disposed.
15.1It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restrictions, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from fume hoods and bench operations. Compliance with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.
15.2Samples preserved with HCl or H
15.3For further information on waste management, consult “The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel,” and “Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction,” both available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW., Washington, DC 20036.
16.1“Total Organic Halide, Methods 450.1—Interim,” Prepared by Stephen Billets and James J. Lichtenberg, USEPA, Office of Research and Development, Physical and Chemical Methods Branch, EMSL-Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA 600/4-81-056 (1981).
16.2Method 9020, USEPA Office of Solid Waste, “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, SW-846,” Third Edition, 1987.
16.3“Determination of Adsorbable Organic Halogens (AOX),” “German Standard Methods for the Analysis of Water, Waste Water and Sludge—General Parameters of Effects and Substances,” Deutsche Industrie Norm (DIN) Method 38 409, Part 14, DIN German Standards Institute, Beuth Verlag, Berlin, Germany (1987).
16.4“Water Quality: Determination of Adsorbable Organic Halogens (AOX),” International Organization for Standard/Draft International Standardization (ISO/DIS) Method 9562 (1988).
16.5“Organically Bound Chlorine by the AOX Method,” SCAN-W 9:89, Secretariat, Scandinavian Pulp, Paper and Board Testing Committee, Box 5604, S-11486, Stockholm, Sweden (1989).
16.6Method 5320, “Dissolved Organic Halogen,” from “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,” 5320, American Public Health Association, 1015 15th St. NW, Washington, DC 20005 (1989).
16.7“Canadian Standard Method for the Determination of Adsorbable Organic Halides (AOX) in Waters and Wastewaters,” Environment Canada and The Canadian Pulp and Paper Association (1990).
16.840 CFR part 136, appendix B.
16.9“Working with Carcinogens,” DHEW, PHS, CDC, NIOSH, Publication 77-206, (Aug 1977).
16.10“OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry” OSHA 2206, 29 CFR 1910 (Jan 1976).
16.11“Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories,” ACS Committee on Chemical Safety (1979).
16.12“Methods 330.4 and 330.5 for Total Residual Chlorine,” USEPA, EMSL-Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA-4-79-020 (March 1979).
16.13“Validation of Method 1650: Determination of Organic Halide,” Analytical Technologies Inc., ERCE Contract 87-3410, November 15, 1990. Available from the EPA Sample Control Center, DynCorp, 300 N. Lee St., Alexandria, VA 22314 (703-519-1140).
These definitions and purposes are specific to this method but have been conformed to common usage as much as possible.
18.1Units of weight and measure and their abbreviations.
18.1.1Symbols.
18.1.2Alphabetical characters.
18.2Definitions and acronyms (in alphabetical order).
Analyte: AOX tested for by this method.
Calibration standard (CAL): A solution prepared from a secondary standard and/or stock solution which is used to calibrate the response of the instrument with respect to analyte concentration.
Calibration verification standard (VER): The mid-point calibration standard (CS3) that is used to verify calibration.
Field blank: An aliquot of reagent water or other reference matrix that is placed in a sample container in the laboratory or the field, and treated as a sample in all respects, including exposure to sampling site conditions, storage, preservation, and all analytical procedures. The purpose of the field blank is to determine if the field or sample transporting procedures and environments have contaminated the sample.
IPR: Initial precision and recovery; four aliquots of the diluted PAR standard analyzed to establish the ability to generate acceptable precision and accuracy. An IPR is performed prior to the first time this method is used and any time the method or instrumentation is modified.
Laboratory blank: See Method blank.
Laboratory control sample (LCS): See Ongoing precision and recovery sample (OPR).
Laboratory reagent blank: See Method blank.
May: This action, activity, or procedural step is neither required nor prohibited.
May not: This action, activity, or procedural step is prohibited.
Method blank: An aliquot of reagent water that is treated exactly as a sample including exposure to all glassware, equipment, solvents, reagents, internal standards, and surrogates that are used with samples. The method blank is used to determine if analytes or interferences are present in the laboratory environment, the reagents, or the apparatus.
Minimum level (ML): The level at which the entire analytical system must give a recognizable signal and acceptable calibration point for the analyte. It is equivalent to the concentration of the lowest calibration standard, assuming that all method-specified sample weights, volumes, and cleanup procedures have been employed.
Must: This action, activity, or procedural step is required.
OPR: Ongoing precision and recovery standard; a laboratory blank spiked with a known quantity of analyte. The OPR is analyzed exactly like a sample. Its purpose is to assure that the results produced by the laboratory remain within the limits specified in this method for precision and recovery.
PAR: Precision and recovery standard; secondary standard that is diluted and spiked to form the IPR and OPR.
Preparation blank: See Method blank.
Primary dilution standard: A solution containing the specified analytes that is purchased or prepared from stock solutions and diluted as needed to prepare calibration solutions and other solutions.
Quality control check sample (QCS): A sample containing all or a subset of the analytes at known concentrations. The QCS is obtained from a source external to the laboratory or is prepared from a source of standards different from the source of calibration standards. It is used to check laboratory performance with test materials prepared external to the normal preparation process.
Reagent water: Water demonstrated to be free from the analyte of interest and potentially interfering substances at the method detection limit for the analyte.
Relative standard deviation (RSD): The standard deviation multiplied by 100, divided by the mean.
RSD: See Relative standard deviation.
Should: This action, activity, or procedural step is suggested but not required.
Stock solution: A solution containing an analyte that is prepared using a reference material traceable to EPA, the National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST), or a source that will attest to the purity and authenticity of the reference material.
VER: See Calibration verification standard.
1.1This method is for determination of chlorinated phenolics (chlorinated phenols, guaiacols, catechols, vanillins, syringaldehydes) and other compounds associated with the Clean Water Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act; and that are amenable to in situ acetylation, extraction, and analysis by capillary column gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GCMS). This method is based on existing methods for determination of chlorophenolics in pulp and paper industry wastewaters (References 1 and 2).
1.2The chemical compounds listed in Table 1 may be determined in waters and, specifically, in in-process streams and
1.3The detection limit of this method is usually dependent on the level of interferences rather than instrumental limitations. The method detection limits (MDLs) in Table 2 typify the minimum quantity that can be detected with no interferences present.
1.4The GCMS portions of this method are for use only by persons experienced with GCMS or under the close supervision of such qualified persons. Laboratories unfamiliar with analyses of environmental samples by GCMS should run the performance tests in Reference 3 before beginning.
1.5Any modification of the method beyond those expressly permitted is subject to the application and approval of alternative test procedures under 40 CFR parts 136.4 and 136.5.
2.1A 1000-mL aliquot of water is spiked with stable isotopically labeled analogs of the compounds of interest and an internal standard. The solution is adjusted to neutral pH, potassium carbonate buffer is added, and the pH is raised to 9-11.5. The chlorophenolics are converted in situ to acetates by the addition of acetic anhydride. After acetylation, the solution is extracted with hexane. The hexane is concentrated to a final volume of 0.5 mL, an instrument internal standard is added, and an aliquot of the concentrated extract is injected into the gas chromatograph (GC). The compounds are separated by GC and detected by a mass spectrometer (MS). The labeled compounds and internal standard serve to correct the variability of the analytical technique.
2.2Identification of a pollutant (qualitative analysis) is performed by comparing the relative retention time and mass spectrum to that of an authentic standard. A compound is identified when its relative retention time and mass spectrum agree.
2.3Quantitative analysis is performed in one of two ways by GCMS using extracted ion-current profile (EICP) areas: (1) For those compounds listed in Table 1 for which standards and labeled analogs are available, the GCMS system is calibrated and the compound concentration is determined using an isotope dilution technique; (2) for those compounds listed in Table 1 for which authentic standards but no labeled compounds are available, the GCMS system is calibrated and the compound concentration is determined using an internal standard technique.
2.4Quality is assured through reproducible calibration and testing of the extraction and GCMS systems.
3.1Chlorinated phenolics are the chlorinated phenols, guaiacols, catechols, vanillins, syringaldehydes and other compounds amenable to in situ acetylation, extraction, and determination by GCMS using this method.
3.2Definitions for other terms used in this method are given in the glossary at the end of the method (Section 20.0).
4.1Solvents, reagents, glassware, and other sample processing hardware may yield artifacts and/or elevated baselines, causing misinterpretation of chromatograms and spectra. All materials used in the analysis shall be demonstrated to be free from interferences under the conditions of analysis by running method blanks initially and with each sample batch (samples started through the extraction process on a given eight-hour shift, to a maximum of 20). Specific selection of reagents and purification of solvents by distillation in all-glass systems may be required. Glassware and, where possible, reagents are cleaned by using solvent rinse and baking at 450 °C for a minimum of one hour.
4.2Interferences co-extracted from samples will vary considerably from source to source, depending on the diversity of the site being sampled. Industry experience suggests that high levels of non-chlorinated phenols may cause poor recovery of the compounds of interest, particularly in samples collected in the vicinity of a source of creosote, such as a wood-preserving plant (Reference 1).
4.3The internal standard, 3,4,5-trichlorophenol, has been reported to be an anaerobic degradation product of 2,3,4,5-tetrachlorophenol and/or pentachlorophenol (Reference 1). When an interference with this or another compound occurs, labeled pentachlorophenol or another labeled compound may be used as an alternative internal standard; otherwise, the internal standards and reference compounds must be used as specified in this method.
4.4Blank contamination by pentachlorophenol has been reported (Reference 1) to be traceable to potassium carbonate; it has also been reported that this contamination may be removed by baking overnight at 400 to 500 °C.
4.5Catechols are susceptible to degradation by active sites on injection port liners and columns, and are subject to oxidation to the corresponding chloro-o-benzoquinones (Reference 2). A small amount of ascorbic acid may be added to samples to prevent auto-oxidation (Reference 2; also see Section 11.1.6). For pulp and paper industry samples, ascorbic acid may be added to treated effluent samples only.
5.1The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each compound or reagent used in this method has not been precisely determined; however, each chemical compound should be treated as a potential health hazard. Exposure to these compounds should be reduced to the lowest possible level. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of materials safety data sheets (MSDSs) should be made available to all personnel involved in these analyses. Additional information on laboratory safety can be found in References 4 through 6.
5.2Samples may contain high concentrations of toxic compounds, and should be handled with gloves and a hood opened to prevent exposure.
Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for illustrative purposes only. No endorsement is implied. Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and materials other than those specified here, but demonstration of equivalent performance that meets the requirements of this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.
6.1Sampling equipment for discrete or composite sampling.
6.1.1Sample bottles and caps.
6.1.1.1Sample bottle: Amber glass, 1000-mL minimum, with screw-cap. If amber bottles are not available, samples shall be protected from light.
6.1.1.2Bottle caps: Threaded to fit sample bottles. Caps shall be lined with PTFE.
6.1.1.3Cleaning bottles: Detergent water wash, cap with aluminum foil, and bake at 450 °C for a minimum of one hour before use.
6.1.1.4Cleaning liners: Detergent water wash, reagent water (Section 7.4) and solvent rinse, and bake at approximately 200 °C for a minimum of 1 hour prior to use.
6.1.1.5Bottles and liners must be lot-certified to be free of chlorophenolics by running blanks according to this method. If blanks from bottles and/or liners without cleaning or with fewer cleaning steps show no detectable chlorophenolics, the bottle and liner cleaning steps that do not eliminate chlorophenolics may be omitted.
6.1.2Compositing equipment: Automatic or manual compositing system incorporating glass containers cleaned per bottle cleaning procedure above. Sample containers are kept at 0 to 4 °C during sampling. Glass or PTFE tubing only shall be used. If the sampler uses a peristaltic pump, a minimum length of compressible silicone rubber tubing may be used in the pump only. Before use, the tubing shall be thoroughly rinsed with methanol, followed by repeated rinsing with reagent water (Section 7.4) to minimize sample contamination. An integrating flow meter is used to collect proportional composite samples.
6.2Extraction apparatus.
6.2.1Bottle or beaker: 1500-to 2000-mL capacity.
6.2.2Separatory funnel: 500-to 2000-mL, glass, with PTFE stopcock.
6.2.3Magnetic stirrer: Corning Model 320, or equivalent, with stirring bar.
6.3Polyethylene gloves: For handling samples and extraction equipment (Fisher 11-394-110-B, or equivalent).
6.4Graduated cylinders: 1000-mL, 100-mL, and 10-mL nominal.
6.5Centrifuge: Capable of accepting 50-mL centrifuge tubes and achieving 3000 RPM.
6.5.1Centrifuge tubes.
6.5.1.135-mL nominal, with PTFE-lined screw-cap.
6.5.1.215-mL nominal, conical graduated, with ground-glass stopper.
6.6Concentration apparatus.
6.6.1Kuderna-Danish (K-D) concentrator tube: 10-mL, graduated (Kontes K-570050-1025, or equivalent) with calibration verified. Ground-glass stopper (size 19/22 joint) is used to prevent evaporation of extracts.
6.6.2Kuderna-Danish (K-D) evaporation flask: 1000-mL (Kontes K-570001-1000, or equivalent), attached to concentrator tube with springs (Kontes K-662750-0012).
6.6.3Snyder column: Three-ball macro (Kontes K-503000-0232, or equivalent).
6.6.4Snyder column: Two-ball micro (Kontes K-469002-0219, or equivalent).
6.6.5Boiling chips: Approximately 10/40 mesh, extracted with methylene chloride and baked at 450 °C for a minimum of one hour.
6.6.6Nitrogen evaporation apparatus: Equipped with a water bath controlled at 35 to 40 °C (N-Evap, Organomation Associates, Inc., South Berlin, MA, or equivalent), installed in a fume hood. This device may be used in place of the micro-Snyder column concentrator in Section 6.6.4 above.
6.7Water bath: Heated, with concentric ring cover, capable of temperature control (±2 °C), installed in a fume hood.
6.8Sample vials: Amber glass, 1- to 3-mL, with PTFE-lined screw-cap.
6.9Balances.
6.9.1Analytical: Capable of weighing 0.1 mg.
6.9.2Top loading: Capable of weighing 10 mg.
6.10pH meter.
6.11Gas chromatograph: Shall have splitless or on-column injection port for capillary column, temperature program with 50 °C hold, and shall meet all of the performance specifications in Section 9.
6.12Gas chromatographic column: 30 m (±5 m) × 0.25 mm (±0.02 mm) I.D. × 0.25 micron, 5% phenyl, 94% methyl, 1% vinyl silicone bonded-phase fused-silica capillary column (J & W DB-5, or equivalent).
6.13Mass spectrometer: 70 eV electron impact ionization, shall repetitively scan from 42 to 450 amu in 0.95 to 1.00 second, and shall produce a unit resolution (valleys between m/z 441-442 less than 10% of the height of the 441 peak), background-corrected mass spectrum from 50 ng decafluorotriphenylphosphine (DFTPP) introduced through the GC inlet. The spectrum shall meet the mass-intensity criteria in Table 3 (Reference 7). The mass spectrometer shall be interfaced to the GC such that the end of the capillary column terminates within 1 cm of the ion source, but does not intercept the electron or ion beams. All portions of the column which connect the GC to the ion source shall remain at or above the column temperature during analysis to preclude condensation of less volatile compounds.
6.14Data system: Shall collect and record MS data, store mass-intensity data in spectral libraries, process GCMS data, generate reports, and compute and record response factors.
6.14.1Data acquisition: Mass spectra shall be collected continuously throughout the analysis and stored on a mass storage device.
6.14.2Mass spectral libraries: User-created libraries containing mass spectra obtained from analysis of authentic standards shall be employed to reverse search GCMS runs for the compounds of interest (Section 10.2).
6.14.3Data processing: The data system shall be used to search, locate, identify, and quantify the compounds of interest in each GCMS analysis. Software routines shall be employed to compute retention times, and to compute peak areas at the m/z's specified (Table 4). Displays of spectra, mass chromatograms, and library comparisons are required to verify results.
6.14.4Response factors and multi-point calibrations: The data system shall be used to record and maintain lists of response factors (response ratios for isotope dilution) and multi-point calibration curves (Section 10). Computations of relative standard deviation (coefficient of variation) are used for testing calibration linearity. Statistics on initial (Section 9.3.2) and ongoing (Section 9.6) performance shall be computed and maintained.
7.1Reagents for adjusting sample pH.
7.1.1Sodium hydroxide: Reagent grade, 6 N in reagent water.
7.1.2Sulfuric acid: Reagent grade, 6 N in reagent water.
7.2Reagents for sample preservation.
7.2.1Sodium thiosulfate (Na
7.2.2Ascorbic acid solution: Prepare a solution of ascorbic acid in reagent water at a concentration of 0.1 g/mL. This solution must be prepared fresh on each day when derivatizations will be performed. Therefore, do not prepare more than will be used that day. (A 50-mL volume is sufficient for ten analyses).
7.3Solvents: Hexane, acetone, and methanol. Distilled in glass (Burdick and Jackson, or equivalent).
7.4Reagent water: Water in which the compounds of interest and interfering compounds are not detected by this method.
7.5Reagents for derivatization.
7.5.1Potassium carbonate (K
7.5.1.1Purification: Spread in a shallow baking dish, heat overnight at 400 to 500 °C.
7.5.1.2Solution: Dissolve 150 g purified K
7.5.2Acetic anhydride: Redistilled reagent grade.
7.6Analytical standards.
7.6.1Derivatization: Because the chlorinated phenolics are determined as their acetate derivatives after in situ acetylation, the method requires that the calibration standards be prepared by spiking the underivatized materials into reagent water and carrying the spiked reagent water aliquot through the entire derivatization and extraction procedure that is applied to the field samples.
7.6.2Standard solutions: Purchased as solutions or mixtures with certification to their purity, concentration, and authenticity, or prepared from materials of known purity and composition. If chemical purity of a compound is 98% or greater, the weight may be used without correction to compute the concentration of the standard. When not being used, standards are stored in the dark at −20 to −10 °C in screw-capped vials with PTFE-lined lids. A mark is placed on the vial at the level of the solution so that solvent evaporation loss can be detected. The vials are brought to room temperature prior to use.
7.6.3If the chemical purity of any standard does not meet the 98% requirement above, the laboratory must correct all calculations, calibrations, etc., for the difference in purity.
7.7Preparation of stock solutions: Prepare chlorovanillins and chlorosyringaldehydes in acetone, as these compounds are subject to degradation in methanol. Prepare the remaining chlorophenolics in methanol. Prepare all standards per the steps below. Observe the safety precautions in Section 5.
7.7.1Dissolve an appropriate amount of assayed reference material in a suitable solvent. For example, weigh 50 mg (±0.1 mg) of pentachlorophenol in a 10-mL ground-glass-
7.7.2Stock solutions should be checked for signs of degradation prior to the preparation of calibration or performance test standards and shall be replaced after six months, or sooner if comparison with quality control check standards indicates a change in concentration.
7.8Labeled compound spiking solution: From stock solutions prepared as above, or from mixtures, prepare one spiking solution to contain the labeled chlorovanillin in acetone and a second spiking solution to contain the remaining chlorophenolics, including the 3,4,5-trichlorophenol sample matrix internal standard (SMIS), in methanol. The labeled compounds and SMIS are each at a concentration of 12.5 µg/mL.
7.9Secondary standards for calibration: Using stock solutions (Section 7.7), prepare one secondary standard containing the chlorovanillins and chlorsyringaldehydes listed in Table 1 in acetone and a second secondary standard containing the remaining chlorophenolics in methanol. The monochlorinated phenol, guaiacol, and catechol are included at a concentration of 25 µg/mL; the trichlorinated catechols, tetrachlorinated guaiacol and catechol, pentachlorophenol, 5,6-dichlorovanillin, and 2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde are included at a concentration of 100 µg/mL; and the remaining compounds are included at a concentration of 50 µg/mL, each in their respective solutions.
7.10Instrument internal standard (IIS): Prepare a solution of 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl (DFB) at a concentration of 2.5 mg/mL in hexane.
7.11DFTPP solution: Prepare a solution of DFTPP at 50 µg/mL in acetone.
7.12Solutions for obtaining authentic mass spectra (Section 10.2): Prepare mixtures of compounds at concentrations which will assure authentic spectra are obtained for storage in libraries.
7.13Preparation of calibration solutions.
7.13.1Into five 1000-mL aliquots of reagent water, spike 50, 100, 200, 500 and 1000 µL of each of the two solutions in Section 7.9. Spike 1.00 mL of each of the two labeled compound spiking solutions (Section 7.8) into each of the five aliquots.
7.13.2Using the procedure in Section 11, derivatize and extract each solution, and concentrate the extract to a final volume of 0.50 mL. This will produce calibration solutions of nominal 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 µg/mL of the native chlorophenolics and a constant concentration of 25 µg/mL of each labeled compound and the SMIS (assuming 100% derivatization and recovery). As noted in Section 11.1.6, ascorbic acid is added to all samples of final effluents to stabilize chlorocatechols, but is not added to samples of pulp and paper in-process wastewaters. Therefore, it is necessary to prepare separate sets of five initial calibration standards with and without the addition of ascorbic acid. Also, in the event that the laboratory is extracting final effluent samples by both the stir-bar and separatory funnel procedures (see Section 11.3), initial calibration standards should be prepared by both methods.
7.13.3These solutions permit the relative response (labeled to unlabeled) and the response factor to be measured as a function of concentration (Sections 10.4 and 10.5).
7.13.4The nominal 50 µg/mL standard may also be used as a calibration verification standard (see Section 9.6).
7.14Ongoing precision and recovery (OPR) standard: Used for determination of initial (Section 9.3.2) and ongoing (Section 9.6) precision and recovery. This solution is prepared by spiking 500 µL of each the two solutions of the secondary calibration standards (Section 7.9) and 1 mL of each of the two labeled compound spiking solutions (Section 7.8) into 1000 mL of reagent water.
7.15Stability of solutions: All standard solutions (Sections 7.7 through 7.14) shall be analyzed within 48 hours of preparation and on a monthly basis thereafter for signs of degradation. Standards will remain acceptable if the peak area at the quantitation m/z relative to the DFB internal standard remains within ±15% of the area obtained in the initial analysis of the standard.
8.1Collect samples in glass containers (Section 6.1) following conventional sampling practices (Reference 9). Aqueous samples are collected in refrigerated bottles using automatic sampling equipment.
8.2Sample preservation.
8.2.1Residual chlorine: If the sample contains residual chlorine, the chlorine must be reduced to eliminate positive interference resulting from continued chlorination reactions. Immediately after sampling, test for residual chlorine using the following method or an alternative EPA method (Reference 10).
8.2.1.1Dissolve a few crystals of potassium iodide in the sample and add three to five drops of a 1% starch solution. A blue color indicates the presence of residual chlorine.
8.2.1.2If residual chlorine is found, add 1 mL of sodium thiosulfate solution (Section 7.2.1) for each 2.5 ppm of free chlorine or until the blue color disappears.
8.2.2Acidification: Adjust pH of all aqueous samples to <2 with sulfuric acid (Section 7.1.2). Failure to acidify samples may result in positive interferences from continued chlorination reactions.
8.2.3Refrigeration: Maintain sample temperature at 0 to 4 °C from time of collection until extraction, and maintain extracts at a temperature of 0 to 4 °C from time of extraction until analysis.
8.3Collect a minimum of 2000 mL of sample. This will provide a sufficient amount for all testing. Smaller amounts may be collected if the stream is known to contain high levels of chlorophenolics.
8.4All samples must be acetylated and extracted within 30 days of collection, and must be analyzed within 30 days of acetylation. If labeled compound recoveries for a sample do not meet the acceptance criteria in Table 5 and the 30-day holding time is not met, a new sample must be collected.
9.1Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality assurance program (Reference 8). The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, analysis of samples spiked with labeled compounds to evaluate and document data quality, and analysis of standards and blanks as tests of continued performance. Laboratory performance is compared to established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses meet the performance characteristics of the method.
9.1.1DFTPP spectrum validity shall be checked at the beginning of each eight-hour shift during which analyses are performed. This test is described in Section 9.2.
9.1.2The laboratory shall make an initial demonstration of the ability to generate acceptable results with this method. This ability is established as described in Section 9.3.
9.1.3The laboratory is permitted to modify this method to improve separations or lower the costs of measurements, provided all performance specifications are met. Each time a modification is made to the method, the laboratory is required to repeat the procedures in Sections 10.3 and 9.3.2 to demonstrate method performance. If the detection limits for the analytes in this method will be affected by the modification, the laboratory should demonstrate that each MDL (40 CFR 136, appendix B) is less than or equal to the MDL in this method or one-third the regulatory compliance level, whichever is higher.
9.1.4The laboratory shall spike all samples with labeled compounds and the sample matrix internal standard (SMIS) to monitor method performance. This test is described in Section 9.4. When results of these spikes indicate atypical method performance for samples, the samples are diluted to bring method performance within acceptable limits (Section 13).
9.1.5Analyses of blanks are required to demonstrate freedom from contamination. The procedures and criteria for analysis of a blank are described in Section 9.5.
9.1.6The laboratory shall, on an ongoing basis, demonstrate through analysis of the ongoing precision and recovery standard (Section 7.14) that the analysis system is in control. These procedures are described in Section 9.6.
9.1.7The laboratory shall maintain records to define the quality of data that is generated. Development of accuracy statements is described in Section 9.4.4 and 9.6.3.
9.2DFTPP spectrum validity: Inject 1 µL of the DFTPP solution (Section 7.11) either separately or within a few seconds of injection of the OPR standard (Section 9.6) analyzed at the beginning of each shift. The criteria in Table 3 shall be met.
9.3Initial demonstration of laboratory capability.
9.3.1Method Detection Limit (MDL): To establish the ability to detect the analytes in this method, the laboratory should determine the MDL per the procedure in 40 CFR 136, appendix B using the apparatus, reagents, and standards that will be used in the practice of this method. MDLs less than or equal to the MDLs in Table 2 should be achieved prior to the practice of this method.
9.3.2Initial precision and recovery (IPR): To establish the ability to demonstrate control over the analysis system and to generate acceptable precision and accuracy, the laboratory shall perform the following operations:
9.3.2.1Derivatize, extract, concentrate, and analyze four 1000-mL aliquots of the ongoing precision and recovery standard (OPR; Section 7.14), according to the procedure in Section 11. Separate sets of IPR aliquots must be prepared with the addition of ascorbic acid and without.
9.3.2.2Using results of the four analyses, compute the average percent recovery (X) and the relative standard deviation of the recovery (s) for each compound, by isotope dilution for pollutants with a labeled analog, and by internal standard for pollutants with no labeled analog and for the labeled compounds and the SMIS.
9.3.2.3For each compound, compare s and X with the corresponding limits for initial precision and recovery in Table 5. If s and X for all compounds meet the acceptance criteria, system performance is acceptable and analysis of blanks and samples may begin. If, however, any individual s exceeds the precision limit or any individual X falls outside the range for recovery, system performance is unacceptable for that compound. In this event, correct the problem and repeat the test (Section 9.3.2).
9.4Labeled compound recovery: The laboratory shall spike all samples with labeled compounds and the sample matrix internal
9.4.1Analyze each sample according to the method beginning in Section 11.
9.4.2Compute the percent recovery (P) of the labeled compounds and the SMIS using the internal standard method (Section 14.3) with 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl as the reference compound.
9.4.3Compare the labeled compound and SMIS recovery for each compound with the corresponding limits in Table 5. If the recovery of any compound falls outside its warning limit, method performance is unacceptable for that compound in that sample. Therefore, the sample is complex. The sample is diluted and reanalyzed per Section 13.
9.4.4As part of the QA program for the laboratory, it is suggested, but not required, that method accuracy for samples be assessed and records maintained. After the analysis of five samples for which the labeled compounds pass the tests in Section 9.4.3, compute the average percent recovery (P) and the standard deviation of the percent recovery (sp) for the labeled compounds only. Express the accuracy assessment as a percent recovery interval from P−2sp to P = 2sp for each matrix. For example, if P = 90% and sp = 10%, the accuracy interval is expressed as 70 to 110%. Update the accuracy assessment for each compound on a regular basis (e.g., after each 20 to 30 new accuracy measurements).
9.5Blanks: Reagent water blanks are analyzed to demonstrate freedom from contamination.
9.5.1Extract and concentrate a 1000-mL reagent water blank with each sample batch (samples started through the extraction process on the same eight-hour shift, to a maximum of 20 samples). Blanks associated with samples to which ascorbic acid is added must be prepared with ascorbic acid, and blanks associated with samples to which ascorbic acid is not added must be prepared without ascorbic acid. Analyze the blank immediately after analysis of the OPR (Section 7.14) to demonstrate freedom from contamination.
9.5.2If any of the compounds of interest (Table 1) or any potentially interfering compound is found in an aqueous blank at greater than 5 µg/L (assuming a response factor of one relative to the sample matrix internal standard for compounds not listed in Table 1), analysis of samples is halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a blank shows no evidence of contamination at this level.
9.6Calibration verification and ongoing precision and recovery: At the beginning of each eight-hour shift during which analyses are performed, analytical system performance is verified for all compounds. Analysis of DFTPP (Section 9.2) and the nominal 50 µg/mL OPR (Section 11.1.5) is used to verify all performance criteria. Adjustment and/or recalibration, per Section 10, shall be performed until all performance criteria are met. Only after all performance criteria are met may samples and blanks be analyzed.
9.6.1Analyze the extract of the OPR (Section 11.1.5) at the beginning of each eight-hour shift and prior to analysis of samples from the same batch. Alternatively, a separate calibration verification may be performed using an aliquot of the midpoint calibration standard from Section 7.13 (with a nominal concentration of 50 µg/mL). This alternative may be used to check instrument performance on failure of an OPR, or when samples extracted with an OPR aliquot are not analyzed within the same eight-hour analysis shift.
9.6.1.1Retention times: The absolute retention time of 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl shall be within the range of 765 to 885 seconds, and the relative retention times of all pollutants and labeled compounds shall fall within the limits given in Table 2.
9.6.1.2GC resolution: The valley height between 4,6-dichloroguaiacol and 3,4-dichloroguaiacol at m/z 192 shall not exceed 10% of the height of the taller of the two peaks.
9.6.1.3Multiple peaks: Each compound injected shall give a single, distinct GC peak.
9.6.2Compute the percent recovery of each pollutant (Table 1) by isotope dilution (Section 10.4) for those compounds that have labeled analogs. Compute the percent recovery of each pollutant that has no labeled analog by the internal standard method (Section 10.5), using the 3,4,5-trichlorophenol (SMIS) as the internal standard. Compute the percent recovery of the labeled compounds and the SMIS by the internal standard method, using the 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl as the internal standard.
9.6.2.1For each compound, compare the recovery with the limits for ongoing precision and recovery in Table 5. If all compounds meet the acceptance criteria, system performance is acceptable and analysis of blanks and samples may proceed. If, however, any individual recovery falls outside of the range given, system performance is unacceptable for that compound. In this event, there may be a problem with the GCMS or with the derivatization/extraction/concentration systems.
9.6.2.2GCMS system: To determine if the failure of the OPR test (Section 9.6.2.1) is due to instrument drift, analyze the current calibration verification extract (Section 7.13.4), calculate the percent recoveries of all compounds, and compare with the OPR recovery limits in Table 5. If all compounds meet these criteria, GCMS performance/stability is verified, and the failure of the OPR analysis is attributed to problems in the derivatization/extraction/concentration of the OPR. In this case, analysis of the sample
9.6.3Add results that pass the specifications in Section 9.6.2.1 to initial and previous ongoing data for each compound. Update QC charts to form a graphic representation of continued laboratory performance. Develop a statement of laboratory accuracy for each pollutant and labeled compound in each matrix type (reagent water, C-stage filtrate, E-stage filtrate, final effluent, etc.) by calculating the average percent recovery (R) and the standard deviation of percent recovery (sr). Express the accuracy as a recovery interval from R− 2sr to R = 2sr. For example, if R = 95% and sr = 5%, the accuracy is 85 to 105%.
9.7The specifications contained in this method can be met if the apparatus used is calibrated properly, then maintained in a calibrated state. The standards used for calibration (Section 10) and for initial (Section 9.3.2) and ongoing (Section 9.6) precision and recovery should be identical, so that the most precise results will be obtained. The GCMS instrument in particular will provide the most reproducible results if dedicated to the settings and conditions required for the analyses of chlorophenolics by this method.
9.8Depending on specific program requirements, field replicates may be collected to determine the precision of the sampling technique, and spiked samples may be required to determine the accuracy of the analysis when the internal standard method is used.
10.1Assemble the GCMS and establish the operating conditions in Section 12. Analyze standards per the procedure in Section 12 to demonstrate that the analytical system meets the minimum levels in Table 2, and the mass-intensity criteria in Table 3 for 50 ng DFTPP.
10.2Mass-spectral libraries: Detection and identification of compounds of interest are dependent upon spectra stored in user-created libraries.
10.2.1Obtain a mass spectrum of the acetyl derivative of each chlorophenolic compound (pollutant, labeled compound, and the sample matrix internal standard) by derivatizing and analyzing an authentic standard either singly or as part of a mixture in which there is no interference between closely eluting components. That only a single compound is present is determined by examination of the spectrum. Fragments not attributable to the compound under study indicate the presence of an interfering compound.
10.2.2Adjust the analytical conditions and scan rate (for this test only) to produce an undistorted spectrum at the GC peak maximum. An undistorted spectrum will usually be obtained if five complete spectra are collected across the upper half of the GC peak. Software algorithms designed to “enhance” the spectrum may eliminate distortion, but may also eliminate authentic m/z's or introduce other distortion.
10.2.3The authentic reference spectrum is obtained under DFTPP tuning conditions (Section 10.1 and Table 3) to normalize it to spectra from other instruments.
10.2.4The spectrum is edited by removing all peaks in the m/z 42 to 45 range, and saving the five most intense mass spectral peaks and all other mass spectral peaks greater than 10% of the base peak (excluding the peaks in the m/z 42 to 45 range). The spectrum may be further edited to remove common interfering m/z's. The spectrum obtained is stored for reverse search and for compound confirmation. 10.3 Minimum level: Demonstrate that the chlorophenolics are detectable at the minimum level (per all criteria in Section 14). The nominal 5 µg/mL calibration standard (Section 7.13) can be used to demonstrate this performance.
10.4Calibration with isotope dilution: Isotope dilution is used when (1) labeled compounds are available, (2) interferences do not preclude its use, and (3) the quantitation m/z (Table 4) extracted ion-current profile (EICP) area for the compound is in the calibration range. Alternative labeled compounds and quantitation m/z's may be used based on availability. If any of the above conditions preclude isotope dilution, the internal standard calibration method (Section 10.5) is used.
10.4.1A calibration curve encompassing the concentration range is prepared for each compound to be determined. The relative response (pollutant to labeled) vs. concentration in standard solutions is plotted or computed using a linear regression. The example in Figure 1 shows a calibration curve for phenol using phenol-d5 as the isotopic diluent. Also shown are the ±10% error limits (dotted lines). Relative response (RR) is determined according to the procedures described below. A minimum of five data points are employed for calibration.
10.4.2The relative response of a pollutant to its labeled analog is determined from isotope ratio values computed from acquired data. Three isotope ratios are used in this process:
The m/z's are selected such that R
10.4.3Capillary columns sometimes separate the pollutant-labeled pair when deuterium labeled compounds are used, with the labeled compound eluted first (Figure 2). For this case,
10.4.4When the pollutant-labeled pair is not separated (as occurs with carbon-13-labeled compounds), or when another labeled compound with interfering spectral masses overlaps the pollutant (a case which can occur with isomeric compounds), it is necessary to determine the contributions of the pollutant and labeled compound to the respective EICP areas. If the peaks are separated well enough to permit the data system or operator to remove the contributions of the compounds to each other, the equations in Section 10.4.3 apply. This usually occurs when the height of the valley between the two GC peaks at the same m/z is less than 70 to 90% of the height of the shorter of the two peaks. If significant GC and spectral overlap occur, RR is computed using the following equation:
For example, R
10.4.6Linearity: If the ratio of relative response to concentration for any compound is constant (less than 20% coefficient of variation) over the five-point calibration range, an averaged relative response/concentration ratio may be used for that compound; otherwise, the complete calibration curve for that compound shall be used over the five-point calibration range.
10.5Calibration by internal standard: The method contains two types of internal standards, the sample matrix internal standard (SMIS) and the instrument internal standard (IIS), and they are used for different quantitative purposes. The 3,4,5-trichlorophenol sample matrix internal standard (SMIS) is used for measurement of all pollutants with no labeled analog and when the criteria for isotope dilution (Section 10.4) cannot be met. The 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl instrument internal standard (IIS) is used for determination of the labeled compounds and the SMIS. The results are used for intralaboratory statistics (Sections 9.4.4 and 9.6.3).
10.5.1Response factors: Calibration requires the determination of response factors (RF) for both the pollutants with no labeled analog and for the labeled compounds and the SMIS. The response factor is defined by the following equation:
When this equation is used to determine the response factors for pollutant compounds without labeled analogs, use the area (A
10.5.2The response factor is determined for at least five concentrations appropriate to the response of each compound (Section 7.13); nominally, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 µg/mL. The amount of SMIS added to each solution is the same (25 µg/mL) so that C
10.5.3Linearity: If the response factor (RF) for any compound is constant (less than 35% coefficient of variation) over the five-point calibration range, an averaged response factor may be used for that compound; otherwise, the complete calibration curve for that compound shall be used over the five-point range.
10.6Combined calibration: By using calibration solutions (Section 7.13) containing the pollutants, labeled compounds, and the internal standards, a single set of analyses can be used to produce calibration curves for the isotope dilution and internal standard methods. These curves are verified each shift (Section 9) by analyzing the OPR standard, or an optional calibration verification (VER) standard. Recalibration is required only if OPR criteria (Section 9.6 and Table 5) cannot be met.
The procedure described in this section uses a stir-bar in a beaker for the derivatization. The extraction procedures applied to samples depend on the type of sample being analyzed. Extraction of samples from in-process wastewaters is performed using a separatory funnel procedure. All calibrations, IPR, OPR, and blank analyses associated with in-process wastewater samples must be performed by the separatory funnel procedure.
Extraction of samples of final effluents and raw water may be performed using either the stir-bar procedure or the separatory funnel procedure. However, all calibrations, IPR, OPR, blank, and sample analyses must be performed using the same procedure. Both procedures are described below.
11.1Preparation of all sample types for stir-bar derivatization.
11.1.1Allow sample to warm to room temperature.
11.1.2Immediately prior to measuring, shake sample vigorously to insure homogeneity.
11.1.3Measure 1000 mL (±10 mL) of sample into a clean 2000-mL beaker. Label the beaker with the sample number.
11.1.4Dilute aliquot(s).
11.1.4.1Complex samples: For samples that are expected to be difficult to derivatize, concentrate, or are expected to overload the GC column or mass spectrometer, measure an additional 100 mL (±1 mL) into a clean 2000-mL beaker and dilute to a final volume of 1000-mL (±50 mL) with reagent water. Label with the sample number and as the dilute aliquot. However, to ensure adequate sensitivity, a 1000-mL aliquot must always be prepared and analyzed.
11.1.4.2Pulp and paper industry samples: For in-process streams such as E-stage and C-stage filtrates and other in-process wastewaters, it may be necessary to prepare an aliquot at an additional level of dilution. In this case, dilute 10 mL (±0.1 mL) of sample to 1000-mL (±50 mL).
11.1.5QC aliquots: For a batch of samples of the same type to be extracted at the same time (to a maximum of 20), place two 1000-mL (±10 mL) aliquots of reagent water in clean 2000-mL beakers. Label one beaker as the blank and the other as the ongoing precision and recovery (OPR) aliquot. Because final effluent samples are treated with ascorbic acid and in-process wastewater samples are not (see Section 11.1.6), prepare an OPR aliquot and a blank for the final effluent and a separate pair for the in-process samples. Treat these QC aliquots in the same fashion as the associated samples, adding ascorbic acid to the pair associated with the final effluents, and not adding ascorbic acid to the pair associated with the in-process samples.
11.1.6Ascorbic acid: Added to stabilize chlorocatechols. However, for pulp and paper industry in-process streams and other in-process wastewaters, the addition of ascorbic acid may convert chloro-o-quinones to catechols if these quinones are present. Separate calibration curves must be prepared with and without the addition of ascorbic acid (Section 7.13.2).
11.1.6.1Spike 5 to 6 mL of the ascorbic acid solution (Section 7.2.2) into each final effluent sample, and the associated calibration standards, IPR and OPR aliquots, and blank.
11.1.6.2For pulp and paper industry C-stage filtrates, E-stage filtrates, and untreated effluents, omit the ascorbic acid to prevent the conversion of chloro-o-quinones to catechols. Prepare calibration standards, IPR and OPR aliquots, and blanks associated with these samples without ascorbic acid as well.
11.1.7Spike 1000 µL of the labeled compound spiking solution (Section 7.8) into the sample and QC aliquots.
11.1.8Spike 500 µL of the nominal 50 µg/mL calibration solution (Section 7.13.4) into the OPR aliquot.
11.1.9Adjust the pH of the sample aliquots to between 7.0 and 7.1. For calibration standards, IPR and OPR aliquots, and blanks, pH adjustment is not required.
11.1.10Equilibrate all sample and QC solutions for approximately 15 minutes, with occasional stirring.
11.2Derivatization: Because derivatization must proceed rapidly, particularly upon the addition of the K
11.2.1Place a beaker containing a sample or QC aliquot on the magnetic stirrer in a fume hood, drop a clean stirring bar into the beaker, and increase the speed of the stirring bar until the vortex is drawn to the bottom of the beaker.
11.2.2Measure 25 to 26 mL of K
11.2.3Add the K
11.3Extraction: Two procedures are described below for the extraction of derivatized samples. The choice of extraction procedure will depend on the sample type. For final effluent samples, either of two procedures may be utilized for extraction of derivatized samples. For samples of in-process wastewaters, the separatory funnel extraction procedure must be used.
Whichever procedure is employed, the same extraction procedure must be used for calibration standards, IPR aliquots, OPR aliquots, blanks, and the associated field samples.
11.3.1Stir-bar extraction of final effluents.
11.3.1.1Add 200 mL (±20 mL) of hexane to the beaker and stir for three to five minutes, drawing the vortex to the bottom of the beaker.
11.3.1.2Stop the stirring and drain the hexane and a portion of the water into a 500-to 1000-mL separatory funnel. Allow the layers to separate.
11.3.1.3Drain the aqueous layer back into the beaker.
11.3.1.4The formation of emulsions can be expected in any solvent extraction procedure. If an emulsion forms, the laboratory must take steps to break the emulsion before proceeding. Mechanical means of breaking the emulsion include the use of a glass stirring rod, filtration through glass wool, and other techniques. For emulsions that resist these techniques, centrifugation is nearly 100% effective.
If centrifugation is employed to break the emulsion, drain the organic layer into a centrifuge tube, cap the tube, and centrifuge for two to three minutes or until the phases separate. If the emulsion cannot be completely broken, collect as much of the organic phase as possible, and measure and record the volume of the organic phase collected.
If all efforts to break the emulsion fail, including centrifugation, and none of the organic phase can be collected, proceed with the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4.2). However, use of the dilute aliquot will sacrifice the sensitivity of the method, and may not be appropriate in all cases.
11.3.1.5Drain the organic layer into a Kuderna-Danish (K-D) apparatus equipped with a 10-mL concentrator tube. Label the K-D apparatus. It may be necessary to pour the organic layer through a funnel containing anhydrous sodium sulfate to remove any traces of water from the extract.
11.3.1.6Repeat the extraction (Section 11.3.1.1 through 11.3.1.5) two more times using another 200-mL of hexane for each extraction, combining the extracts in the K-D apparatus.
11.3.1.7Proceed with concentration of the extract, as described in Section 11.4.
11.3.2Separatory funnel extraction of either final effluents or in-process wastewaters.
11.3.2.1Transfer the derivatized sample or QC aliquot to a 2-L separatory funnel.
11.3.2.2Add 200 mL (±20 mL) of hexane to the separatory funnel. Cap the funnel and extract the sample by shaking the funnel for two to three minutes with periodic venting.
11.3.2.3Allow the organic layer to separate from the water phase for a minimum of 10 minutes.
11.3.2.4Drain the lower aqueous layer into the beaker used for derivatization (Section 11.2), or into a second clean 2-L separatory funnel. Transfer the solvent to a 1000-mL K-D flask. It may be necessary to pour the organic layer through a funnel containing anhydrous sodium sulfate to remove any traces of water from the extract.
11.3.2.5The formation of emulsions can be expected in any solvent extraction procedure. If an emulsion forms, the laboratory must take steps to break the emulsion before proceeding. Mechanical means of breaking the emulsion include the use of a glass stirring rod, filtration through glass wool, and other techniques. For emulsions that resist these techniques, centrifugation may be required.
If centrifugation is employed to break the emulsion, drain the organic layer into a centrifuge tube, cap the tube, and centrifuge for two to three minutes or until the phases separate. If the emulsion cannot be completely broken, collect as much of the organic phase as possible, and measure and record the volume of the organic phase collected. If all efforts to break the emulsion, including centrifugation, fail and none of the organic phase can be collected, proceed with the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4.2). However, use
11.3.2.6If drained into a beaker, transfer the aqueous layer to the 2-L separatory funnel (Section 11.3.2.1). Perform a second extraction using another 200 mL of fresh solvent.
11.3.2.7Transfer the extract to the 1000-mL K-D flask in Section 11.3.2.4.
11.3.2.8Perform a third extraction in the same fashion as above.
11.3.2.9Proceed with concentration of the extract, as described in Section 11.4.
11.4Macro concentration: Concentrate the extracts in separate 1000-mL K-D flasks equipped with 10-mL concentrator tubes. Add one to two clean boiling chips to the flask and attach a three-ball macro-Snyder column. Prewet the column by adding approximately 1 mL of hexane through the top. Place the K-D apparatus in a hot water bath so that the entire lower rounded surface of the flask is bathed with steam. Adjust the vertical position of the apparatus and the water temperature as required to complete the concentration in 15 to 20 minutes. At the proper rate of distillation, the balls of the column will actively chatter but the chambers will not flood. When the liquid has reached an apparent volume of 1 mL, remove the K-D apparatus from the bath and allow the solvent to drain and cool for at least 10 minutes. Remove the Snyder column and rinse the flask and its lower joint into the concentrator tube with 1 to 2 mL of hexane. A 5-mL syringe is recommended for this operation.
11.5Micro-concentration: Final concentration of the extracts may be accomplished using either a micro-Snyder column or nitrogen evaporation.
11.5.1Micro-Snyder column: Add a clean boiling chip and attach a two-ball micro-Snyder column to the concentrator tube. Prewet the column by adding approximately 0.5 mL hexane through the top. Place the apparatus in the hot water bath. Adjust the vertical position and the water temperature as required to complete the concentration in 5 to 10 minutes. At the proper rate of distillation, the balls of the column will actively chatter but the chambers will not flood. When the liquid reaches an apparent volume of approximately 0.2 mL, remove the apparatus from the water bath and allow to drain and cool for at least 10 minutes. Remove the micro-Snyder column and rinse its lower joint into the concentrator tube with approximately 0.2 mL of hexane. Adjust to a final volume of 0.5 mL.
11.5.2Nitrogen evaporation: Transfer the concentrator tube to a nitrogen evaporation device and direct a gentle stream of clean dry nitrogen into the concentrator. Rinse the sides of the concentrator tube with small volumes of hexane, and concentrate the extract to a final volume of 0.5 mL.
11.6Spike each extract with 10 µL of the 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl IIS (Section 7.10) and transfer the concentrated extract to a clean screw-cap vial using hexane to rinse the concentrator tube. Seal the vial with a PTFE-lined lid, and mark the level on the vial. Label with the sample number and store in the dark at −20 to −10 °C until ready for analysis.
12.1Establish the following operating conditions:
Adjust the GC conditions to meet the requirements in Section 9.6.1.1 and Table 2 for analyte separation and sensitivity. Once optimized, the same GC conditions must be used for the analysis of all standards, blanks, IPR and OPR aliquots, and samples.
12.2Bring the concentrated extract (Section 11.6) or standard (Sections 7.13 and 7.14) to room temperature and verify that any precipitate has redissolved. Verify the level on the extract (Sections 7.13, 7.14, and 11.6) and bring to the mark with solvent if required.
12.3Inject a 1-µL volume of the standard solution or extract using on-column or splitless injection. For 0.5 mL extracts, this 1-µL injection volume will contain 50 ng of the DFB internal standard. If an injection volume other than 1 µL is used, that volume must contain 50 ng of DFB.
12.4Start the GC column temperature ramp upon injection. Start MS data collection after the solvent peak elutes. Stop data collection after the 2,6-dichlorosyringaldehyde peak elutes. Return the column to the initial temperature for analysis of the next sample.
Some samples may contain high levels (>1000 µg/L) of the compounds of interest, interfering compounds, and/or other phenolic materials. Some samples will not concentrate to 0.5 mL (Section 11.5); others will overload the GC column and/or mass spectrometer; others may contain amounts of phenols that may exceed the capacity of the derivatizing agent.
13.1Analyze the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4) when the sample will not concentrate to 0.5 mL. If a dilute aliquot was not extracted, and the sample holding time (Section 8.4) has not been exceeded, dilute an aliquot of sample with reagent water, and derivatize and extract it (Section 11.1.4).
13.2Recovery of the 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl instrument internal standard: The EICP area of the internal standard should be within a factor of two of the area in the OPR or VER standard (Section 9.6). If the absolute areas of the labeled compounds and the SMIS are within a factor of two of the respective areas in the OPR or VER standard, and the DFB internal standard area is less than one-half of its respective area, then internal standard loss in the extract has occurred. In this case, analyze the extract from the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4).
13.3Recovery of labeled compounds and the sample matrix internal standard (SMIS): SMIS and labeled compound recovery specifications have been developed for samples with and without the addition of ascorbic acid. Compare the recoveries to the appropriate limits in Table 5.
13.3.1If SMIS or labeled compound recoveries are outside the limits given in Table 5 and the associated OPR analysis meets the recovery criteria, the extract from the dilute aliquot (Section 11.1.4) is analyzed as in Section 14.7.
13.3.2If labeled compound or SMIS recovery is outside the limits given in Table 5 and the associated OPR analysis did not meet recovery criteria, a problem in the derivatization/extraction/concentration of the sample is indicated, and the sample must be rederivatized and reanalyzed.
14.1Qualitative determination: Identification is accomplished by comparison of data from analysis of a sample or blank with data stored in the mass spectral libraries. Identification of a compound is confirmed when the following criteria are met:
14.1.1The signals for m/z 43 (to indicate the presence of the acetyl derivative) and all characteristic m/z's stored in the spectral library (Section 10.2.4) shall be present and shall maximize within the same two consecutive scans.
14.1.2Either (1) the background corrected EICP areas, or (2) the corrected relative intensities of the mass spectral peaks at the GC peak maximum shall agree within a factor of two (0.5 to 2 times) for all m/z's stored in the library.
14.1.3The relative retention time shall be within the window specified in Table 2.
14.1.4The m/z's present in the mass spectrum from the component in the sample that are not present in the reference mass spectrum shall be accounted for by contaminant or background ions. If the mass spectrum is contaminated, an experienced spectrometrist (Section 1.4) shall determine the presence or absence of the compound.
14.2Quantitative determination by isotope dilution: By adding a known amount of a labeled compound to every sample prior to derivatization and extraction, correction for recovery of the pollutant can be made because the pollutant and its labeled analog exhibit the same effects upon derivatization, extraction, concentration, and gas chromatography. Relative response (RR) values for sample mixtures are used in conjunction with calibration curves described in Section 10.4 to determine concentrations directly, so long as labeled compound spiking levels are constant. For the phenol example given in Figure 1 (Section 10.4.1), RR would be equal to 1.114. For this RR value, the phenol calibration curve given in Figure 1 indicates a concentration of 27 µg/mL in the sample extract (C
14.2.1Compute the concentration in the extract using the response ratio determined from calibration data (Section 10.4) and the following equation:
14.2.2For the IPR (Section 9.3.2) and OPR (Section 9.6), compute the percent recovery of each pollutant using the equation in Section 14.6. The percent recovery is used for the evaluation of method and laboratory performance, in the form of IPR (Section 9.3.2) and OPR (Section 9.6).
14.3Quantitative determination by internal standard: Compute the concentration using the response factor determined from calibration data (Section 10.5) and the following equation:
When this equation is used to compute the extract concentrations of native compounds without labeled analogs, use the
For the IPR (Section 9.3.2) and OPR (Section 9.6), compute the percent recovery using the equation in Section 14.6.
Separate calibration curves will be required for samples with and without the addition of ascorbic acid, and also for both extraction procedures (stir-bar and separatory funnel) where applicable.
14.4Compute the concentration of the labeled compounds and the SMIS using the equation in Section 14.3, but using the area and concentration of the 2,2′-difluorobiphenyl as the internal standard, and the area of the labeled compound or SMIS as A
14.5Compute the concentration of each pollutant compound in the sample using the following equation:
14.6Compute the recovery of each labeled compound and the SMIS as the ratio of concentration (or amount) found to the concentration (or amount) spiked, using the following equation:
These percent recoveries are used to assess method performance according to Sections 9 and 13.
14.7If the EICP area at the quantitation m/z for any compound exceeds the calibration range of the system, three approaches are used to obtain results within the calibration range.
14.7.1If the recoveries of all the labeled compounds in the original sample aliquot meet the limits in Table 5, then the extract of the sample may be diluted by a maximum of a factor of 10, and the diluted extract reanalyzed.
14.7.2If the recovery of any labeled compound is outside its limits in Table 5, or if a tenfold dilution of the extract will not bring the pollutant within the calibration range, then extract and analyze a dilute aliquot of the sample (Section 11). Dilute 100 mL, 10 mL, or an appropriate volume of sample to 1000 mL with reagent water and extract per Section 11.
14.7.3If the recoveries of all labeled compounds in the original sample aliquot (Section 14.7.1) meet the limits in Table 5, and if the sample holding time has been exceeded, then the original sample extract is diluted by successive factors of 10, the DFB internal standard is added to give a concentration of 50 µg/mL in the diluted extract, and the diluted extract is analyzed. Quantitation of all analytes is performed using the DFB internal standard.
14.7.4If the recoveries of all labeled compounds in the original sample aliquot (Section 14.7.1) or in the dilute aliquot (Section 14.7.2) (if a dilute aliquot was analyzed) do not meet the limits in Table 5, and if the holding time has been exceeded, re-sampling is required.
14.8Results are reported for all pollutants, labeled compounds, and the sample matrix internal standard in standards, blanks, and samples, in units of µg/L.
14.8.1Results for samples which have been diluted are reported at the least dilute level at which the area at the quantitation m/z is within the calibration range (Section 14.7).
14.8.2For compounds having a labeled analog, results are reported at the least dilute level at which the area at the quantitation m/z is within the calibration range (Section 14.7) and the labeled compound recovery is within the normal range for the method (Section 13.3).
15.1Single laboratory performance for this method is detailed in References 1, 2, and 11. Acceptance criteria were established from multiple laboratory use of the draft method.
15.2A chromatogram of the ongoing precision and recovery standard (Section 7.14) is shown in Figure 4.
16.1The solvents used in this method pose little threat to the environment when recycled and managed properly.
16.2Standards should be prepared in volumes consistent with laboratory use to minimize the volume of expired standards to be disposed.
17.1It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restrictions, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from fume hoods and bench operations. Compliance with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.
17.2Samples preserved with HCl or H
17.3For further information on waste management, consult “The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel”, and “Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction”, both available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20036.
18.1“Chlorinated Phenolics in Water by In Situ Acetylation/GC/MS Determination,” Method CP-86.01, National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improvement, Inc., 260 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10016 (July 1986).
18.2“6240-Chlorinated Phenolics (Interim Standard),” Draft Version, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Manchester Laboratory, Manchester, Washington.
18.3“Performance Tests for the Evaluation of Computerized Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry Equipment and Laboratories,” USEPA, EMSL Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA-600/4-80-025 (April 1980).
18.4“Working with Carcinogens,” DHEW, PHS, CDC, NIOSH, Publication 77-206 (August 1977).
18.5“OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry,” OSHA 2206, 29 CFR 1910 (January 1976).
18.6“Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories,” ACS Committee on Chemical Safety (1979).
18.7“Interlaboratory Validation of U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Method 1625A, Addendum Report,” SRI International, Prepared for Analysis and Evaluation Division (WH-557), USEPA, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460 (January 1985).
18.8“Handbook of Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories,” USEPA, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA-600/4-79-019 (March 1979).
18.9“Standard Practice for Sampling Water,” ASTM Annual Book of Standards, ASTM, Philadelphia, PA, 76 (1980).
18.10“Methods 330.4 and 330.5 for Total Residual Chlorine,” USEPA, EMSL, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA 600/4-70-020 (March 1979).
18.11“Determination of Chlorophenolics, Special Analytical Services Contract 1047, Episode 1886,” Analytical Technologies, Inc., Prepared for W. A. Telliard, Industrial Technology Division (WH-552), USEPA, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460 (June 1990).
18.12“Determination of Chlorophenolics by GCMS, Development of Method 1653,” Analytical Technologies, Inc., Prepared for W. A. Telliard, Industrial Technology Division (WH-552), USEPA, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460 (May 1991).
These definitions and purposes are specific to this method but have been conformed to common usage as much as possible.
20.1Units of weight and measure and their abbreviations
20.1.1Symbols.
20.1.2Alphabetical characters.
20.2Definitions and acronyms (in alphabetical order).
Analyte: A chlorophenolic tested for by this method.
The analytes are listed in Table 1.
Calibration standard (CAL): A solution prepared from a secondary standard and/or stock solutions and used to calibrate the response of the instrument with respect to analyte concentration.
Calibration verification standard (VER): The mid-point calibration standard (CS3) that is used to verify calibration. See Table 4.
Chlorophenolics: collectively, the analytes listed in Table 1.
CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4, CS5: See Calibration standards and Table 4.
Field blank: An aliquot of reagent water or other reference matrix that is placed in a sample container in the laboratory or the field, and treated as a sample in all respects, including exposure to sampling site conditions, storage, preservation, and all analytical procedures. The purpose of the field blank is to determine if the field or sample transporting procedures and environments have contaminated the sample.
GC: Gas chromatograph or gas chromatography.
HRGC: High resolution GC.
IPR: Initial precision and recovery; four aliquots of the diluted PAR standard analyzed to establish the ability to generate acceptable precision and accuracy. An IPR is performed prior to the first time this method is used and any time the method or instrumentation is modified.
K-D: Kuderna-Danish concentrator; a device used to concentrate the analytes in a solvent.
Laboratory blank: See Method blank.
Laboratory control sample (LCS): See Ongoing precision and recovery standard (OPR).
Laboratory reagent blank: See Method blank.
May: This action, activity, or procedural step is neither required nor prohibited.
May not: This action, activity, or procedural step is prohibited.
Method blank: An aliquot of reagent water that is treated exactly as a sample including exposure to all glassware, equipment, solvents, reagents, internal standards, and surrogates that are used with samples. The method blank is used to determine if analytes or interferences are present in the laboratory environment, the reagents, or the apparatus.
Minimum level (ML): The level at which the entire analytical system must give a recognizable signal and acceptable calibration point for the analyte. It is equivalent to the concentration of the lowest calibration standard, assuming that all method-specified sample weights, volumes, and cleanup procedures have been employed.
MS: Mass spectrometer or mass spectrometry.
Must: This action, activity, or procedural step is required.
OPR: Ongoing precision and recovery standard (OPR); a laboratory blank spiked with known quantities of analytes. The OPR is analyzed exactly like a sample. Its purpose is to assure that the results produced by the laboratory remain within the limits specified in this method for precision and recovery.
PAR: Precision and recovery standard; secondary standard that is diluted and spiked to form the IPR and OPR.
Preparation blank: See Method blank.
Primary dilution standard: A solution containing the specified analytes that is purchased or prepared from stock solutions and diluted as needed to prepare calibration solutions and other solutions.
Quality control check sample (QCS): A sample containing all or a subset of the analytes at known concentrations. The QCS is obtained from a source external to the laboratory or is prepared from a source of standards different from the source of calibration standards. It is used to check laboratory performance with test materials prepared external to the normal preparation process.
Reagent water: Water demonstrated to be free from the analytes of interest and potentially interfering substances at the method detection limit for the analyte.
Relative standard deviation (RSD): The standard deviation times 100 divided by the mean.
RF: Response factor. See Section 10.5.1.
RR: Relative response. See Section 10.4.4.
RSD: See Relative standard deviation.
Should: This action, activity, or procedural step is suggested but not required.
Stock solution: A solution containing an analyte that is prepared using a reference material traceable to EPA, the National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST), or a source that will attest to the purity and authenticity of the reference material.
VER: See Calibration verification standard.
33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.
As defined more specifically in subparts A through L of this part, this part applies to discharges of process wastewater to waters of the U.S. from facilities engaged in the slaughtering, dressing and packing of meat and poultry products for human consumption
As used in this part:
(a) The general definitions and abbreviations in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l) The approved methods of analysis for the following six parameters are found in Table 1B in 40 CFR 136.3. The nitrate/nitrite part of total nitrogen may also be measured by EPA Method 300.0 (incorporated by reference, see § 432.5).
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Any discharge subject to BPT, BCT, or NSPS limitations or standards in this part must remain within the pH range of 6 to 9.
(a) The material listed in this section is incorporated by reference in the corresponding sections in this part, as noted. The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of this material in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. This material is incorporated as it exists on the date of the approval, and notice of any change in this material will be published in the
(b) The following material is available for purchase from the National Technical Information Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. The toll-free telephone number is (800) 553-6847.
(1) “Method 300.0 Determination of Inorganic Anions by Ion Chromatography” (Revision 2.1) found in “Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples,” EPA 600-R-93/100 (order number PB94-120821), August 1993, IBR approved for § 432.2(l).
(2) [Reserved]
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of meat carcasses, in whole or in part, by simple slaughterhouses. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.
For the purpose of this subpart:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site:
(2) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the following limitations apply:
(3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood
(4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the following limitations apply:
(5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the following limitations apply:
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
(1) All facilities must achieve the following effluent limitation for ammonia (as N):
(2) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site, the limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(6) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD
(2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD
(3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards.
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD
(2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD
(3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.15 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.12 and 432.13.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater associated with the production of meat carcasses, in whole or in part, by complex slaughterhouses. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.
For the purpose of this subpart:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site:
(2) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater
(3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
(1) All facilities must achieve the following effluent limitation for ammonia (as N):
(2) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(6) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as specified in § 432.13.
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD
(2) In addition to the standard specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the supplemental limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the standard specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the supplemental limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the standard specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD
(2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD
(3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.25 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.22 and 432.23.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of meat carcasses, in whole or in part, by low-processing packinghouses. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.
For the purpose of this subpart:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site:
(2) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
(1) All facilities must achieve the following effluent limitation for ammonia (as N):
(2) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing)
(4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(6) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: the limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as specified in § 432.13.
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD
(2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-
(2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD
(3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.35 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.32 and 432.33.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of meat carcasses, in whole or in part, by high-processing packinghouses. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.
For the purpose of this subpart:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site:
(2) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following limitations:
(1) All facilities must achieve the following effluent limitations for ammonia (as N):
(2) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing (defleshing, washing and curing) of hides derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(5) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(6) In addition to the limitations specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for ammonia (as N) and total nitrogen are the same as specified in § 432.13.
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD
(2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the limitations for BOD
(3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the limitations for BOD
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 50 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
(1) In the case of process wastewater associated with the slaughtering of animals on-site or the processing of the carcasses of animals slaughtered on-site, the standards for BOD
(2) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the processing of blood derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site, the standards for BOD
(3) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the wet or low-temperature rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(4) In addition to the standards specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the case of process wastewater associated with the dry rendering of material derived from animals slaughtered at locations off-site and dead animals, the standards for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.45 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.42 and 432.43.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of finished meat products such as fresh meat cuts, smoked products, canned products, hams, sausages, luncheon meats, or similar products by a small processor.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of fresh meat cuts, such as steaks, roasts, chops, etc. by a meat cutter.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.65 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.62 and 432.63.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of fresh meat cuts, sausage, bologna and other luncheon meats by a sausage and luncheon meat processor.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
Except as provided by 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the standards for BOD
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.75 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.72 and 432.73.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of hams, alone or in combination with other finished products, by a ham processor.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
Except as provided by 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the standards for BOD
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.85 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.82 and 432.83.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of canned meats, alone or in combination with any other finished products, by a canned meats processor.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
Except as provided by 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the following effluent limitations:
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that generate no more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the standards for BOD
(b) Facilities that generate more than 50 million pounds per year of finished products must achieve the limitations for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.95 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.92 and 432.93.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the production of meat meal, dried animal by-product residues (tankage), animal oils, grease and tallow, and in some cases hide curing, by a renderer.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(b) The limitations for BOD
Except as provided by 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(b) The standards for BOD
(c) Any source that was a new source subject to the standards specified in § 432.105 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of July 1, 2003, must continue to achieve the standards specified in this section until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1) after which it must achieve the effluent limitations specified in §§ 432.103 and 432.107.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
(b) The limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the slaughtering of poultry, further processing of poultry and rendering of material derived from slaughtered poultry. Process wastewater includes water from animal holding areas at these facilities.
For the purpose of this subpart:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 100 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that slaughters more than 100 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
Any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that slaughter no more than 100 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
(b) Facilities that slaughter more than 100 million pounds per year (in units of LWK) must achieve the following performance standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
This part applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from further processing of poultry.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that further processes more than 7 million pounds per year (in units of finished product) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart that further processes more than 7 million pounds per year (in units of finished product) must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
Any source that is a new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(a) Facilities that further process no more than 7 million pounds per year (in units of finished product) must achieve the following performance standards:
(b) Facilities that further process more than 7 million pounds per year (in units of finished product) must achieve the following performance standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Secs. 301, 304(b), (c), (e), and (g), 306(b) and (c), 307(b) and (c), 308 and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1971, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314(b) (c), (e), and (g), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(b) and (c), 1318 and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
(a) Except as noted in paragraphs (b) and (c), of this section, the provisions of this subpart apply to plants which perform any of the following six metal finishing operations on any basis material: Electroplating, Electroless Plating, Anodizing, Coating (chromating, phosphating, and coloring), Chemical Etching and Milling, and Printed Circuit Board Manufacture. If any of those six operations are present, then this part applies to discharges from those operations and also to discharges from any of the following 40 process operations: Cleaning, Machining, Grinding, Polishing, Tumbling, Burnishing, Impact Deformation, Pressure Deformation, Shearing, Heat Treating, Thermal Cutting, Welding, Brazing, Soldering, Flame Spraying, Sand Blasting, Other
(b) In some cases effluent limitations and standards for the following industrial categories may be effective and applicable to wastewater discharges from the metal finishing operations listed above. In such cases these part 433 limits shall not apply and the following regulations shall apply:
(c) This part does not apply to:
(1) Metallic platemaking and gravure cylinder preparation conducted within or for printing and publishing facilities; and
(2) Existing indirect discharging job shops and independent printed circuit board manufacturers which are covered by 40 CFR part 413.)
The definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and the chemical analysis methods set forth in 40 CFR part 136 are both incorporated here by reference. In addition, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) The term “T”, as in “Cyanide, T”, shall mean total.
(b) The term “A”, as in “Cyanide A”, shall mean amenable to alkaline chlorination.
(c) The term “job shop” shall mean a facility which owns not more than 50% (annual area basis) of the materials undergoing metal finishing.
(d) The term “independent” printed circuit board manufacturer shall mean a facility which manufacturers printed circuit boards principally for sale to other companies.
(e) The term “TTO” shall mean total toxic organics, which is the summation of all quantifiable values greater than .01 milligrams per liter for the following toxic organics:
(a) In lieu of requiring monitoring for TTO, the permitting authority (or, in the case of indirect dischargers, the control authority) may allow dischargers to make the following certification statement: “Based on my inquiry of the person or persons directly responsible for managing compliance with the permit limitation [or pretreatment standard] for total toxic organics (TTO), I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, no dumping of concentrated toxic organics into the wastewaters has occurred since filing of the last discharge monitoring report. I further certify that this facility is implementing the toxic organic management plan submitted to the permitting [or control] authority.” For direct dischargers, this statement is to be included as a “comment” on the Discharge Monitoring Report required by 40 CFR 122.44(i), formerly 40 CFR 122.62(i). For indirect dischargers, the statement is to be included as a comment to the periodic reports required by 40 CFR 403.12(e). If monitoring is necessary to measure compliance with the TTO standard, the industrial discharger need analyse for only those pollutants which would reasonably be expected to be present.
(b) In requesting the certification alternative, a discharger shall submit a solvent management plan that specifies to the satisfaction of the permitting authority (or, in the case of indirect dischargers, the control authority) the toxic organic compounds used; the method of disposal used instead of dumping, such as reclamation, contract hauling, or incineration; and procedures for ensuring that toxic organics do not routinely spill or leak into the wastewater. For direct dischargers, the permitting authority shall incorporate the plan as a provision of the permit.
(c) Self-monitoring for cyanide must be conducted after cyanide treatment and before dilution with other streams. Alternatively, samples may be taken of
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a source subject to those limits and the pollution control authority, the following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
(c) No user subject to the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this limitation.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a source subject to those limits and the pollution control authority, the following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
(c) No user subject to the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this limitation.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject
(b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, upon agreement between a source subject to those limits and the pollution control authority. The following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
(c) No user introducing wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works under the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this standard.
(d) An existing source submitting a certification in lieu of monitoring pursuant to § 433.12 (a) and (b) of this regulation must implement the toxic organic management plan approved by the control authority.
(e) An existing source subject to this subpart shall comply with a daily maximum pretreatment standard for TTO of 4.57 mg/l.
(f) Compliance with the provisions of paragraph (c), (d), and (e) of this section shall be achieved as soon as possible, but not later than June 30, 1984, however metal finishing facilities which are also covered by part 420 (iron and steel) need not comply before July 10, 1985. Compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be achieved as soon as possible, but not later than February 15, 1986.
(a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a source subject to those limits and the pollution control authority, the following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
(c) No user subject to the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this limitation.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS):
(b) Alternatively, for industrial facilities with cyanide treatment, and upon agreement between a source subject to these limits and the pollution control authority, the following amenable cyanide limit may apply in place of the total cyanide limit specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
(c) No user subject to the provisions of this subpart shall augment the use of process wastewater or otherwise dilute the wastewater as a partial or total substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with this limitation.
(d) An existing source submitting a certification in lieu of monitoring pursuant to § 433.12 (a) and (b) of this regulation must implement the toxic organic management plan approved by the control authority.
33 U.S.C. 1311 1314(b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(b) and (c), and 1361.
This part applies to discharges from any coal mine at which the extraction of coal is taking place or is planned to be undertaken and to coal preparation plants and associated areas.
(a) The term “acid or ferruginous mine drainage” means mine drainage which, before any treatment, either has a pH of less than 6.0 or a total iron concentration equal to or greater than 10 mg/l.
(b) The term “active mining area” means the area, on and beneath land, used or disturbed in activity related to the extraction, removal, or recovery of coal from its natural deposits. This term excludes coal preparation plants, coal preparation plant associated areas and post-mining areas.
(c) The term “alkaline, mine drainage” means mine drainage which, before any treatment, has a pH equal to or greater than 6.0 and total iron concentration of less than 10 mg/l.
(d) The term “bond release” means the time at which the appropriate regulatory authority returns a reclamation or performance bond based upon its determination that reclamation work (including, in the case of underground mines, mine sealing and abandonment procedures) has been satisfactorily completed.
(e) The term “coal preparation plant” means a facility where coal is subjected to cleaning, concentrating, or other processing or preparation in order to separate coal from its impurities and then is loaded for transit to a consuming facility.
(f) The term “coal preparation plant associated areas” means the coal preparation plant yards, immediate access roads, coal refuse piles and coal storage piles and facilities.
(g) The term “coal preparation plant water circuit” means all pipes, channels, basins, tanks, and all other structures and equipment that convey, contain, treat, or process any water that is used is coal preparation processes within a coal preparation plant.
(h) The term “mine drainage” means any drainage, and any water pumped or siphoned, from an active mining area or a post-mining area.
(i) The abbreviation “ml/l” means milliliters per liter.
(j)(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter, subject to paragraph (j)(2) of this section the term “new source coal mine” means a coal mine (excluding coal preparation plants and coal preparation plant associated areas) including an abandoned mine which is being re-mined.
(i) The construction of which is commenced after May 4, 1984; or
(ii) Which is determined by the EPA Regional Administrator to constitute a “major alteration”. In making this determination, the Regional Administrator shall take into account whether one or more of the following events resulting in a new, altered or increased discharge of pollutants has occurred after May 4, 1984 in connection with the mine for which the NPDES permit is being considered:
(A) Extraction of a coal seam not previously extracted by that mine;
(B) Discharge into a drainage area not previously affected by wastewater discharge from the mine;
(C) Extensive new surface disruption at the mining operation;
(D) A construction of a new shaft, slope, or drift; and
(E) Such other factors as the Regional Administrator deems relevant.
(2) No provision in this part shall be deemed to affect the classification as a new source of a facility which was classified as a new source coal mine under previous EPA regulations, but would not be classified as a new source under this section, as modified. Nor shall any provision in this part be deemed to affect the standards applicable to such facilities, except as provided in § 434.65 of this chapter.
(k) The term “post-mining area” means:
(1) A reclamation area or
(2) The underground workings of an underground coal mine after the extraction, removal, or recovery of coal from its natural deposit has ceased and prior to bond release.
(l) The term “reclamation area” means the surface area of a coal mine which has been returned to required contour and on which revegetation (specifically, seeding or planting) work has commenced.
(m) The term “settleable solids” is that matter measured by the volumetric method specified in § 434.64.
(n) The terms “1-year, 2-year, and 10-year, 24-hour precipitation events” means the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in one, two, and ten years respectively as defined by the National Weather Service and Technical Paper No. 40, “Rainfall Frequency Altas of the U.S.,” May 1961, or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information developed therefrom.
(o) The terms “treatment facility” and “treatment system” mean all structures which contain, convey, and as necessay, chemically or physically treat coal rine drainage, coal preparation plant process wastewater, or drainage from coal preparation plant associated areas, which remove pollutants regulated by this part from such
(p) The term “coal refuse disposal pile” means any coal refuse deposited on the earth and intended as permanent dispoal or long-term storage (greater than 180 days) of such material, but does not include coal refuse deposited within the active mining area or coal refuse never removed from the active mining area.
(q) The term “controlled surface mine drainage” means any surface mine drainage that is pumped or siphoned from the active mining area.
(r) The term “abandoned mine” means a mine where mining operations have occurred in the past and
(1) The applicable reclamation bond or financial assurance has been released or forfeited or
(2) If no reclamation bond or other financial assurance has been posted, no mining operations have occurred for five years or more.
(s) The term “1-year, 24-hour precipitation event” means the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in one year as defined by the National Weather Service and Technical Paper No. 40, “Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the U.S.,” May 1961, or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information developed therefrom.
(t) The Term “2-year, 24-hour precipitation event” means the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in two years as defined by the National Weather Service and Technical Paper No. 40, “Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the U.S., “May 1961, or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information developed therefrom.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges from coal preparation plants and coal preparation plant association areas, as indicated, including discharges which are pumped, siphoned, or drained from the coal preparation plant water circuit and coal storage, refuse storage, and ancillary areas related to the cleaning or beneficiation of coal of any rank including, but not limited to, bituminous, lignite, and anthracite.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by any existing coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available if discharges from such point sources normally exhibit a pH of less than 6.0 prior to treatment:
(b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by any existing coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available if discharges from such point sources normally exhibit a pH equal to or greater than 6.0 prior to treatment:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by any existing coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable if discharges from such point sources normally exhibit a pH of less than 6.0 prior to treatment:
(b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by any existing coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable if discharges from such point sources normally exhibit a pH equal to or greater than 6.0 prior to treatment:
The following new source performance standards (NSPS) shall be achieved by any new source coal preparation plant and coal preparation plant associated areas, as indicated:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall apply to discharges from new source coal preparation plants and new source coal preparation plant associated areas, if such discharges normally exhibit a pH of less than 6.0 prior to treatment:
(b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall apply to discharges from new source coal preparation plants and new source coal preparation plant associated areas, if such discharges normally exhibit a pH equal to or greater than 6.0 prior to treatment:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to acid or ferruginous mine drainage from an active mining area resulting from the mining of coal of any rank including, but not limited to, bituminous, lignite, and anthracite.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for any discharge from a new source subject to this subpart:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to alkaline mine drainage from an active mining area resulting from the mining of coal of any rank including, but not limited to, bituminous, lignite, and anthracite.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for any discharge from a new source subject to this subpart:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges from post-mining areas, except as provided in subpart H—Western Alkaline Coal Mining of this part.
(a)
(b)
(1) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61, 434.62 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration of quality of pollutants in acid or ferruginous mine drainage subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(2) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, 40 CFR 401.17, and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants in alkaline mine drainage subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(a)
(b)
(1) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61, 434.62, and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants in acid or ferruginous mine drainage subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(2) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, and §§ 434.61, and 434.63 of this part, the following limitations establish the concentration or quality of pollutants in alkaline mine drainage subject to the provisions of this subsection after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following new source performance standards shall apply to the post-mining areas of all new source coal mines:
(a)
(b)
(1) Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61, 434.62, and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for the discharge of any acid or ferruginous mine drainage subject to this subsection:
(2) Except as provided in 40 CFR 401.17 and §§ 434.61 and 434.63 of this part, the following new source performance standards shall be achieved for the discharge of any alkaline mine drainage subject to this subsection:
The provisions of this subpart F apply to this part 434 as specified in subparts B, C, D, E and G of this part.
Where waste streams from any facility covered by this part are combined for treatment or discharge with waste streams from another facility covered
Where the application of neutralization and sedimentation treatment technology results in inability to comply with the otherwise applicable manganese limitations, the permit issuer may allow the pH level in the final effluent to exceed 9.0 to a small extent in order that the manganese limitations can be achieved.
(a)(1) The alternate limitations specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section apply with respect to:
(i) All discharges of alkaline mine drainage except discharges from underground workings of underground mines that are not commingled with other discharges eligible for these alternate limitations;
(ii) All discharges from steep slope areas, (as defined in section 515(d)(4) of the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977, as amended (SMCRA)), and from mountaintop removal operations (conducted pursuant to section 515(c) of SMCRA);
(iii) Discharges from coal preparation plants and preparation plant associated areas (excluding acid or ferruginous mine drainage from coal refuse disposal piles).
(2) Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period less than or equal to the 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:
(b) The following alternate limitations apply with respect to acid or ferruginous drainage from coal refuse disposal piles:
Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period greater than the 1-year, 24-hour precipitation event, but less than or equal to the 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:
(c) The following alternate limitations apply with respect to acid or ferruginous mine drainage, except for discharges addressed in paragraphs (a) (mountaintop removal and steep slope areas), (d) (controlled surface mine discharges) and (f) (discharges from underground workings of underground mines) of this section:
(1) Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period less than or equal to the 2-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:
(2) Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period greater than the 2-year, 24-hour precipitation event, but less than or equal to the 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:
(d)(1) The alternate limitations specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section apply with respect to all discharges described in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section
(i) Discharges of acid or ferruginous mine drainage from underground workings of underground mines which are commingled with other discharges eligible for these alternate limitations; and
(ii) Controlled acid or ferruginous surface mine discharges; and
(iii) Discharges from reclamation areas.
(2) Any discharge or increase in the volume of a discharge caused by precipitation within any 24 hour period greater than the 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event (or snowmelt of equivalent volume) may comply with the following limitations instead of the otherwise applicable limitations:
(e) The operator shall have the burden of proof that the discharge or increase in discharge was caused by the applicable precipitation event described in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this section.
(f) Discharges of mine drainage from underground workings of underground mines which are not commingled with discharges eligible for alternate limitations set forth in this section shall in no event be eligible for the alternate limitations set forth in this section.
For the purposes of this part, the following procedure shall be used to determine settleable solids: Fill an Imhoff cone to the one-liter mark with a thoroughly mixed sample. Allow to settle undisturbed for 45 minutes. Gently stir along the inside surface of the cone with a stirring rod. Allow to settle undisturbed for 15 minutes longer. Record the volume of settled material in the cone as milliliters per liter. Where a separation of settleable and floating materials occurs, do not include the floating material in the reading. Notwithstanding any provision of 40 CFR part 136, the method detection limit for measuring settleable solids under this part shall be 0.4 ml/l.
Any coal mine or coal preparation plant which was considered a new source under previous EPA regulations may, notwithstanding § 122.62 of this chapter, apply to have its NPDES permit modified to incorporate the revised new source performance standards.
(a) The term
(b) The term
(c) The term
(d) The term
(e) The term
(a) This subpart applies to pre-existing discharges that are located within or are hydrologically connected to pollution abatement areas of a coal remining operation.
(b) A pre-existing discharge that is intercepted by active mining or that is commingled with waste streams from active mining areas for treatment is subject to the provisions of § 434.61 Commingling of waste streams. For the purposes of this subpart, § 434.61 requires compliance with applicable BPT, BAT, BCT, and NSPS effluent limitations in subparts C, D, and F of this part. Section 434.61 applies to the commingled waste stream only during the time when the pre-existing discharge is intercepted by active mining or is commingled with active mine wastewater for treatment or discharge. After commingling has ceased, the pre-existing discharge is subject to the provisions of this part.
(c) In situations where coal remining operations seek reissuance of an existing remining permit with BPJ limitations and the regulatory authority determines that it is not feasible for a remining operator to re-establish baseline pollutant levels in accordance with the statistical procedures contained in appendix B of this part, pre-existing discharge limitations at existing remining operations shall remain subject to baseline pollutant levels established during the original permit application.
(d) The effluent limitations in this subpart apply to pre-existing discharges until the appropriate SMCRA authority has authorized bond release.
(a) The operator must submit a site-specific Pollution Abatement Plan to the permitting authority for the pollution abatement area. The plan must be approved by the permitting authority and incorporated into the permit as an effluent limitation. The Pollution Abatement Plan must identify characteristics of the pollution abatement area and the pre-existing discharges. The Pollution Abatement Plan must be designed to reduce the pollution load from pre-existing discharges and must identify the selected best management practices (BMPs) to be used. The plan must describe the design specifications, construction specifications, maintenance schedules, criteria for monitoring and inspection, and expected performance of the BMPs. The BMPs must be implemented as specified in the plan.
(b) (1) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 and paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the following effluent limits apply to pre-existing discharges:
(2) If the permitting authority determines that it is infeasible to collect samples for establishing the baseline pollutant levels pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and that remining will result in significant improvement that would not otherwise occur, then the numeric effluent limitations in paragraph (b)(1) of this section do not apply. Pre-existing discharges for which it is infeasible to collect samples for determination of baseline pollutant levels include, but are not limited to, discharges that exist as a diffuse groundwater flow that cannot be assessed via sample collection; a base flow to a receiving stream that cannot be monitored separate from the receiving stream; a discharge on a steep or hazardous slope that is inaccessible for sample collection; or, a number of pre-existing discharges so extensive that monitoring of individual discharges is infeasible.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 and 434.72(b)(2), a pre-existing discharge must comply with the effluent limitations listed in § 434.72(b) for net acidity, iron and manganese. The operator must also submit and implement a Pollution Abatement Plan as required in § 434.72(a) .
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 and 434.72(b)(2), a pre-existing discharge must comply with the effluent limitations listed in § 434.72(b) for total suspended solids. The operator must also submit and implement a Pollution Abatement Plan as required in § 434.72(a).
Except as provided in § 434.72(b)(2), a pre-existing discharge from a new source remining operation must comply with the effluent limitations listed in § 434.72(b) for iron, manganese, acidity and total suspended solids. The operator must also submit and implement a Pollution Abatement Plan as required in § 434.72(a).
(a) The term
(b) The term
(c) The term
(d) The term
(e) The term
(f) The term
(a) This subpart applies to alkaline mine drainage at western coal mining operations from reclamation areas, brushing and grubbing areas, topsoil stockpiling areas, and regraded areas.
(b) This subpart applies to drainage at western coal mining operations from reclamation areas, brushing and grubbing areas, topsoil stockpiling areas, and regraded areas where the discharge, before any treatment, meets all the following requirements:
(1) pH is equal to or greater than 6.0;
(2) Dissolved iron concentration is less than 10 mg/L; and
(3) Net alkalinity is greater than zero.
(c) The effluent limitations in this subpart apply until the appropriate SMCRA authority has authorized bond release.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, the following effluent limitations apply to mine drainage from applicable areas of western coal mining operations:
(a) The operator must submit a site-specific Sediment Control Plan to the permitting authority that is designed to prevent an increase in the average annual sediment yield from pre-mined, undisturbed conditions. The Sediment Control Plan must be approved by the permitting authority and be incorporated into the permit as an effluent limitation. The Sediment Control Plan must identify best management practices (BMPs) and also must describe design specifications, construction specifications, maintenance schedules, criteria for inspection, as well as expected performance and longevity of the best management practices.
(b) Using watershed models, the operator must demonstrate that implementation of the Sediment Control Plan will result in average annual sediment yields that will not be greater than the sediment yield levels from pre-mined, undisturbed conditions. The operator must use the same watershed model that was, or will be, used to acquire the SMCRA permit.
(c) The operator must design, implement, and maintain BMPs in the manner specified in the Sediment Control Plan.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing western coal mining operation with drainage subject to this subpart must meet the effluent limitations in § 434.82.
Any new source western coal mining operation with drainage subject to this subpart must meet the effluent limitations in § 434.82.
a. This appendix presents the procedures to be used for establishing effluent limitations for pre-existing discharges at coal remining operations, in accordance with the requirements set forth in subpart G; Coal Remining. The requirements specify that pollutant loadings of total iron, total manganese, total suspended solids, and net acidity in pre-existing discharges shall not exceed baseline pollutant loadings. The procedures described in this appendix shall be used for determining site-specific, baseline pollutant loadings, and for determining whether discharge loadings during coal remining operations have exceeded the baseline loading. Both a monthly (single-observation) procedure and an annual procedure shall be applied, as described below.
b. In order to sufficiently characterize pollutant loadings during baseline determination and during each annual monitoring period, it is required that at least one sample result be obtained per month for a period of 12 months.
c. Calculations described in this appendix must be applied to pollutant loadings. Each loading value is calculated as the product of a flow measurement and pollutant concentration taken on the same date at the same discharge sampling point, using standard units of flow and concentration (to be determined by the permitting authority). For example, flow may be measured in cubic feet per second, concentration in milligrams per liter, and the pollutant loading could be calculated in pounds per year.
d. Accommodating Data Below the Maximum Daily Limit at subpart C of this part. In the event that a pollutant concentration in the data used to determine baseline is lower than the daily maximum limitation established in subpart C of this part for active mine wastewater, the statistical procedures should not establish a baseline more stringent than the BPT and BAT effluent standards established in subpart C of this part. Therefore, if the total iron concentration in a baseline sample is below 7.0 mg/L, or the total manganese concentration is below 4.0 mg/L, the baseline sample concentration may be replaced with 7.0 mg/L and 4.0 mg/L, respectively, for the purposes of some of the statistical calculations in this appendix B. The substituted values should be used for all methods in this appendix B with the exception of the calculation of the interquartile range (R) in Method 1 for the annual trigger (Step 3), and in Method 2 for the single observation trigger (Step 3). The interquartile range (R) is the difference between the quartiles M
Two alternative methods are provided for calculating a single-observation trigger. One method must be selected and applied by the permitting authority for any given remining permit.
(1) Count the number of baseline observations taken for the pollutant of interest. Label this number n. In order to sufficiently characterize pollutant loadings during baseline determination and during each annual monitoring period, it is required that at least one sample result be obtained per month for a period of 12 months.
(2) Order all baseline loading observations from lowest to highest. Let the lowest number (minimum) be x
(3) If fewer than 17 baseline observations were obtained, then the single observation trigger (L) will equal the maximum of the baseline observations (x
(4) If at least 17 baseline observations were obtained, calculate the median (M) of all baseline observations:
Instructions for calculation of a median of n observations:
If n is odd, then M equals x
For example, if there are 17 observations, then M = X
If n is even, then M equals 0.5 * (x
For example, if there are 18 observations, then M equals 0.5 multiplied by the sum of the 9th and 10th highest observations.
(a) Next, calculate M
(b) Next, calculate M
(c) Next, calculate M
(d) Finally, calculate the single observation trigger (L) as the median of the subset of observations that range from the calculated M
When subsetting the data for each of steps 3a-3d, the subset should include all observations greater than or equal to the median calculated in the previous step. If the median calculated in the previous step is not an actual observation, it is not included in the new subset of observations. The new median value will then be calculated using the median procedure, based on whether the number of points in the subset is odd or even.
(5) Method for applying the single observation trigger (L) to determine when the baseline level has been exceeded
If two successive monthly monitoring observations both exceed L, immediately begin weekly monitoring for four weeks (four weekly samples).
(a) If three or fewer of the weekly observations exceed L, resume monthly monitoring
(b) If all four weekly observations exceed L, the baseline pollution loading has been exceeded.
(1) Follow Method 1 above to obtain M
(2) Calculate M
(3) Calculate interquartile range, R = (M
(4) Calculate the single observation trigger L as
(5) If two successive monthly monitoring observations both exceed L, immediately begin weekly monitoring for four weeks (four weekly samples).
(a) If three or fewer of the weekly observations exceed L, resume monthly monitoring
(b) If all four weekly observations exceed L, the baseline pollution loading has been exceeded.
(1) Calculate M and M
(2) Calculate M
(3) Calculate the interquartile range, R = (M
(4) The annual trigger for baseline (Tb) is calculated as:
(5) To compare baseline loading data to observations from the annual monitoring period, repeat steps 1-3 for the set of monitoring observations. Label the results of the calculations M′ and R′. Let m be the number of monitoring observations.
(6) The subtle trigger (Tm) of the monitoring data is calculated as:
(7) If Tm > Tb, the median loading of the monitoring observations has exceeded the baseline loading.
Method 2 applies the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test to determine whether the median loading of the monitoring observations has exceeded the baseline median. No baseline value
(a) Let n be the number of baseline loading observations taken, and let m be the number of monitoring loading observations taken. In order to sufficiently characterize pollutant loadings during baseline determination and during each annual monitoring period, it is required that at least one sample result be obtained per month for a period of 12 months.
(b) Order the combined baseline and monitoring observations from smallest to largest.
(c) Assign a rank to each observation based on the assigned order: the smallest observation will have rank 1, the next smallest will have rank 2, and so forth, up to the highest observation, which will have rank n + m.
(1) If two or more observations are tied (have the same value), then the average rank for those observations should be used. For example, suppose the following four values are being ranked:
(d) Sum all the assigned ranks of the n baseline observations, and let this sum be S
(e) Obtain the critical value (C) from Table 1. When 12 monthly data are available for both baseline and monitoring (
(f) Compare C to S
(a) When n and m are less than 21, use Table 1.
In order to find the appropriate critical value, match column with correct n (number of baseline observations) to row with correct m (number of monitoring observations)
(b) When n or m is greater than 20 and there are few ties, calculate an approximate critical value using the following formula and round the result to the next larger integer. Let N = n + m.
For example, this calculation provides a result of 295.76 for n = m = 20, and a result of 96.476 for n = m = 12. Rounding up produces approximate critical values of 296 and 97.
(c) When n or m is greater than 20 and there are many ties, calculate an approximate critical value using the following formula and round the result to the next larger
In the preceding formula, calculate V using
33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those facilities engaged in field exploration, drilling, well production, and well treatment in the oil and gas industry which are located in waters that are seaward of the inner boundary of the territorial seas (“offshore”) as defined in section 502(g) of the Clean Water Act.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(1)
(2)
(l)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)(1)
(i)
(ii)
(2) “New Source” does not include facilities covered by an existing NPDES permit immediately prior to the effective date of these guidelines pending EPA issuance of a new source NPDES permit.
(x)
(y) Parameters that are regulated in this subpart and listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3 are defined as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
(gg)
(hh)
(ii)
(jj)
(kk)
(ll)
(mm)
(nn)
(oo)
(pp)
(qq)
(rr)
(ss)
(tt)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT):
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
This method is to be used as a compliance test for the “no discharge of free oil” requirement for discharges of drilling fluids, drill cuttings, produced sand, and well treatment, completion and workover fluids. “Free oil” refers to any oil contained in a waste stream that when discharged will cause a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the receiving water.
15-mL samples of drilling fluids or well treatment, completion, and workover fluids, and 15-g samples (wet weight basis) of drill cuttings or produced sand are introduced into ambient seawater in a container having
Residual “free oil” adhering to sampling containers, the magnetic stirring bar used to mix the sample, and the stainless steel spatula used to mix the sample will be the principal sources of contamination problems. These problems should only occur if improperly washed and cleaned equipment are used for the test. The use of disposable equipment minimizes the potential for similar contamination from pipettes and the test container.
None currently specified.
None currently specified.
7.1Sampling containers must be thoroughly washed with detergent, rinsed a minimum of three times with fresh water, and allowed to air dry before samples are collected.
7.2Samples of drilling fluid to be tested shall be taken at the shale shaker after cuttings have been removed. The sample volume should range between 200 mL and 500 mL.
7.3Samples of drill cuttings will be taken from the shale shaker screens with a clean spatula or similar instrument and placed in a glass beaker. Cuttings samples shall be collected prior to the addition of any washdown water and should range between 200 g and 500 g.
7.4Samples of produced sand must be obtained from the solids control equipment from which the discharge occurs on any given day and shall be collected prior to the addition of any washdown water; samples should range between 200 g and 500 g.
7.5Samples of well treatment, completion, and workover fluids must be obtained from the holding facility prior to discharge; the sample volume should range between 200 mL and 500 mL.
7.6Samples must be tested no later than 1 hour after collection.
7.7Drilling fluid samples must be mixed in their sampling containers for 5 minutes prior to the test using a magnetic bar stirrer. If predilution is imposed as a permit condition, the sample must be mixed at the same ratio with the same prediluting water as the discharged muds and stirred for 5 minutes.
7.8Drill cuttings must be stirred and well mixed by hand in their sampling containers prior to testing, using a stainless steel spatula.
8.1Ambient receiving water must be used as the “receiving water” in the test. The temperature of the test water shall be as close as practicable to the ambient conditions in the receiving water, not the room temperature of the observation facility. The test container must have an air-to-liquid interface area of 1000 ±50 cm
8.2Plastic liners shall be used, one per test container, and discarded afterwards. Some liners may inhibit spreading of added oil; operators shall determine an appropriate local source of liners that do not inhibit the spreading of the oil film.
8.3A 15-mL sample of drilling fluid or well treatment, completion, and workover fluids must be introduced by pipette into the test container 1 cm below the water surface. Pipettes must be filled and discharged with
8.4Drill cuttings or produced sand should be weighed on plastic weighing boats; 15-g samples must be transferred by scraping test material into the test water with a stainless steel spatula. Drill cuttings shall not be prediluted prior to testing. Also, drilling fluids and cuttings will be tested separately. The weighing boat must be immersed in the test water and scraped with the spatula to transfer any residual material to the test container. The drill cuttings or produced sand must be stirred with the spatula to an even distribution of solids on the bottom of the test container.
8.5Observations must be made no later than 1 hour after the test material is transferred to the test container. Viewing points above the test container should be made from at least three sides of the test container, at viewing angles of approximately 60° and 30° from the horizontal. Illumination of the test container must be representative of adequate lighting for a working environment to conduct routine laboratory procedures. It is recommended that the water surface of the test container be observed under a fluorescent light source such as a dissecting microscope light. The light source shall be positioned above and directed over the entire surface of the pan.
8.6Detection of a “silvery” or “metallic” sheen or gloss, increased reflectivity, visual color, iridescence, or an oil slick on the water surface of the test container surface shall constitute a demonstration of “free oil.” These visual observations include patches, streaks, or sheets of such altered surface characteristics. If the free oil content of the sample approaches or exceeds 10%, the water surface of the test container may lack color, a sheen, or iridescence, due to the increased thickness of the film; thus, the observation for an oil slick is required. The surface of the test container shall not be disturbed in any manner that reduces the size of any sheen or slick that may be present.
If an oil sheen or slick occurs on less than one-half of the surface area after the sample is introduced to the test container, observations will continue for up to 1 hour. If the sheen or slick increases in size and covers greater than one-half of the surface area of the test container during the observation period, the discharge of the material shall cease. If the sheen or slick does not increase in size to cover greater than one-half of the test container surface area after one hour of observation, discharge may continue and additional sampling is not required.
If a sheen or slick occurs on greater than one-half of the surface area of the test container after the test material is introduced, discharge of the tested material shall cease. The permittee may retest the material causing the sheen or slick. If subsequent tests do not result in a sheen or slick covering greater than one-half of the surface area of the test container, discharge may continue.
The collection and preservation methods for drilling fluids (muds) and water samples presented here are designed to minimize sample contamination and alteration of the physical or chemical properties of the samples due to freezing, air oxidation, or drying.
(1) The following items are required for water and drilling mud sampling and storage:
a. Acid-rinsed linear-polyethylene bottles or other appropriate noncontaminating drilling mud sampler.
b. Acid-rinsed linear-polyethylene bottles or other appropriate noncontaminating water sampler.
c. Acid-rinsed linear-polyethylene bottles or other appropriate noncontaminated vessels for water and mud samples.
d. Ice chests for preservation and shipping of mud and water samples.
(1) Collection of water samples shall be made with appropriate acid-rinsed linear-polyethylene bottles or other appropriate non-contaminating water sampling devices. Special care shall be taken to avoid the introduction of contaminants from the sampling devices and containers. Prior to use, the sampling devices and containers should be thoroughly cleaned with a detergent solution, rinsed with tap water, soaked in 10 percent hydrochloric acid (HCl) for 4 hours, and then thoroughly rinsed with glass-distilled water.
(1) Drilling mud formulations to be tested shall be collected from active field systems. Obtain a well-mixed sample from beneath the shale shaker after the mud has passed through the screens. Samples shall be stored in polyethylene containers or in other appropriate uncontaminated vessels. Prior to sealing the sample containers on the platform, flush as much air out of the container by filling it with drilling fluid sample, leaving a one inch space at the top.
(2) Mud samples shall be immediately shipped to the testing facility on blue or wet ice (do not use dry ice) and continuously maintained at 0-4 °C until the time of testing.
(3) Bulk mud samples shall be thoroughly mixed in the laboratory using a 1000 rpm high shear mixer and then subdivided into individual, small wide-mouthed (e.g., one or two liter) non-contaminating containers for storage.
(4) The drilling muds stored in the laboratory shall have any excess air removed by flushing the storage containers with nitrogen under pressure anytime the containers are opened. Moreover, the sample in any container opened for testing must be thoroughly stirred using a 1000 rpm high shear mixer prior to use.
(5) Most drilling mud samples may be stored for periods of time longer than 2 weeks prior to toxicity testing provided that proper containers are used and proper condition are maintained.
(1) Mud samples that have been stored under specified conditions in this protocol shall be prepared for tests within three months after collection. The SPP shall be prepared as detailed below.
(1) The following items are required:
a. Magnetic stir plates and bars.
b. Several graduated cylinders, ranging in volume from 10 mL to 1 L
c. Large (15 cm) powder funnels.
d. Several 2-liter graduated cylinders.
e. Several 2-liter large mouth graduated Erlenmeyer flasks.
(2) Prior to use, all glassware shall be thoroughly cleaned. Wash all glassware with detergent, rinse five times with tap water, rinse once with acetone, rinse several times with distilled or deionized water, place in a clean 10-percent (or stronger) HCl acid bath for a minimum of 4 hours, rinse five times with tap water, and then rinse five times with distilled or deionized water. For test samples containing mineral oil or diesel oil, glassware should be washed with petroleum ether to assure removal of all residual oil.
If the glassware with nytex cups soaks in the acid solution longer than 24 hours, then an equally long deionized water soak should be performed.
(1) Diluent seawater and exposure seawater samples are prepared by filtration through a 1.0 micrometer filter prior to analysis.
(2) Artificial seawater may be used as long as the seawater has been prepared by standard methods or ASTM methods, has been properly “seasoned,” filtered, and has been diluted with distilled water to the same specified 20±2 ppt salinity and 20±2 °C temperature as the “natural” seawater.
(1) The pH of the mud shall be tested prior to its use. If the pH is less than 9, if black spots have appeared on the walls of the sample container, or if the mud sample has a foul odor, that sample shall be discarded. Subsample a manageable aliquot of mud from the well-mixed original sample. Mix the mud and filtered test seawater in a volumetric mud-to-water ratio of 1 to 9. This is best done by the method of volumetric displacement in a 2-L, large mouth, graduated Erlenmeyer flask. Place 1000 mL of seawater into the graduated Erlenmeyer flask. The mud subsample is then carefully added via a powder funnel to obtain a total volume of 1200 mL. (A 200 mL volume of the mud will now be in the flask).
The 2-L, large mouth, graduated Erlenmeyer flask is then filled to the 2000 mL mark with 800 mL of seawater, which produces a slurry with a final ratio of one volume drilling mud to nine volumes water. If the volume of SPP required for testing or analysis exceeds 1500 to 1600 mL, the initial volumes should be proportionately increased. Alternatively, several 2-L drill mud/water slurries may be prepared as outlined above and combined to provide sufficient SPP.
(2) Mix this mud/water slurry with magnetic stirrers for 5 minutes. Measure the pH and, if necessary, adjust (decrease) the pH of the slurry to within 0.2 units of the seawater by adding 6N HCl while stirring the slurry. Then, allow the slurry to settle for 1 hour. Record the amount of HCl added.
(3) At the end of the settling period, carefully decant (do not siphon) the Suspended Particulate Phase (SPP) into an appropriate container. Decanting the SPP is one continuous action. In some cases no clear interface will be present; that is, there will be no solid phase that has settled to the bottom. For those samples the entire SPP solution should be used when preparing test concentrations. However, in those cases when no clear interface is present, the sample must be remixed for five minutes. This insures the homogeneity of the mixture prior to the preparation of the test concentrations. In other cases, there will be samples with two or more phases, including a solid phase. For those samples, carefully and continuously decant the supernatant until the solid phase on the bottom of the flask is reached. The decanted solution is defined to be 100 percent SPP. Any other concentration of SPP refers to a percentage of SPP that is obtained by volumetrically mixing 100 percent SPP with seawater.
(4) SPP samples to be used in toxicity tests shall be mixed for 5 minutes and must not be preserved or stored.
(5) Measure the filterable and unfilterable residue of each SPP prepared for testing. Measure the dissolved oxygen (DO) and pH of the SPP. If the DO is less than 4.9 ppm, aerate the SPP to at least 4.9 ppm which is 65 percent of saturation. Maximum allowable aeration time is 5 minutes using a generic commercial air pump and air stone. Neutralize the pH of the SPP to a pH 7.8 ±.1 using a dilute HCl solution. If too much acid is added to lower the pH saturated NaOH may be used to raise the pH to 7.8 ±.1 units. Record the amount of acid or NaOH needed to lower/raise to the appropriate pH. Three repeated DO and pH measurements are needed to insure homogeneity and stability of the SPP. Preparation of test concentrations may begin after this step is complete.
(6) Add the appropriate volume of 100 percent SPP to the appropriate volume of seawater to obtain the desired SPP concentration. The control is seawater only. Mix all concentrations and the control for 5 minutes by using magnetic stirrers. Record the time; and, measure DO and pH for Day 0. Then, the animals shall be randomly selected and placed in the dishes in order to begin the 96-hour toxicity test.
(1) Items listed by Borthwick [1] are required for each test series, which consists of one set of control and test containers, with three replicates of each.
(1) Drilling muds and water samples are collected and stored, and the suspended particulate phase prepared as described in section 1-C.
(1) The Suspended Particulate Phase (SPP) tests on drilling muds shall utilize the test species
(1) Suspended particulate phase (SPP) tests should be conducted at a salinity of 20 ±2 ppt. Experimental temperature should be 20 ±2 °C. Dissolved oxygen in the SPP shall be raised to or maintained above 65 percent of saturation prior to preparation of the test concentrations. Under these conditions of temperature and salinity, 65 percent saturation is a DO of 5.3 ppm. Beginning at Day 0-before the animals are placed in the test containers DO, temperature, salinity, and pH shall be measured every 24 hours. DO should be reported in milligrams per liter.
(2) Aeration of test media is required during the entire test with a rate estimated to be 50-140 cubic centimeters/minute. This air flow to each test dish may be achieved through polyethylene tubing (0.045-inch inner diameter and 0.062-inch outer diameter) by a small generic aquarium pump. The delivery method, surface area of the aeration stone, and flow characteristics shall be documented. All treatments, including control, shall be the same.
(3) Light intensity shall be 1200 microwatts/cm
(1) Wash all glassware with detergent, rinse five times with tap water, rinse once with acetone, rinse several times with distilled or deionized water, place in a clean 10 percent HCl acid bath for a minimum of 4 hours, rinse five times with tap water, and then rinse five times with distilled water.
(2) Establish the definitive test concentration based on results of a range finding test. A minimum of five test concentrations plus a negative and positive (reference toxicant) control is required for the definitive test. To estimate the LC-50, two concentrations shall be chosen that give (other than zero and 100 percent) mortality above and below 50 percent.
(3) Twenty organisms are exposed in each test dish. Nytex
(4) Individual organisms shall be randomly assigned to treatment. A randomization procedure is presented in section V of this protocol. Make every attempt to expose animals of approximately equal size. The technique described by Borthwick [1], or other suitable
(5) Cover the dishes, aerate, and incubate the test containers in an appropriate test chamber. Positioning of the test containers holding various concentrations of test solution should be randomized if incubator arrangement indicates potential position difference. The test medium is not replaced during the 96-hour test.
(6) Observations may be attempted at 4, 6 and 8 hours; they must be attempted at 0, 24, 48, and 72 hours and must be made at 96 hours. Attempts at observations refers to placing a test dish on a light table and visually counting the animals. Do not lift the “nylon mesh screen” cup out of the test dish to make the observation. No unnecessary handling of the animals should occur during the 96 hour test period. DO and pH measurements must also be made at 0, 24, 48, 72, and 96 hours. Take and replace the test medium necessary for the DO and pH measurements outside of the nytex cups to minimize stresses on the animals.
(7) At the end of 96 hours, all live animals must be counted. Death is the end point, so the number of living organisms is recorded. Death is determined by lack of spontaneous movement. All crustaceans molt at regular intervals, shedding a complete exoskeleton. Care should be taken not to count an exoskeleton. Dead animals might decompose or be eaten between observations. Therefore, always count living, not dead animals. If daily observations are made, remove dead organisms and molted exoskeletons with a pipette or forceps. Care must be taken not to disturb living organisms and to minimize the amount of liquid withdrawn.
(1) Sodium lauryl sulfate (dodecyl sodium sulfate) is used as a reference toxicant for the positive control. The chemical used should be approximately 95 percent pure. The source, lot number, and percent purity shall be reported.
(2) Test methods are those used for the drilling fluid tests, except that the test material was prepared by weighing one gram sodium lauryl sulfate on an analytical balance, adding the chemical to a 100-milliliter volumetric flask, and bringing the flask to volume with deionized water. After mixing this stock solution, the test mixtures are prepared by adding 0.1 milliliter of the stock solution for each part per million desired to one liter of seawater.
(3) The mixtures are stirred briefly, water quality is measured, animals are added to holding cups, and the test begins. Incubation and monitoring procedures are the same as those for the drilling fluids.
(1) The purpose of this procedure is to assure that mysids are impartially selected and randomly assigned to six test treatments (five drilling fluid or reference toxicant concentrations and a control) and impartially counted at the end of the 96-hour test. Thus, each test setup, as specified in the randomization procedure, consists of 3 replicates of 20 animals for each of the six treatments,
(2) Mysids are cultured in the laboratory in appropriate units. If mysids are purchased, go to Task 3.
(3) Remove mysids from culture tanks (6, 5, 4, and 3 days before the test will begin,
Not every detail (the definition of suitably large containers, for example) is provided here. Training and experience in aquatic animal culture and testing will be required to successfully complete these tests.
(4) Remove mysids from maintenance containers and place all animals in a single container. The intent is to have homogeneous test population of mysids of a known age (3-6 days old).
(5) For each toxicity test, assign two suitable containers (500-milliliter (mL) beakers are recommended) for mysid separation/enumeration. Label each container (A1, A2, B1, B2, and C1, C2, for example, if two drilling fluid tests and a reference toxicant test are to be set up on one day). The purpose of this task is to allow the investigator to obtain a close estimate of the number of animals available for testing and to prevent unnecessary crowding of the mysids while they are being counted and assigned to test containers. Transfer the mysids from the large test population container to the labeled separation and enumeration containers but do not place more than 200 mysids in a 500-mL beaker. Be impartial in transferring the mysids; place approximately equal numbers of animals (10-15 mysids is convenient) in each container in a cyclic manner rather than placing the maximum number each container at one time.
It is important that the animals not be unduly stressed during this selection and assignment procedure. Therefore, it will probably be necessary to place all animals (except the batch immediately being assigned to test containers) in mesh cups with flowing seawater or in large volume containers with aeration. The idea is to provide the animals with near optimal conditions to avoid additional stress.
(6) Place the mysids from the two labeled enumeration containers assigned to a specific test into one or more suitable containers to be used as counting dishes (2-liter Carolina dishes are suggested). Because of the time required to separate, count, and assign mysids, two or more people may be involved in completing this task. If this is done, two or more counting dishes may be used, but the investigator must make sure that approximately equal numbers of mysids from each labeled container are placed in each counting dish.
(7) By using a large-bore, smooth-tip glass pipette, select mysids from the counting dish(es) and place them in the 36 individually numbered distribution containers (10-ml beakers are suggested). The mysids are assigned two at a time to the 36 containers by using a randomization schedule similar to the one presented below. At the end of selection/assignment round 1, each container will contain two mysids; at the end of round 2, they will contain four mysids; and so on until each contains ten mysids.
(8) Transfer mysids from the 36 distribution containers to 18 labeled test containers in random order. A label is assigned to each of the three replicates (A, B, C) of the six test concentrations. Count and record the 96 hour response in an impartial order.
(9) Repeat tasks 5-7 for each toxicity test. A new random schedule should be followed in Tasks 6 and 7 for each test.
If a partial toxicity test is conducted, the procedures described above are appropriate and should be used to prepare the single test concentration and control, along with the reference toxicant test.
(1) Complete survival data in all test containers at each observation time shall be presented in tabular form. If greater than 10 percent mortality occurs in the controls, all data shall be discarded and the experiment repeated. Unacceptably high control mortality indicates the presence of important stresses on the organisms other than the material being tested, such as injury or disease, stressful physical or chemical conditions in the containers, or improper handling, acclimation, or feeding. If 10 percent mortality or less occurs in the controls, the data may be evaluated and reported.
(2) A definitive, full bioassay conducted according to the EPA protocol is used to estimate the concentration that is lethal to 50 percent of the test organisms that do not die naturally. This toxicity measure is known as the median lethal concentration, or LC-50. The LC-50 is adjusted for natural mortality or natural responsiveness. The maximum likelihood estimation procedure with the adjustments for natural responsiveness as given by D.J. Finney, in
(3) The range finding test is used to establish a reasonable set of test concentrations in order to run the definitive test. However, if the lethality rate changes rapidly over a narrow range of concentrations, the range finding assay may be too coarse to establish
(4) The EPA Environmental Research Laboratory in Gulf Breeze, Florida prepared a Research and Development Report entitled Acute Toxicity of Eight Drilling Fluids to Mysid Shrimp (
(1) A partial test conducted according to EPA protocol can be used economically to demonstrate that a test material passes the toxicity test. The partial test cannot be used to estimate the LC-50 adjusted for natural response.
(2) To conduct a partial test follow the test protocol for preparation of the test material and organisms. Prepare the control (zero concentration), one test concentration (3 percent suspended particulate phase) and the reference toxicant according to the methods of the full test. A range finding test is not used for the partial test.
(3) Sixty test organisms are used for each test concentration. Find the number of test organisms killed in the control (zero percent SPP) concentration in the column labeled X
(4) Data shall be reported as percent suspended particulate phase.
1. Borthwick, Patrick W. 1978. Methods for acute static toxicity tests with mysid shrimp (
2. Nimmo, D.R., T.L. Hamaker, and C.A. Somers. 1978. Culturing the mysid (
3. American Public Health Association et al. 1980. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. Washington, DC, 15th Edition: 90-99.
4. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, September 1991. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms. EPA/600/4-90/027. Washington, DC, 4th Edition.
5. Finney, D.J. Probit Analysis. Cambridge University Press; 1971.
6. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, May 1984. Acute Toxicity of Eight Drilling Fluids to Mysid Shrimp (
This procedure describes a method for amending uncontaminated and nontoxic (control) sediments with the base fluids that are used to formulate synthetic-based drilling fluids and other non-aqueous drilling fluids. Initially, control sediments shall be press-sieved through a 2000 micron mesh sieve to remove large debris. Then press-sieve the sediment through a 500 micron sieve to remove indigenous organisms that may prey on the test species or otherwise confound test results. Homogenize control sediment to limit the effects of settling that may have occurred during storage. Sediments should be homogenized before density determinations and addition of base fluid to control sediment. Because base fluids are
1. Determine the wet to dry ratio for the control sediment by weighing approximately 10 g subsamples of the screened and homogenized wet sediment into tared aluminum weigh pans. Dry sediment at 105 °C for 18-24 h. Remove sediment and cool in a desiccator until a constant weight is achieved. Re-weigh the samples to determine the dry weight. Determine the wet/dry ratio by dividing the net wet weight by the net dry weight:
2. Determine the density (g/mL) of the wet control or dilution sediment. This shall be used to determine total volume of wet sediment needed for the various test treatments.
3. To determine the amount of base fluid needed to obtain a test concentration of 500 mg base fluid per kg dry sediment use the following formulas:
Determine the amount of wet sediment required:
Determine the amount of dry sediment in kilograms (kg) required for each concentration:
Finally, determine the amount of base fluid required to spike the control sediment at each concentration:
For spiking test substances other than pure base fluids (e.g., whole mud formulations), determine the spike amount as follows:
4. For primary mixing, place appropriate amounts of weighed base fluid into stainless mixing bowls, tare the vessel weight, then add sediment and mix with a high-shear dispersing impeller for 9 minutes. The concentration of base fluid in sediment from this mix, rather than the nominal concentration, shall be used in calculating LC
5. Tests for homogeneity of base fluid in sediment are to be performed during the procedure development phase. Because of difficulty of homogeneously mixing base fluid with sediment, it is important to demonstrate that the base fluid is evenly mixed with sediment. The sediment shall be analyzed for total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) using EPA Methods 3550A and 8015M, with samples taken both prior to and after distribution to replicate test containers. Base-fluid content is measured as TPH. After mixing the sediment, a minimum of three replicate sediment samples shall be taken prior to distribution into test containers. After the test sediment is distributed to test containers, an additional three sediment samples shall be taken from three test containers to ensure proper distribution of base fluid within test containers. Base-fluid content results shall be reported within 48 hours of mixing. The coefficient of variation (CV) for the replicate samples must be less than 20%. If base-fluid content results are not within the 20% CV limit, the test sediment shall be remixed. Tests shall not begin until the CV is determined to be below the maximum limit of 20%. During the test, a minimum of three replicate containers shall be sampled to determine base-fluid content during each sampling period.
6. Mix enough sediment in this way to allow for its use in the preparation of all test concentrations and as a negative control. When commencing the sediment toxicity test, range-finding tests may be required to determine the concentrations that produce a toxic effect if these data are otherwise unavailable. The definitive test shall bracket the LC
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1996. Standard Guide for Collection, Storage, Characterization, and Manipulation of Sediments for Toxicological Testing. ASTM E 1391-94. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Volume 11.05, pp. 805-825.
Ditsworth, G.R., D.W. Schults and J.K.P. Jones. 1990. Preparation of benthic substrates for sediment toxicity testing, Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 9:1523-1529.
Suedel, B.C., J.H. Rodgers, Jr. and P.A. Clifford. 1993. Bioavailability of fluoranthene in freshwater sediment toxicity tests. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 12:155-165.
U.S. EPA. 1994. Methods for Assessing the Toxicity of Sediment-associated Contaminants with Estuarine and Marine Amphipods. EPA/600/R-94/025. Office of Research and Development, Washington, DC.
The six modifications specified in this appendix shall apply to the determination of the biodegradability of synthetic base fluids as measured by ISO 11734:1995. These modifications make the test more applicable to a marine environment and are listed below:
1.The laboratory shall use sea water in place of freshwater media.
1.1The sea water may be either natural or synthetic. The allowable salinity range is 20-30 ppt.
1.2To reduce the shock to the microorganisms in the sediment, the salinity of the sediment's porewater shall be between 20-30 ppt.
2.The laboratory shall use natural marine or estuarine sediments in place of digested sludge as an inoculum. The VS of the sediments must be no less than 2%.
2.1Sediment should be used for testing as soon as possible after field collection. If required, the laboratory can store the sediment for a maximum period of two months prior to use. The test sediment shall be stored in the dark at 4 °C.
2.2The laboratory shall use the sediment mixing procedure specified in appendix 3 to subpart A of part 435 to spike the test sediment with base fluids. The final concentration will be 2000 mg carbon/Kg dry weight sediment. No less than 25 g dry weight of the spiked sediment shall be used per 125 ml serum bottle. The volume of sediment and seawater in the bottle shall be 75 ml.
3.The temperature of incubation shall be 29 ±1 °C.
4.The pH is maintained at the level of natural sea water, not at 7.0 as referenced in ISO 11734:1995.
5.The optional use of a trace metals solution as specified in method ISO 11734:1995 shall not be used as part of these test modifications.
6.The laboratory shall conduct the test for 275 days. The laboratory may seek approval of alternate test durations under the approval procedures specified at 40 CFR 136.4 and 136.5. Any modification of this method, beyond those expressly permitted, shall be considered a major modification subject to application and approval of alternate test procedures under 40 CFR 136.4 and 136.5.
1.1This method determines crude (formation) oil contamination, or other petroleum oil contamination, in non-aqueous drilling fluids (NAFs) by comparing the gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) fingerprint scan and extracted ion scans of the test sample to that of an uncontaminated sample.
1.2This method can be used for monitoring oil contamination of NAFs or monitoring oil contamination of the base fluid used in the NAF formulations.
1.3Any modification of this method beyond those expressly permitted shall be considered as a major modification subject to application and approval of alternative test procedures under 40 CFR 136.4 and 136.5.
1.4The gas chromatography/mass spectrometry portions of this method are restricted to use by, or under the supervision of analysts experienced in the use of GC/MS and in the interpretation of gas chromatograms and extracted ion scans. Each laboratory that uses this method must generate acceptable results using the procedures described in Sections 7, 9.2, and 12 of this appendix.
2.1Analysis of NAF for crude oil contamination is a step-wise process. The analyst first performs a qualitative assessment of the presence or absence of crude oil in the sample. If crude oil is detected during this qualitative assessment, the analyst must perform a quantitative analysis of the crude oil concentration.
2.2A sample of NAF is centrifuged to obtain a solids free supernate.
2.3The test sample is prepared by removing an aliquot of the solids free supernate, spiking it with internal standard, and analyzing it using GC/MS techniques. The components are separated by the gas chromatograph and detected by the mass spectrometer.
2.4Qualitative identification of crude oil contamination is performed by comparing the Total Ion Chromatograph (TIC) scans and Extracted Ion Profile (EIP) scans of test sample to that of uncontaminated base fluids, and examining the profiles for chromatographic signatures diagnostic of oil contamination.
2.5The presence or absence of crude oil contamination observed in the full scan profiles and selected extracted ion profiles determines further sample quantitation and reporting requirements.
2.6If crude oil is detected in the qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis must be performed by calibrating the GC/MS using a designated NAF spiked with known concentrations of a designated oil.
2.7Quality is assured through reproducible calibration and testing of GC/MS system and through analysis of quality control samples.
3.1A NAF is one in which the continuous—phase is a water immiscible fluid such as an oleaginous material (e.g., mineral oil, enhance mineral oil, paraffinic oil, or synthetic material such as olefins and vegetable esters).
3.2TIC—Total Ion Chromatograph.
3.3EIP—Extracted Ion Profile.
3.4TCB—1,3,5-trichlorobenzene is used as the internal standard in this method.
3.5SPTM—System Performance Test Mix standards are used to establish retention times and monitor detection levels.
4.1Solvents, reagents, glassware, and other sample processing hardware may yield artifacts and/or elevated baselines causing misinterpretation of chromatograms.
4.2All Materials used in the analysis shall be demonstrated to be free from interferences by running method blanks. Specific selection of reagents and purification of solvents by distillation in all-glass systems may be required.
4.3Glassware shall be cleaned by rinsing with solvent and baking at 400 °C for a minimum of 1 hour.
4.4Interferences may vary from source to source, depending on the diversity of the samples being tested.
4.5Variations in and additions of base fluids and/or drilling fluid additives (emulsifiers, dispersants, fluid loss control agents, etc.) might also cause interferences and misinterpretation of chromatograms.
4.6Difference in light crude oils, medium crude oils, and heavy crude oils will result in different responses and thus different interpretation of scans and calculated percentages.
5.1The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in this method has not been precisely determined; however each chemical shall be treated as a potential health hazard. Exposure to these chemicals should be reduced to the lowest possible level.
5.2Unknown samples may contain high concentration of volatile toxic compounds. Sample containers should be opened in a hood and handled with gloves to prevent exposure. In addition, all sample preparation should be conducted in a fume hood to limit the potential exposure to harmful contaminates.
5.3This method does not address all safety issues associated with its use. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a safe work environment and a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) shall be available to all personnel involved in these analyses. Additional references to laboratory safety can be found in References 16.1 through 16.3.
5.4NAF base fluids may cause skin irritation, protective gloves are recommended while handling these samples.
Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for illustrative purposes only. No endorsement is implied. Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and materials other than those specified here, but demonstration of equivalent performance meeting the requirements of this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.
6.1Equipment for glassware cleaning.
6.1.1Laboratory sink with overhead fume hood.
6.1.2Kiln—Capable of reaching 450 °C within 2 hours and holding 450 °C within ±10 °C, with temperature controller and safety switch (Cress Manufacturing Co., Santa Fe Springs, CA B31H or X31TS or equivalent).
6.2Equipment for sample preparation.
6.2.1Laboratory fume hood.
6.2.2Analytical balance—Capable of weighing 0.1 mg.
6.2.3Glassware.
6.2.3.1Disposable pipettes—Pasteur, 150 mm long by 5 mm ID (Fisher Scientific 13-678-6A, or equivalent) baked at 400 °C for a minimum of 1 hour.
6.2.3.2Glass volumetric pipettes or gas tight syringes—1.0-mL ±1% and 0.5-mL ±1%.
6.2.3.3Volumetric flasks—Glass, class A, 10-mL, 50-mL and 100-mL.
6.2.3.4—Sample vials—Glass, 1- to 3-mL (baked at 400 °C for a minimum of 1 hour) with PTFE-lined screw or crimp cap.
6.2.3.5Centrifuge and centrifuge tubes—Centrifuge capable of 10,000 rpm, or better, (International Equipment Co., IEC Centra MP4 or equivalent) and 50-mL centrifuge tubes (Nalgene, Ultratube, Thin Wall 25×89 mm, #3410-2539).
6.3Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer (GC/MS):
6.3.1Gas Chromatograph—An analytical system complete with a temperature-programmable gas chromatograph suitable for split/splitless injection and all required accessories, including syringes, analytical columns, and gases.
6.3.1.1Column—30 m (or 60 m) × 0.32 mm ID (or 0.25 mm ID) 1 µm film thickness (or 0.25 µm film thickness) silicone-coated fused-silica capillary column (J&W Scientific DB-5 or equivalent).
6.3.2Mass Spectrometer—Capable of scanning from 35 to 500 amu every 1 sec or less, using 70 volts (nominal) electron energy in the electron impact ionization mode (Hewlett Packard 5970MS or comparable).
6.3.3GC/MS interface—the interface is a capillary-direct interface from the GC to the MS.
6.3.4—Data system—A computer system must be interfaced to the mass spectrometer. The system must allow the continuous acquisition and storage on machine-readable media of all mass spectra obtained throughout the duration of the chromatographic program. The computer must have software that can search any GC/MS data file for ions of a specific mass and that can plot such ion abundance versus retention time or scan number. This type of plot is defined as an Extracted Ion Current Profile (EIP). Software must also be available that allows integrating the abundance in any total ion chromatogram (TIC) or EIP between specified retention time or scan-number limits. It is advisable that the most recent version of the EPA/NIST Mass Spectral Library be available.
7.1Methylene chloride—Pesticide grade or equivalent. Use when necessary for sample dilution.
7.2Standards—Prepare from pure individual standard materials or purchase as certified solutions. If compound purity is 96% or greater, the weight may be used without correction to compute the concentration of the standard.
7.2.1Crude Oil Reference—Obtain a sample of a crude oil with a known API gravity. This oil shall be used in the calibration procedures.
7.2.2Synthetic Base Fluid—Obtain a sample of clean internal olefin (IO) Lab drilling fluid (as sent from the supplier—has not been circulated downhole). This drilling fluid shall be used in the calibration procedures.
7.2.3Internal standard—Prepare a 0.01 g/mL solution of 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene (TCB). Dissolve 1.0 g of TCB in methylene chloride and dilute to volume in a 100-mL volumetric flask. Stopper, vortex, and transfer the solution to a 150-mL bottle with PTFE-lined cap. Label appropriately, and store at -5 °C to 20 °C. Mark the level of the meniscus on the bottle to detect solvent loss.
7.2.4GC/MS system performance test mix (SPTM) standards—The SPTM standards shall contain octane, decane, dodecane, tetradecane, tetradecene, toluene, ethylbenzene, 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene, 1-methylnaphthalene and 1,3-dimethylnaphthalene. These compounds can be purchased individually or obtained as a mixture (
7.2.5Crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standards—Prepare a 4-point crude oil/drilling fluid calibration at concentrations of 0% (no spike—clean drilling fluid), 0.5%, 1.0%, and 2.0% by weight according to the procedures outlined in this appendix using the Reference Crude Oil:
7.2.5.1Label 4 jars with the following identification: Jar 1—0%Ref-IOLab, Jar 2—0.5%Ref-IOLab, Jar 3—1%Ref-IOLab, and Jar 4—2%Ref-IOLab.
7.2.5.2Weigh 4, 50-g aliquots of well mixed IO Lab drilling fluid into each of the 4 jars.
7.2.5.3Add Reference Oil at 0.5%, 1.0%, and 2.0% by weight to jars 2, 3, and 4 respectively. Jar 1 shall not be spiked with Reference Oil in order to retain a “0%” oil concentration.
7.2.5.4Thoroughly mix the contents of each of the 4 jars, using clean glass stirring rods.
7.2.5.5Transfer (weigh) a 30-g aliquot from Jar 1 to a labeled centrifuge tube. Centrifuge the aliquot for a minimum of 15 min at approximately 15,000 rpm, in order to obtain a solids free supernate. Weigh 0.5 g of the supernate directly into a tared and appropriately labeled GC straight vial. Spike the 0.5-g supernate with 500 µL of the 0.01g/mL 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene internal standard solution (
7.2.5.6Repeat step 7.2.5.5 except use an aliquot from Jar 2.
7.2.5.7Repeat step 7.2.5.5 except use an aliquot from Jar 3.
7.2.5.8Repeat step 7.2.5.5 except use an aliquot from Jar 4.
7.2.5.9These 4 crude/oil drilling fluid calibration standards are now used for qualitative and quantitative GC/MS analysis.
7.2.6Precision and recovery standard (mid level crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standard)—Prepare a mid point crude oil/
7.2.7Stability of standards
7.2.7.1When not used, standards shall be stored in the dark, at −5 to −20 °C in screw-capped vials with PTFE-lined lids. Place a mark on the vial at the level of the solution so that solvent loss by evaporation can be detected. Bring the vial to room temperature prior to use.
7.2.7.2Solutions used for quantitative purposes shall be analyzed within 48 hours of preparation and on a monthly basis thereafter for signs of degradation. A standard shall remain acceptable if the peak area remains within ±15% of the area obtained in the initial analysis of the standard.
8.1Collect NAF and base fluid samples in 100- to 200-mL glass bottles with PTFE- or aluminum foil lined caps.
8.2Samples collected in the field shall be stored refrigerated until time of preparation.
8.3Sample and extract holding times for this method have not yet been established. However, based on initial experience with the method, samples should be analyzed within seven to ten days of collection and extracts should be analyzed within seven days of preparation.
8.4After completion of GC/MS analysis, extracts shall be refrigerated at 4 °C until further notification of sample disposal.
9.1Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality assurance program (Reference 16.4). The minimum requirements of this program shall consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, and ongoing analysis of standards, and blanks as a test of continued performance, analyses of spiked samples to assess accuracy and analysis of duplicates to assess precision. Laboratory performance shall be compared to established performance criteria to determine if the results of analyses meet the performance characteristics of the method.
9.1.1The analyst shall make an initial demonstration of the ability to generate acceptable accuracy and precision with this method. This ability shall be established as described in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
9.1.2The analyst is permitted to modify this method to improve separations or lower the cost of measurements, provided all performance requirements are met. Each time a modification is made to the method, the analyst is required to repeat the calibration (Section 10.4 of this appendix) and to repeat the initial demonstration procedure described in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
9.1.3Analyses of blanks are required to demonstrate freedom from contamination. The procedures and criteria for analysis of a blank are described in Section 9.3 of this appendix.
9.1.4Analysis of a matrix spike sample is required to demonstrate method accuracy. The procedure and QC criteria for spiking are described in Section 9.4 of this appendix.
9.1.5Analysis of a duplicate field sample is required to demonstrate method precision. The procedure and QC criteria for duplicates are described in Section 9.5 of this appendix.
9.1.6Analysis of a sample of the clean NAF(s) (as sent from the supplier—
9.1.7The laboratory shall, on an ongoing basis, demonstrate through calibration verification and the analysis of the precision and recovery standard (Section 7.2.6 of this appendix) that the analysis system is in control. These procedures are described in Section 11.6 of this appendix.
9.1.8The laboratory shall maintain records to define the quality of data that is generated.
9.2Initial precision and accuracy—The initial precision and recovery test shall be performed using the precision and recovery standard (1% by weight Reference Oil in IO Lab drilling fluid). The laboratory shall generate acceptable precision and recovery by performing the following operations.
9.2.1Prepare four separate aliquots of the precision and recovery standard using the procedure outlined in Section 7.2.6 of this appendix. Analyze these aliquots using the procedures outlined in Section 11 of this appendix.
9.2.2Using the results of the set of four analyses, compute the average recovery (X) in weight percent and the standard deviation of the recovery(s) for each sample.
9.2.3If s and X meet the acceptance criteria of 80% to 110%, system performance is acceptable and analysis of samples may begin. If, however, s exceeds the precision limit or X falls outside the range for accuracy, system performance is unacceptable. In this event, review this method, correct the problem, and repeat the test.
9.2.4Accuracy and precision—The average percent recovery (P) and the standard deviation of the percent recovery (Sp) Express
9.3Blanks—Rinse glassware and centrifuge tubes used in the method with 30 mL of methylene chloride, remove a 0.5-g aliquot of the solvent, spike it with the 500 µL of the internal standard solution (Section 7.2.3 of this appendix) and analyze a 1-µL aliquot of the blank sample using the procedure in Section 11 of this appendix. Compute results per Section 12 of this appendix.
9.4Matrix spike sample—Prepare a matrix spike sample according to procedure outlined in Section 7.2.6 of this appendix. Analyze the sample and calculate the concentration (% oil) in the drilling fluid and % recovery of oil from the spiked drilling fluid using the methods described in Sections 11 and 12 of this appendix.
9.5Duplicates—A duplicate field sample shall be prepared according to procedures outlined in Section 7.3 of this appendix and analyzed according to Section 11 of this appendix. The relative percent difference (RPD) of the calculated concentrations shall be less than 15%.
9.5.1Analyze each of the duplicates per the procedure in Section 11 of this appendix and compute the results per Section 12 of this appendix.
9.5.2Calculate the relative percent difference (RPD) between the two results per the following equation:
9.5.3If the RPD criteria are not met, the analytical system shall be judged to be out of control, and the problem must be immediately identified and corrected, and the sample batch re-analyzed.
9.6Prepare the clean NAF sample according to procedures outlined in Section 7.3 of this appendix. Ultimately the oil-equivalent concentration from the TIC or EIP signal measured in the clean NAF sample shall be subtracted from the corresponding authentic field samples in order to calculate the true contaminant concentration (% oil) in the field samples (
9.7The specifications contained in this method can be met if the apparatus used is calibrated properly, and maintained in a calibrated state. The standards used for initial precision and recovery (Section 9.2 of this appendix) and ongoing precision and recovery (Section 11.6 of this appendix) shall be identical, so that the most precise results will be obtained. The GC/MS instrument will provide the most reproducible results if dedicated to the setting and conditions required for the analyses given in this method.
9.8Depending on specific program requirements, field replicates and field spikes of crude oil into samples may be required when this method is used to assess the precision and accuracy of the sampling and sample transporting techniques.
10.1Establish gas chromatographic/mass spectrometer operating conditions given in Table 1 of this appendix. Perform the GC/MS system hardware-tune as outlined by the manufacture. The gas chromatograph shall be calibrated using the internal standard technique.
Because each GC is slightly different, it may be necessary to adjust the operating conditions (carrier gas flow rate and column temperature and temperature program) slightly until the retention times in Table 2 of this appendix are met.
10.2Internal standard calibration procedure—1,3,5-trichlorobenzene (TCB) has been shown to be free of interferences from diesel
10.3The system performance test mix standards prepared in Section 7.2.4 of this appendix shall be used to establish retention times and establish qualitative detection limits.
10.3.1Spike a 500-mL aliquot of the 1.25 mg/mL SPTM standard with 500 µL of the TCB internal standard solution.
10.3.2Inject 1.0 µL of this spiked SPTM standard onto the GC/MS in order to demonstrate proper retention times. For the GC/MS used in the development of this method, the ten compounds in the mixture had typical retention times shown in Table 2 of this appendix. Extracted ion scans for m/z 91 and 105 showed a maximum abundance of 400,000.
10.3.3Spike a 500-mL aliquot of the 0.125 mg/mL SPTM standard with 500 µL of the TCB internal standard solution.
10.3.4Inject 1.0 µL of this spiked SPTM standard onto the GC/MS to monitor detectable levels. For the GC/MS used in the development of this test, all ten compounds showed a minimum peak height of three times signal to noise. Extracted ion scans for m/z 91 and 105 showed a maximum abundance of 40,000.
10.4GC/MS crude oil/drilling fluid calibration—There are two methods of quantification: Total Area Integration (C
10.4.1Total Area Integration Method—For each of the four calibration standards obtain the following: Using a straight baseline integration technique, obtain the total ion chromatogram (TIC) area from C
10.4.2EIP Area Integration—For each of the four calibration standards generate Extracted Ion Profiles (EIPs) for m/z 91 and 105. Using straight baseline integration techniques, obtain the following EIP areas:
10.4.2.1For m/z 91 integrate the area under the curve from approximately 9 minutes to 21-22 minutes, just prior to but not including the internal standard.
10.4.2.2For m/z 105 integrate the area under the curve from approximately 10.5 minutes to 26.5 minutes.
10.4.2.3Obtain the internal standard area from the TCB in each of the four calibration standards, using m/z 180.
10.4.2.4Using the EIP areas for TCB, m/z 91 and m/z105, and the known concentration of internal standard, generate linear regression calibration curves for the target ions 91 and 105 using the internal standard method. The r
10.4.2.5Some base fluids might produce a background level that would show up on the extracted ion profiles, but there should not be any real peaks (signal to noise ratio of 1:3) from the clean base fluids.
11.1Sample Preparation—
11.1.1Mix the authentic field sample (drilling fluid) well. Transfer (weigh) a 30-g aliquot of the sample to a labeled centrifuge tube.
11.1.2Centrifuge the aliquot for a minimum of 15 min at approximately 15,000 rpm, in order to obtain a solids free supernate.
11.1.3Weigh 0.5 g of the supernate directly into a tared and appropriately labeled GC straight vial.
11.1.4Spike the 0.5-g supernate with 500 µL of the 0.01g/mL 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene internal standard solution (
11.1.5The sample is ready for GC/MS analysis.
11.2Gas Chromatography.
Table 1 of this appendix summarizes the recommended operating conditions for the GC/MS. Retention times for the n-alkanes obtained under these conditions are given in Table 2 of this appendix. Other columns, chromatographic conditions, or detectors may be used if initial precision and accuracy requirements (Section 9.2 of this appendix) are met. The system shall be calibrated according to the procedures outlined in Section 10 of this appendix, and verified every 12 hours according to Section 11.6 of this appendix.
11.2.1Samples shall be prepared (extracted) in a batch of no more than 20 samples. The batch shall consist of 20 authentic samples, 1 blank (Section 9.3 of this appendix), 1 matrix spike sample (9.4), and 1 duplicate field sample (9.5), and a prepared sample of the corresponding clean NAF used in the drilling process.
11.2.2An analytical sequence shall be analyzed on the GC/MS where the 3 SPTM standards (Section 7.2.4 of this appendix) containing internal standard are analyzed first, followed by analysis of the four GC/MS crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standards (Section 7.2.5 of this appendix), analysis of the blank, matrix spike sample, the duplicate sample, the clean NAF sample, followed by the authentic samples.
11.2.3Samples requiring dilution due to excessive signal shall be diluted using methylene chloride.
11.2.4Inject 1.0 µL of the test sample or standard into the GC, using the conditions in Table 1 of this appendix.
11.2.5Begin data collection and the temperature program at the time of injection.
11.2.6Obtain a TIC and EIP fingerprint scans of the sample (Table 3 of this appendix).
11.2.7If the area of the C
11.2.8Determine the C
11.2.9Observe the presence of peaks in the EIPs that would confirm the presence of any target aromatic compounds. Using the EIP areas and EIP linear regression calibrations compare the abundance of the aromatic peaks, and if appropriate, determine approximate crude oil contamination in the sample for each of the target ions.
11.3Qualitative Identification—See Section 17 of this appendix for schematic flowchart.
11.3.1Qualitative identification shall be accomplished by comparison of the TIC and EIP area data from an authentic sample to the TIC and EIP area data from the calibration standards (Section 12.4 of this appendix). Crude oil shall be identified by the presence of C
11.3.2Using the calibration data, establish the identity of the C
11.3.3Crude oil is not present in a detectable amount in the sample if there are no target aromatics seen on the extracted ion scans. The experience of the analyst shall weigh heavily in the determination of the presence of peaks at a signal-to-noise ratio of 3 or greater.
11.3.4If the chromatogram shows n-alkanes from C
11.4Quantitative Identification—
11.4.1Determine the area of the peaks from C
11.4.2Using the EIPs outlined in Section 10.4.2 of this appendix, determine the presence of any target aromatics. Using the integration techniques outlined in Section 10.4.2 of this appendix, obtain the EIP areas for m/z 91 and 105. Use the crude oil/drilling fluid calibration EIP linear regression curves to determine approximate crude oil contamination.
11.5Complex Samples—
11.5.1The most common interferences in the determination of crude oil can be from mineral oil, diesel oil, and proprietary additives in drilling fluids.
11.5.2Mineral oil can typically be identified by its lower target aromatic content, and narrow range of strong peaks.
11.5.3Diesel oil can typically be identified by low amounts of n-alkanes from C
11.5.4Crude oils can usually be distinguished by the presence of high aromatics, increased intensities of C
11.5.4.1Oil condensates from gas wells are low in molecular weight and will normally produce strong chromatographic peaks in the C
11.5.4.2Asphaltene crude oils with API gravity 20 may not produce chromatographic peaks strong enough to show contamination at levels of the calibration. Extracted ion peaks should be easier to see than increased intensities for the C
11.6System and Laboratory Performance—
11.6.1At the beginning of each 8-hour shift during which analyses are performed, GC crude oil/drilling fluid calibration and system performance test mixes shall be verified. For these tests, analysis of the medium-level calibration standard (1-% Reference Oil in IO Lab drilling fluid, and 1.25 mg/mL SPTM with internal standard) shall be used to verify all performance criteria. Adjustments and/or re-calibration (per Section 10 of this appendix) shall be performed until all performance criteria are met. Only after all performance criteria are met may samples and blanks be analyzed.
11.6.2Inject 1.0 µL of the medium-level GC/MS crude oil/drilling fluid calibration standard into the GC instrument according to the procedures in Section 11.2 of this appendix. Verify that the linear regression curves for both TIC area and EIP areas are still valid using this continuing calibration standard.
11.6.3After this analysis is complete, inject 1.0 µL of the 1.25 mg/mL SPTM (containing internal standard) into the GC instrument and verify the proper retention times are met (
11.6.4Retention times—Retention time of the internal standard. The absolute retention time of the TCB internal standard shall be within the range 21.0 ±0.5 minutes. Relative retention times of the n-alkanes: The retention times of the n-alkanes relative to the TCB internal standard shall be similar to those given in Table 2 of this appendix.
The concentration of oil in NAFs drilling fluids shall be computed relative to peak areas between C
12.1Total Area Integration Method
12.1.1Using C
The actual TIC area of the C
12.1.2Using the corresponding information for the authentic sample, compute the oil equivalent concentration of the C
12.1.3Calculate the concentration (% oil) of oil in the sample by subtracting the oil equivalent concentration (% oil) found in the clean NAF from the oil equivalent concentration (% oil) found in the authentic sample.
12.2EIP Area Integration Method
12.2.1Using either m/z 91 or 105 EIP areas, the TCB area in the clean NAF sample, and the appropriate EIP linear regression curve, compute the oil equivalent concentration of the in the clean NAF.
12.2.2Using the corresponding information for the authentic sample, compute its oil equivalent concentration.
12.2.3Calculate the concentration (% oil) of oil in the sample by subtracting the oil equivalent concentration (% oil) found in the clean NAF from the oil equivalent concentration (% oil) found in the authentic sample.
13.1Specification in this method are adopted from EPA Method 1663, Differentiation of Diesel and Crude Oil by GC/FID (Reference 16.5).
13.2Single laboratory method performance using an Internal Olefin (IO) drilling fluid fortified at 0.5% oil using a 35 API gravity oil was:
14.1The solvent used in this method poses little threat to the environment when recycled and managed properly.
15.1It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restriction, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from fume hoods and bench operations. Compliance with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.
15.2All authentic samples (drilling fluids) failing the RPE (fluorescence) test (indicated by the presence of fluorescence) shall be retained and classified as contaminated samples. Treatment and ultimate fate of these samples is not outlined in this SOP.
15.3For further information on waste management, consult “The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel”, and “Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction”, both available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.
16.1Carcinogens—“Working With Carcinogens.” Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control (available through National Technical Information Systems, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161, document no. PB-277256): August 1977.
16.2“OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry [29 CFR 1910], Revised.” Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA 2206. Washington, DC: January 1976.
16.3“Handbook of Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories.” USEPA, EMSSL-CI, EPA-600/4-79-019. Cincinnati, OH: March 1979.
16.4“Method 1663, Differentiation of Diesel and Crude Oil by GC/FID, Methods for the Determination of Diesel, Mineral, and Crude Oils in Offshore Oil and Gas Industry Discharges, EPA 821-R-92-008, Office of Water Engineering and Analysis Division, Washington, DC: December 1992.
1.1This method is used for determination of crude or formation oil, or other petroleum oil contamination, in non-aqueous drilling fluids (NAFs).
1.2This method is intended as a positive/negative test to determine a presence of crude oil in NAF prior to discharging drill cuttings from offshore production platforms.
1.3This method is for use in the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) survey and monitoring programs under the Clean Water Act, including monitoring of compliance with the Gulf of Mexico NPDES General Permit for monitoring of oil contamination in drilling fluids.
1.4This method has been designed to show positive contamination for 5% of representative crude oils at a concentration of 0.1% in drilling fluid (vol/vol), 50% of representative crude oils at a concentration of 0.5%, and 95% of representative crude oils at a concentration of 1%.
1.5Any modification of this method, beyond those expressly permitted, shall be considered a major modification subject to application and approval of alternate test procedures under 40 CFR parts 136.4 and 136.5.
1.6Each laboratory that uses this method must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results using the procedure in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
2.1An aliquot of drilling fluid is extracted using isopropyl alcohol.
2.2The mixture is allowed to settle and then filtered to separate out residual solids.
2.3An aliquot of the filtered extract is charged onto a reverse phase extraction (RPE) cartridge.
2.4The cartridge is eluted with isopropyl alcohol.
2.5Crude oil contaminates are retained on the cartridge and their presence (or absence) is detected based on observed fluorescence using a black light.
3.1A NAF is one in which the continuous phase is a water immiscible fluid such as an oleaginous material (e.g., mineral oil, enhance mineral oil, paraffinic oil, or synthetic material such as olefins and vegetable esters).
4.1Solvents, reagents, glassware, and other sample-processing hardware may yield artifacts that affect results. Specific selection of reagents and purification of solvents may be required.
4.2All materials used in the analysis shall be demonstrated to be free from interferences under the conditions of analysis by running laboratory reagent blanks as described in Section 9.5 of this appendix.
5.1The toxicity or carcinogenicity of each reagent used in this method has not
5.2Isopropyl alcohol is flammable and should be used in a well-ventilated area.
5.3Unknown samples may contain high concentration of volatile toxic compounds. Sample containers should be opened in a hood and handled with gloves to prevent exposure. In addition, all sample preparation should be conducted in a well-ventilated area to limit the potential exposure to harmful contaminants. Drilling fluid samples should be handled with the same precautions used in the drilling fluid handling areas of the drilling rig.
5.4This method does not address all safety issues associated with its use. The laboratory is responsible for maintaining a safe work environment and a current awareness file of OSHA regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals specified in this method. A reference file of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) shall be available to all personnel involved in these analyses. Additional information on laboratory safety can be found in References 16.1-16.2.
Brand names, suppliers, and part numbers are for illustrative purposes only. No endorsement is implied. Equivalent performance may be achieved using apparatus and materials other than those specified here, but demonstration of equivalent performance that meets the requirements of this method is the responsibility of the laboratory.
6.1Sampling equipment.
6.1.1Sample collection bottles/jars—New, pre-cleaned bottles/jars, lot-certified to be free of artifacts. Glass preferable, plastic acceptable, wide mouth approximately 1-L, with Teflon-lined screw cap.
6.2Equipment for glassware cleaning.
6.2.1Laboratory sink.
6.2.2Oven—Capable of maintaining a temperature within ±5 °C in the range of 100-250 °C.
6.3Equipment for sample extraction.
6.3.1Vials—Glass, 25 mL and 4 mL, with Teflon-lined screw caps, baked at 200-250 °C for 1-h minimum prior to use.
6.3.2Gas-tight syringes—Glass, various sizes, 0.5 mL to 2.5 mL (if spiking of drilling fluids with oils is to occur).
6.3.3Auto pipetters—various sizes, 0.1 mL, 0.5 mL, 1 to 5 mL delivery, and 10 mL delivery, with appropriate size disposable pipette tips, calibrated to within ±0.5%.
6.3.4Glass stirring rod.
6.3.5Vortex mixer.
6.3.6Disposable syringes—Plastic, 5 mL.
6.3.7Teflon syringe filter, 25-mm, 0.45 µm pore size—Acrodisc
6.3.8Reverse Phase Extraction C
6.3.9SPE vacuum manifold—Supelco Brand, 12 unit (or equivalent). Used as support for cartridge/syringe assembly only. Vacuum apparatus not required.
6.4Equipment for fluorescence detection.
6.4.1Black light—UV Lamp, Model UVG 11, Mineral Light Lamp, Shortwave 254 nm, or Longwave 365 nm, 15 volts, 60 Hz, 0.16 amps (or equivalent).
6.4.2Black box—cartridge viewing area. A commercially available ultraviolet viewing cabinet with viewing lamp, or alternatively, a cardboard box or equivalent, approximately 14″×7.5″×7.5″ in size and painted flat black inside. Lamp positioned in fitted and sealed slot in center on top of box. Sample cartridges sit in a tray, ca. 6″ from lamp. Cardboard flaps cut on top panel and side of front panel for sample viewing and sample cartridge introduction, respectively.
6.4.3Viewing platform for cartridges. Simple support (hand made vial tray—black in color) for cartridges so that they do not move during the fluorescence testing.
7.1Isopropyl alcohol—99% purity.
7.2NAF—Appropriate NAF as sent from the supplier (has not been circulated downhole). Use the clean NAF corresponding to the NAF being used in the current drilling operation.
7.3Standard crude oil—NIST SRM 1582 petroleum crude oil.
8.1 Collect approximately one liter of representative sample (NAF, which has been circulated downhole) in a glass bottle or jar. Cover with a Teflon lined cap. To allow for a potential need to re-analyze and/or re-process the sample, it is recommended that a second sample aliquot be collected.
8.2Label the sample appropriately.
8.3All samples must be refrigerated at 0-4 °C from the time of collection until extraction (40 CFR part 136, Table II).
8.4All samples must be analyzed within 28 days of the date and time of collection (40 CFR part 136, Table II).
9.1Each laboratory that uses this method is required to operate a formal quality assurance program (Reference 16.3). The minimum requirements of this program consist of an initial demonstration of laboratory capability, and ongoing analyses of blanks and
9.1.1The analyst shall make an initial demonstration of the ability to generate acceptable accuracy and precision with this method. This ability is established as described in Section 9.2 of this appendix.
9.1.2Preparation and analysis of a set of spiked duplicate samples to document accuracy and precision. The procedure for the preparation and analysis of these samples is described in Section 9.4 of this appendix.
9.1.3Analyses of laboratory reagent blanks are required to demonstrate freedom from contamination. The procedure and criteria for preparation and analysis of a reagent blank are described in Section 9.5 of this appendix.
9.1.4The laboratory shall maintain records to define the quality of the data that is generated.
9.1.5Accompanying QC for the determination of oil in NAF is required per analytical batch. An analytical batch is a set of samples extracted at the same time, to a maximum of 10 samples. Each analytical batch of 10 or fewer samples must be accompanied by a laboratory reagent blank (Section 9.5 of this appendix), corresponding NAF reference blanks (Section 9.6 of this appendix), a set of spiked duplicate samples blank (Section 9.4 of this appendix), and duplicate analysis of each field sample. If greater than 10 samples are to be extracted at one time, the samples must be separated into analytical batches of 10 or fewer samples.
9.2Initial demonstration of laboratory capability. To demonstrate the capability to perform the test, the analyst shall analyze two representative unused drilling fluids (e.g., internal olefin-based drilling fluid, vegetable ester-based drilling fluid), each prepared separately containing 0.1%, 1%, and 2% or a representative oil. Each drilling fluid/concentration combination shall be analyzed 10 times, and successful demonstration will yield the following average results for the data set:
9.3Sample duplicates.
9.3.1The laboratory shall prepare and analyze (Section 11.2 and 11.4 of this appendix) each authentic sample in duplicate, from a given sampling site or, if for compliance monitoring, from a given discharge.
9.3.2The duplicate samples must be compared versus the prepared corresponding NAF blank.
9.3.3Prepare and analyze the duplicate samples according to procedures outlined in Section 11 of this appendix.
9.3.4The results of the duplicate analyses are acceptable if each of the results give the same response (fluorescence or no fluorescence). If the results are different, sample non-homogenicity issues may be a concern. Prepare the samples again, ensuring a well-mixed sample prior to extraction. Analyze the samples once again.
9.3.5If different results are obtained for the duplicate a second time, the analytical system is judged to be out of control and the problem shall be identified and corrected, and the samples re-analyzed.
9.4Spiked duplicates—Laboratory prepared spiked duplicates are analyzed to demonstrate acceptable accuracy and precision.
9.4.1Preparation and analysis of a set of spiked duplicate samples with each set of no more than 10 field samples is required to demonstrate method accuracy and precision and to monitor matrix interferences (interferences caused by the sample matrix). A field NAF sample expected to contain less than 0.5% crude oil (and documented to not fluoresce as part of the sample batch analysis) shall be spiked with 1% (by volume) of suitable reference crude oil and analyzed as field samples, as described in Section 11 of this appendix. If no low-level drilling fluid is available, then the unused NAF can be used as the drilling fluid sample.
9.5Laboratory reagent blanks—Laboratory reagent blanks are analyzed to demonstrate freedom from contamination.
9.5.1A reagent blank is prepared by passing 4 mL of the isopropyl alcohol through a Teflon syringe filter and collecting the filtrate in a 4-mL glass vial. A Sep Pak
9.5.2If fluorescence is detected in the reagent blank cartridge, analysis of the samples is halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a prepared reagent blank shows no fluorescence under a black light. All samples shall be associated with an uncontaminated method blank before the results may be reported for regulatory compliance purposes.
9.6NAF reference blanks—NAF reference blanks are prepared from the NAFs sent from the supplier (NAF that has not been circulated downhole) and used as the reference when viewing the fluorescence of the test samples.
9.6.1A NAF reference blank is prepared identically to the authentic samples. Place a 0.1 mL aliquot of the “clean” NAF into a 25-mL glass vial. Add 10 mL of isopropyl alcohol to the vial. Cap the vial. Vortex the vial for approximately 10 sec. Allow the solids to settle for approximately 15 minutes. Using a 5-mL syringe, draw up 4 mL of the extract and filter it through a PTFE syringe filter, collecting the filtrate in a 4-mL glass vial. Precondition a Sep Pak
9.6.2Positive control solution, equivalent to 1% crude oil contaminated mud extract, is prepared by dissolving 87 mg of standard crude oil into 10.00 mL of methylene chloride. Then mix 40 µL of this solution into 10.00 mL of IPA. Transfer 0.5 mL of this solution into a preconditioned C18 cartridge, followed by 2 ml of IPA.
10.1Calibration and standardization methods are not employed for this procedure.
This method is a screening-level test. Precise and accurate results can be obtained only by strict adherence to all details.
11.1Preparation of the analytical batch.
11.1.1Bring the analytical batch of samples to room temperature.
11.1.2Using a large glass stirring rod, mix the authentic sample thoroughly.
11.1.3Using a large glass stirring rod, mix the clean NAF (sent from the supplier) thoroughly.
11.2Extraction.
11.2.1Using an automatic positive displacement pipetter and a disposable pipette tip transfer 0.1-mL of the authentic sample into a 25-mL vial.
11.2.2Using an automatic pipetter and a disposable pipette tip dispense a 10-mL aliquot of solvent grade isopropyl alcohol (IPA) into the 25 mL vial.
11.2.3Cap the vial and vortex the vial for ca. 10-15 seconds.
11.2.4Let the sample extract stand for approximately 5 minutes, allowing the solids to separate.
11.2.5Using a 5-mL disposable plastic syringe remove 4 mL of the extract from the 25-mL vial.
11.2.6Filter 4 mL of extract through a Teflon syringe filter (25-mm diameter, 0.45 µm pore size), collecting the filtrate in a labeled 4-mL vial.
11.2.7Dispose of the PFTE syringe filter.
11.2.8Using a black permanent marker, label a Sep Pak
11.2.9Place the labeled Sep Pak
11.2.10Using a 5-mL disposable plastic syringe, draw up exactly 3-mL (air free) of isopropyl alcohol.
11.2.11Attach the syringe tip to the top of the C
11.2.12Condition the C
Depress the plunger just to the point when no liquid remains in the syringe barrel. Do not force air through the cartridge. Collect the eluate in a waste vial.
11.2.13Remove the syringe temporarily from the top of the cartridge, then remove the plunger, and finally reattach the syringe barrel to the top of the C
11.2.14Using automatic pipetters and disposable pipette tips, transfer 0.5 mL of the filtered extract into the syringe barrel, followed by a 3.0-mL transfer of isopropyl alcohol to the syringe barrel.
11.2.15Insert the plunger and slowly depress it to pass only the extract and solvent through the preconditioned C
Depress the plunger just to the point when no liquid remains in the syringe barrel. Do not force air through the cartridge. Collect the eluate in a waste vial.
11.2.16Remove the syringe temporarily from the top of the cartridge, then remove the plunger, and finally reattach the syringe barrel to the top of the C
11.2.17Using an automatic pipetter and disposable pipette tip, transfer 2.0 mL of isopropyl alcohol to the syringe barrel.
11.2.18Insert the plunger and slowly depress it to pass the solvent through the C
Depress the plunger just to the point when no liquid remains in the syringe barrel. Do not force air through the cartridge. Collect the eluate in a waste vial.
11.2.19Remove the syringe and labeled C
11.2.20Prepare a reagent blank according to the procedures outlined in Section 9.5 of this appendix.
11.2.21Prepare the necessary NAF reference blanks for each type of NAF encountered in the field samples according to the procedures outlined in Section 9.6 of this appendix.
11.2.22Prepare the positive control (1% crude oil equivalent) according to Section 9.6.2 of this appendix.
11.3Reagent blank fluorescence testing.
11.3.1Place the reagent blank cartridge in a black box, under a black light.
11.3.2Determine the presence or absence of fluorescence for the reagent blank cartridge. If fluorescence is detected in the blank, analysis of the samples is halted until the source of contamination is eliminated and a prepared reagent blank shows no fluorescence under a black light. All samples must be associated with an uncontaminated method blank before the results may be reported for regulatory compliance purposes.
11.4Sample fluorescence testing.
11.4.1Place the respective NAF reference blank (Section 9.6 of this appendix) onto the tray inside the black box.
11.4.2Place the authentic field sample cartridge (derived from the same NAF as the NAF reference blank) onto the tray, adjacent and to the right of the NAF reference blank.
11.4.3Turn on the black light.
11.4.4Compare the fluorescence of the sample cartridge with that of the negative control cartridge (NAF blank, Section 9.6.1 of this appendix) and positive control cartridge (1% crude oil equivalent, Section 9.6.2 of this appendix).
11.4.5If the fluorescence of the sample cartridge is equal to or brighter than the positive control cartridge (1% crude oil equivalent, Section 9.6.2 of this appendix), the sample is considered contaminated. Otherwise, the sample is clean.
Specific data analysis techniques and calculations are not performed in this SOP.
This method was validated through a single laboratory study, conducted with rigorous statistical experimental design and interpretation (Reference 16.4).
14.1The solvent used in this method poses little threat to the environment when recycled and managed properly.
15.1It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all Federal, State, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restriction, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from bench operations. Compliance with all sewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.
15.2All authentic samples (drilling fluids) failing the fluorescence test (indicated by the presence of fluorescence) shall be retained and classified as contaminated samples. Treatment and ultimate fate of these samples is not outlined in this SOP.
15.3For further information on waste management, consult “The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel,” and “Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction,” both available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street, NW, Washington, DC 20036.
16.1“Carcinogen—Working with Carcinogens,” Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Publication No. 77-206, August 1977.
16.2“OSHA Safety and Health Standards, General Industry,” (29 CFR 1910), Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA 2206 (Revised, January 1976).
16.3“Handbook of Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories,” USEPA, EMSL-Ci, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA-600/4-79-019, March 1979.
16.4Report of the Laboratory Evaluation of Static Sheen Test Replacements—Reverse Phase Extraction (RPE) Method for Detecting Oil Contamination in Synthetic Based Mud (SBM). October 1998. Available from API, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005-4070, 202-682-8000.
a. This procedure is specifically intended to measure the amount of non-aqueous drilling fluid (NAF) base fluid from cuttings generated during a drilling operation. This procedure is a retort test which measures all oily material (NAF base fluid) and water released from a cuttings sample when heated in a calibrated and properly operating “Retort” instrument.
b. In this retort test a known mass of cuttings is heated in the retort chamber to vaporize the liquids associated with the sample. The NAF base fluid and water vapors are then condensed, collected, and measured in a precision graduated receiver.
Obtaining a representative sample requires special attention to the details of
a. Retort instrument—The recommended retort instrument has a 50-cm
Retort Specifications:
1. Retort assembly—retort body, cup and lid.
(a) Material: 303 stainless steel or equivalent.
(b) Volume: Retort cup with lid.
Cup Volume: 50-cm
Precision: ±0.25-cm
2. Condenser—capable of cooling the oil and water vapors below their liquification temperature.
3. Heating jacket—nominal 350 watts.
4. Temperature control—capable of limiting temperature of retort to at least 930 °F (500 °C) and enough to boil off all NAFs.
b. Liquid receiver (10-cm
1. Receiver specifications:
Total volume: 10-cm
Precision (0 to 100%): ±0.05 cm
Outside diameter: 10-mm, 13-mm.
Wall thickness: 1.5 ±0.1mm, 1.2 ±0.1mm.
Frequency of graduation marks (0 to 100%): 0.10-cm
Calibration: To contain “TC” @ 20 °C.
Scale: cm
2. Material—Pyrex
c. Toploading balance—capable of weighing 2000 g and precision of at least 0.1 g. Unless motion is a problem, the analyst shall use an electronic balance. Where motion is a problem, the analyst may use a triple beam balance.
d. Fine steel wool (No. 000)—for packing retort body.
e. Thread sealant lubricant: high temperature lubricant, e.g. Never-Seez
f. Pipe cleaners—to clean condenser and retort stem.
g. Brush—to clean receivers.
h. Retort spatula—to clean retort cup.
i. Corkscrew—to remove spent steel wool.
a. Clean and dry the retort assembly and condenser.
b. Pack the retort body with steel wool.
c. Apply lubricant/sealant to threads of retort cup and retort stem.
d. Weigh and record the total mass of the retort cup, lid, and retort body with steel wool. This is mass (A), grams.
e. Collect a representative cuttings sample (
f. Partially fill the retort cup with cuttings and place the lid on the cup.
g. Screw the retort cup (with lid) onto the retort body, weigh and record the total mass. This is mass (B), grams.
h. Attach the condenser. Place the retort assembly into the heating jacket.
i. Weigh and record the mass of the clean and dry liquid receiver. This is mass (C), grams. Place the receiver below condenser outlet.
j. Turn on the retort. Allow it to run a minimum of 1 hour.
If solids boil over into receiver, the test shall be rerun. Pack the retort body with a greater amount of steel wool and repeat the test.
k. Remove the liquid receiver. Allow it to cool. Record the volume of water recovered. This is (V), cm
If an emulsion interface is present between the oil and water phases, heating the interface may break the emulsion. As a suggestion, remove the retort assembly from the heating jacket by grasping the condenser. Carefully heat the receiver along the emulsion band by gently touching the receiver for short intervals with the hot retort assembly. Avoid boiling the liquids. After the emulsion interface is broken, allow the liquid receiver to cool. Read the water volume at the lowest point of the meniscus.
l. Weigh and record the mass of the receiver and its liquid contents (oil plus water). This is mass (D), grams.
m. Turn off the retort. Remove the retort assembly and condenser from the heating jacket and allow them to cool. Remove the condenser.
n. Weigh and record the mass of the cooled retort assembly without the condenser. This is mass (E), grams.
o. Clean the retort assembly and condenser.
a. Calculate the mass of oil (NAF base fluid) from the cuttings as follows:
1. Mass of the wet cuttings sample (M
2. Mass of the dry retorted cuttings (M
3. Mass of the NAF base fluid (M
Assuming the density of water is 1 g/cm
b. Mass balance requirement:
The sum of M
The procedure shall be repeated if this requirement is not met.
c. Reporting oil from cuttings:
1. Assume that all oil recovered is NAF base fluid.
2. The mass percent NAF base fluid retained on the cuttings (%BF
Operators discharging small volume NAF-cuttings discharges which do not occur during a NAF-cuttings discharge sampling interval (
3. The mass percent NAF base fluid retained on the cuttings is determined for all cuttings wastestreams and includes fines discharges and any accumulated solids discharged [
4. A mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X, unitless) is calculated for all NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharges every time a set of retorts is performed (
If an operator has more than one point of NAF-cuttings discharge, the mass faction (X
Operators with one NAF-cuttings discharge may set the mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X
5. Each NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharge has an associated mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BF) and mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X) each time a set of retorts is performed. A single total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BF
ΣX
Operators with one NAF-cuttings discharge may set %BF
6. Operators performing dual gradient drilling operations may require seafloor discharges of large cuttings (>
Additionally, operators performing dual gradient drilling operations which lead to seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall also perform the following tasks:
(a) Use side scan sonar or shallow seismic to determine the presence of high density chemosynthetic communities. Chemosynthetic communities are assemblages of tube worms, clams, mussels, and bacterial mats that occur at natural hydrocarbon seeps or vents, generally in water depths of 500 meters or deeper. Seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall not be permitted within 1000 feet of a high density chemosynthetic community.
(b) Seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall be visually monitored and documented by a Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV) within the tether limit (approximately 300 feet). The visual monitoring shall be conducted prior to each time the discharge point is relocated (cuttings discharge hose) and conducted along the same direction as the discharge hose position. Near-seabed currents shall be obtained at the time of the visual monitoring.
(c) Seafloor discharges of large cuttings for the proper operation of subsea pumps shall be directed within a 150 foot radius of the wellbore.
7. The weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (%BF
Small volume NAF-cuttings discharges which do not occur during a NAF-cuttings discharge sampling interval (
The mass of small volume NAF-cuttings discharges (F
The density of the small volume NAF-cuttings discharges shall be measured. The volume of small volume discharges (V
The total mass of NAF-cuttings discharges for the well (G
The total hole volume of NAF well sections (V
For wells where small volume discharges associated with cuttings are made, %BF
See Addendum A and B to determine the sampling frequency to determine the total number of retort sets required for all NAF well sections.
8. The total number of retort sets (n) is increased by 1 for each sampling interval (
9. Operators that elect to use the Best Management Practices (BMPs) for NAF-cuttings shall use the procedures outlined in Addendum B.
1.1Each NAF-cuttings waste stream that discharges into the ocean shall be sampled and analyzed as detailed in appendix 7. NAF-
1.2The collected samples shall be representative of each NAF-cuttings discharge. Operators shall conduct sampling to avoid the serious consequences of error (
1.3Operators shall provide a simple schematic diagram of the solids control system and sample locations to the NPDES permit controlling authority.
2.1Each NAF-cuttings, fines, or accumulated solids discharge has an associated mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BF) and mass NAF-cuttings discharge fraction (X) for each sampling interval (
2.2Operators shall use measured depth in feet from the Kelly bushing when samples are collected.
2.3The NAF-cuttings samples collected for the mass fraction analysis (
2.4Operators shall collect and analyze at least one set of NAF-cuttings samples per day while discharging. Operators engaged in fast drilling (
2.5The operator shall measure the individual masses (F
2.6Operators using Best Management Practices (BMPs) to control NAF-cuttings discharges shall follow the procedures in Addendum B to appendix 7 of subpart A of 40 CFR 435.
3.1The volume of each sample depends on the volumetric flow rate (cm
3.2Operators shall not decant, heat, wash, or towel the NAF-cuttings to remove NAF base fluid before mass and retort analysis.
3.3Operators shall first calculate the mass of each NAF-cuttings sample and perform the mass ratio analysis (
3.4Operators shall homogenize (e.g., stirring, shaking) each NAF-cuttings sample prior to placing a sub-sample into the retort cup. The bottom of the NAF-cuttings sample container shall be examined to be sure that solids are not sticking to it.
3.5Operators shall then calculate the NAF base fluid retained on cuttings using the retort procedure (
3.6Operators shall not discharge any sample before successfully completing the mass and retort analyses [
4.1Operators shall calculate a set of mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings values (%BF) and mass NAF-cuttings discharge fractions (X) for each NAF-cuttings waste stream (
4.2Operators shall tabulate the following data for each individual NAF-cuttings sample: (1) Date and time of NAF-cuttings sample collection; (2) time period of NAF-cuttings sample collection (
4.3Operators shall calculate a single total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BF
4.4Operators shall tabulate the following data for each total mass percent NAF base fluid retained on cuttings value (%BF
4.5Operators shall calculate the weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (%BF
4.6Operators shall tabulate the following data for each weighted mass ratio averaged over all NAF well sections (%BF
1.1Best Management Practices (BMPs) are inherently pollution prevention practices. BMPs may include the universe of pollution prevention encompassing production modifications, operational changes, material substitution, materials and water conservation, and other such measures. BMPs include methods to prevent toxic and hazardous pollutants from reaching receiving waters. Because BMPs are most effective when organized into a comprehensive facility BMP Plan, operators shall develop a BMP in accordance with the requirements in this addendum.
1.2The BMP requirements contained in this appendix were compiled from several Regional permits, an EPA guidance document (
1.3Operators are not required to use BMPs if all NAF-cuttings discharges are monitored in accordance with appendix 7 of subpart A of this part.
2.1Operators shall design the BMP Plan to prevent or minimize the generation and the potential for the discharge of NAF from the facility to the waters of the United States through normal operations and ancillary activities. The operator shall establish specific objectives for the control of NAF by conducting the following evaluations.
2.2The operator shall identify and document each NAF well that uses BMPs before starting drilling operations and the anticipated total feet to be drilled with NAF for that particular well.
2.3Each facility component or system controlled through use of BMPs shall be examined for its NAF-waste minimization opportunities and its potential for causing a discharge of NAF to waters of the United States due to equipment failure, improper
2.4For each NAF wastestream controlled through BMPs where experience indicates a reasonable potential for equipment failure (e.g., a tank overflow or leakage), natural condition (e.g., precipitation), or other circumstances to result in NAF reaching surface waters, the BMP Plan shall include a prediction of the total quantity of NAF which could be discharged from the facility as a result of each condition or circumstance.
3.1The BMP Plan may reflect requirements within the pollution prevention requirements required by the Minerals Management Service (
3.2The operator shall certify that its BMP Plan is complete, on-site, and available upon request to EPA or the NPDES Permit controlling authority. This certification shall identify the NPDES permit number and be signed by an authorized representative of the operator. This certification shall be kept with the BMP Plan. For new or modified NPDES permits, the certification shall be made no later than the effective date of the new or modified permit. For existing NPDES permits, the certification shall be made within one year of permit issuance.
3.3The BMP Plan shall:
3.3.1Be documented in narrative form, and shall include any necessary plot plans, drawings or maps, and shall be developed in accordance with good engineering practices. At a minimum, the BMP Plan shall contain the planning, development and implementation, and evaluation/reevaluation components. Examples of these components are contained in “Guidance Document for Developing Best Management Practices (BMP)” (EPA 833-B-93-004, U.S. EPA, 1993).
3.3.2Include the following provisions concerning BMP Plan review.
3.3.2.1Be reviewed by permittee's drilling engineer and offshore installation manager (OIM) to ensure compliance with the BMP Plan purpose and objectives set forth in Section 2.0.
3.3.2.2Include a statement that the review has been completed and that the BMP Plan fulfills the BMP Plan purpose and objectives set forth in Section 2.0. This statement shall have dated signatures from the permittee's drilling engineer and offshore installation manager and any other individuals responsible for development and implementation of the BMP Plan.
3.4Address each component or system capable of generating or causing a release of significant amounts of NAF and identify specific preventative or remedial measures to be implemented.
4.1The operator shall maintain a copy of the BMP Plan and related documentation (e.g., training certifications, summary of the monitoring results, records of NAF-equipment spills, repairs, and maintenance) at the facility and shall make the BMP Plan and related documentation available to EPA or the NPDES Permit controlling authority upon request.
5.1For those NAF wastestreams controlled through BMPs, the operator shall amend the BMP Plan whenever there is a change in the facility or in the operation of the facility which materially increases the generation of those NAF-wastes or their release or potential release to the receiving waters.
5.2At a minimum the BMP Plan shall be reviewed once every five years and amended within three months if warranted. Any such changes to the BMP Plan shall be consistent with the objectives and specific requirements listed in this addendum. All changes in the BMP Plan shall be reviewed by the permittee's drilling engineer and offshore installation manager.
5.3At any time, if the BMP Plan proves to be ineffective in achieving the general objective of preventing and minimizing the generation of NAF-wastes and their release and potential release to the receiving waters and/or the specific requirements in this addendum, the permit and/or the BMP Plan shall be subject to modification to incorporate revised BMP requirements.
6.1The following specific pollution prevention activities are required in a BMP Plan when operators elect to control NAF discharges associated with cuttings by a set of BMPs.
6.2Establishing programs for identifying, documenting, and repairing malfunctioning NAF equipment, tracking NAF equipment repairs, and training personnel to report and evaluate malfunctioning NAF equipment.
6.3Establishing operating and maintenance procedures for each component in the solids control system in a manner consistent with the manufacturer's design criteria.
6.4Using the most applicable spacers, flushes, pills, and displacement techniques in order to minimize contamination of drilling fluids when changing from water-based drilling fluids to NAF and vice versa.
6.5A daily retort analysis shall be performed (in accordance with appendix 7 to
6.5.1When the arithmetic average (%BF
6.5.2When the arithmetic average (%BF
6.5.2.1When the arithmetic average (%BF
6.5.2.2When the arithmetic average (%BF
6.5.3When the arithmetic average (%BF
6.5.4The operator shall include retort monitoring data and dates of retort-monitored and non-retort-monitored NAF-cuttings discharges managed by BMPs in their NPDES permit reports.
6.6Establishing mud pit and equipment cleaning methods in such a way as to minimize the potential for building-up drill cuttings (including accumulated solids) in the active mud system and solids control equipment system. These cleaning methods shall include but are not limited to the following procedures.
6.6.1Ensuring proper operation and efficiency of mud pit agitation equipment.
6.6.2Using mud gun lines during mixing operations to provide agitation in dead spaces.
6.6.3Pumping drilling fluids off of drill cuttings (including accumulated solids) for use, recycle, or disposal before using wash water to dislodge solids.
The reference C
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those facilities engaged in the production, field exploration, drilling, well completion and well treatment in the oil and gas extraction industry which are located landward of the inner boundary of the territorial seas as defined in 40 CFR 125.1(gg) and which are not included within subpart D, E, or F,
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of waste water pollutants into navigable waters from any source associated with production, field exploration, drilling, well completion, or well treatment (
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those facilities engaged in field exploration, drilling, well production, and well treatment in the oil and gas industry in areas defined as “coastal.” The term “coastal” shall mean:
(a) Any location in or on a water of the United States landward of the inner boundary of the territorial seas; or
(b)(1) Any location landward from the inner boundary of the territorial seas
(2) East to 97°19′ West Longitude and Southward to the U.S.-Mexican border.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(1)
(2)
(n)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)(1)
(i)
(ii)
(2) “New Source” does not include facilities covered by an existing NPDES permit immediately prior to the effective date of these guidelines pending EPA issuance of a new source NPDES permit.
(y)
(z) Parameters that are regulated in this subpart and listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3 are defined as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
(gg)
(hh)
(ii)
(jj)
(kk)
(ll)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT):
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source with discharges subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any new source with discharges subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS).
This appendix is to be used to determine whether a Cook Inlet, Alaska, operator in Coastal waters (Coastal Cook Inlet operator) qualifies for the exemption to the zero discharge requirement established by 40 CFR 435.43 and 435.45 for drill cuttings associated with the following non-aqueous drilling fluids: enhanced mineral oil based drilling fluids (EMO-cuttings) and synthetic-based drilling fluids (SBF-cuttings). Coastal Cook Inlet operators are prohibited from discharging oil-based drilling fluids. This appendix is intended to define those situations under which technical limitations preclude Coastal Cook Inlet operators from complying with the zero discharge requirement for EMO-cuttings and SBF-cuttings. Coastal Cook Inlet operators that qualify for this exemption may be authorized to discharge EMO-cuttings and SBF-cuttings subject to the limitations applicable to operators in Offshore waters (
2.1Any Coastal Cook Inlet operator must achieve the zero discharge limit for EMO-cuttings and SBF-cuttings unless it successfully demonstrates that technical limitations prevent it from being able to dispose of its EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings through on-site annular disposal, injection into a Class II underground injection control (UIC) well, or onshore land application.
2.2To successfully demonstrate that technical limitations prevent it from being able to dispose of its EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings through on-site annular disposal, a Coastal Cook Inlet operator must show that it has been unable to establish formation injection in nearby wells that were initially considered for annular or dedicated disposal of EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings or prove to the satisfaction of the Alaska Oil and Gas Conservation Commission (AOGCC) that the EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings will be confined to the formation disposal interval. This demonstration must include:
a. Documentation, including engineering analysis, that shows (1) an inability to establish formation injection (e.g., formation is too tight), (2) an inability to confine EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings in disposal formation (e.g., no confining zone or adequate barrier to confine wastes in formation), or (3) the occurrence of high risk emergency (e.g., mechanical failure of well, loss of ability to inject that risks loss of well which would cause significant economic harm or create a substantial risk to safety); and
b. A risk analysis of alternative disposal options, including environmental assessment, human health and safety, and economic impact, that shows discharge as the lowest risk option.
2.3To successfully demonstrate that technical limitations prevent it from being able to dispose of its EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings through injection into a Class II UIC well, a Coastal Cook Inlet operator must show that it has been unable to establish injection into a Class II UIC well or prove to the satisfaction of the Alaska Oil and Gas Conservation Commission (AOGCC) that the EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings will be confined to the formation disposal interval. This demonstration must include:
a. Documentation, including engineering analysis, that shows the inability to confine EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings in a Class II UIC well (e.g., no confining zone or adequate barrier to confine wastes in formation);
b. Documentation demonstrating that no Class II UIC well is accessible (e.g., operator does not own, competitor will not allow injection); and
c. A risk analysis of alternative disposal option, including environmental assessment, human health and safety, and economic impact, that shows discharge as the lowest risk option.
2.4To successfully demonstrate that technical limitations prevent it from being able to dispose of its EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings through land application, a Coastal
a. Documentation of site restrictions that preclude land application (e.g., no land disposal sites available);
b. Documentation of the platform's lack of capacity for adequate storage of EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings (e.g., limited storage or room for cuttings transfer); or
c. Documentation of inability to transfer EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings from platform to land for disposal (e.g., extremely low tides, high wave action).
3.1Except as described in Section 3.2 of this appendix, a Coastal Cook Inlet operator believing that it qualifies for the exemption to the zero discharge requirement for EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings must apply for and obtain an individual NPDES permit prior to discharging EMO-cuttings or SBF-cuttings to waters of the United States.
3.2Discharges occurring as the result a high risk emergency (e.g., mechanical failure of well, loss of ability to inject that risks loss of well which would cause significant economic harm or safety) may be authorized by a general NPDES permit provided that:
a. The Coastal Cook Inlet operator satisfactorily demonstrates to EPA Region 10 the fulfillment of the other exemption requirements described in Section 2.0 of this appendix, or
b. The general permit allows for high risk emergency discharges and provides Reporting Requirements to EPA Region 10 immediately upon commencing discharge.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those onshore facilities located in the continental United States and west of the 98th meridian for which the produced water has a use in agriculture or wildlife propagation when discharged into navigable waters. These facilities are engaged in the production, drilling, well completion, and well treatment in the oil and gas extraction industry.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “onshore” shall mean all land areas landward of the territorial seas as defined in 40 CFR 125.1(gg).
(c) The term “use in agricultural or wildlife propagation” means that the produced water is of good enough quality to be used for wildlife or livestock watering or other agricultural uses and that the produced water is actually put to such use during periods of discharge.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) There shall be no discharge of waste pollutants into navigable waters from any source (other than produced water) associated with production, field exploration, drilling, well completion, or well treatment (
(b) Produced water discharges shall not exceed the following daily maximum limitation:
Effluent characteristics: Effluent limitation (mg/l).
Oil and Grease: 35.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to those onshore facilities which produce 10 barrels per well per calendar day or less of crude oil and which are operating at the maximum feasible rate of production and in accordance with recognized conservation practices. These facilities are engaged
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “onshore” shall mean all land areas landward of the inner boundary of the territorial seas as defined in 40 CFR 125.1(gg).
(c) The term “well” shall means crude oil producing wells and shall not include gas wells or wells injecting water for disposal or for enchanced recovery of oil or gas.
(d) The term “gas well” shall mean any well which produces natural gas in a ratio to the petroleum liquids produced greater than 15,000 cubic feet of gas per 1 barrel (42 gallons) of petroleum liquids.
(a)
(b)
(1) An Oil and Gas facility, operator, or its agent or contractor may move its wastewaters from a facility located in one subcategory to another subcategory for treatment and return it to a location covered by the original subcategory for disposal. In such case, the effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards for the original subcategory apply.
(2) An Oil and Gas facility, operator, or its agent or contractor may move its wastewaters from a facility located in one subcategory to another subcategory for disposal or treatment and disposal, provided:
(i) If an Oil and Gas facility, operator or its agent or contractor moves wastewaters from a wellhead located in one subcategory to another subcategory where oil and gas facilities are governed by less stringent effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards, the more stringent effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards applicable to the subcategory where the wellhead is located shall apply.
(ii) If an Oil and Gas facility, operator or its agent moves effluent from a wellhead located in one subcategory to another subcategory where oil and gas facilities are governed by more stringent effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards, the more stringent effluent limitations guidelines, new source performance standards, or pretreatment standards applicable at the point of discharge shall apply.
Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c), 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining or quarrying and the processing of crushed and broken stone and riprap. This subpart includes all types of rock and stone. Rock and stone that is crushed or broken prior to the extraction of a mineral are elsewhere covered. The processing of calcite, however, in conjunction with the processing of crushed and broken limestone or dolomite is included in this subpart.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “mine dewatering” shall mean any water that is impounded or that collects in the mine and is pumped, drained or otherwise removed from the mine through the efforts of the mine operator. However, if a mine is also used for treatment of process generated waste water, discharges of commingled water from the facilities shall be deemed discharges of process generated waste water.
(c) The term “10-year 24-hour precipitation event” shall mean the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once in 10 years. This information is available in “Weather Bureau Technical Paper No. 40,” May 1961 and “NOAA Atlas 2,” 1973 for the 11 Western States, and may be obtained from the National Climatic Center of the Environmental Data Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
(d) The term “mine” shall mean an area of land, surface or underground, actively mined for the production of crushed and broken stone from natural deposits.
(e) The term “process generated waste water” shall mean any waste water used in the slurry transport of mined material, air emissions control, or processing exclusive of mining. The term shall also include any other water which becomes commingled with such waste water in a pit, pond, lagoon, mine, or other facility used for treatment of such waste water.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(1) Discharges of process generated waste water pollutants from facilities that recycle waste water for use in processing shall not exceed the following limitations:
(2) Mine dewatering discharges shall not exceed the following limitations:
(b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a)
(c) In the case of a discharge into receiving waters for which the pH, if unaltered by man's activities, is or would be less than 6.0 and water quality criteria in water quality standards approved under the Act authorize such lower pH, the pH limitations for such discharge may be adjusted downward to the pH water quality criterion for the receiving waters. In no case shall a pH limitation outside the range 5.0 to 9.0 be permitted.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining and the processing of sand and gravel for construction or fill uses, except that on-board processing of dredged sand and gravel which is subject to the provisions of 33 CFR part 230 of this chapter will not be governed by the provisions of this subpart.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “mine dewatering” shall mean any water that is impounded or that collects in the mine and is pumped, drained or otherwise removed from the mine through the efforts of the mine operator. This term shall also include wet pit overflows caused solely by direct rainfall and ground water seepage. However, if a mine is also used for treatment of process generated waste water, discharges of commingled water from the mine shall be deemed discharges of process generated waste water.
(c) The term “10-year 24-hour precipitation event” shall mean the maximum 24 hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once in 10 years. This information is available in “Weather Bureau Technical Paper No. 40,” May 1961 and “NOAA Atlas 2,” 1973 for the 11 Western States, and may be obtained from the National Climatic Center of the Environmental Data Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
(d) The term “mine” shall mean an area of land, surface or underground, actively mined for the production of sand and gravel from natural deposits.
(e) The term “process generated waste water” shall mean any waste water used in the slurry transport of mined material, air emissions control, or processing exclusive of mining. The term shall also include any other water which becomes commingled with such waste water in a pit, pond, lagoon, mine or other facility used for treatment of such waste water. The term does not include waste water used for the suction dredging of deposits in a body of water and returned directly to the body of waste without being used for other purposes or combined with other waste water.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(1) Discharges of process generated waste water pollutants from facilities that recycle waste water for use in processing shall not exceed the following limitations:
(2) Mine dewatering discharges shall not exceed the following limitations:
(b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.
(c) In the case of a discharge into receiving waters for which the pH, if unaltered by man's activities, is or would be less than 6.0 and water quality criteria in water quality standards approved under the Act authorize such lower pH, the pH limitation for such discharge may be adjusted downward to the pH water quality criterion for the receiving waters. In no case shall a pH limitation outside the range 5.0 to 9.0 be permitted.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining and the processing of sand and gravel for uses other than construction and fill. These uses include, but are not limited to glassmaking, molding, abrasives, filtration, refractories, and refractory bonding.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “mine dewatering” shall mean any water that is impounded or that collects in the mine and is pumped, drained, or otherwise removed from the mine through the efforts of the mine operator. This term shall also include wet pit overflows caused solely by direct rainfall and ground water seepage. However, if a mine is also used for the treatment of process generated waste water, discharges of commingled water from the mine shall be deemed discharges of process generated waste water.
(c) The term “10-year 24-hour precipitation event” shall mean the maximum 24 hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once in 10 years. This information is available in “Weather Bureau Technical Paper No. 40,” May 1961 and “NOAA Atlas 2,” 1973 for the 11 Western States, and may be obtained from the National Climatic Center of the Environmental Data Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
(d) The term “mine” shall mean an area of land actively mined for the production of sand and gravel from natural deposits.
(e) The term “process generated waste water” shall mean any waste water used in the slurry transport of mined material, air emissions control, or processing exclusive of mining. The term shall also include any other water which becomes commingled with such waste water in a pit, pond, lagoon, mine or other facility used for treatment of such waste water. The terms does not include waste water used for the suction dredging of deposits in a body of water and returned directly to the body of water without being used for other purposes or combined with other waste water.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(1) With the exception of operation using HF flotation, discharges of process waste water pollutants from facilities that recycle waste water, for use in the processing shall not exceed the following limitations:
(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (a) (1) and (3) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(3) Process generated waste water from facilities employing HF flotation shall not exceed the following limitations:
(4) Mine dewatering discharges shall not exceed the following limitations:
(b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.
(c) In the case of a discharge into receiving waters for which the pH, if unaltered by man's activities, is or would be less than 6.0 and water quality criteria in water quality standards approved under the Act authorize such lower pH, the pH limitation for such discharge may be adjusted downward to the pH water quality criterion for the receiving waters. In no case shall a pH limitation outside the range 5.0 to 9.0 be permitted.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of gypsum.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall
(a) For operations not employing wet air emissions control scrubbers there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of bituminous limestone, oil-impregnated diatomite and oilsonite not primarily as an energy source.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) Subject to the provisions of the following paragraphs of this section, there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of asbestos and wollastonite.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) Subject to the provisions of the following paragraphs of this section, there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of barite.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): For operations not employing wet processes or flotation processes there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of fluorspar.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): For operations not employing heavy media separation or flotation processes there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of salines from brine lakes.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) The limitations specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall be applied on a net basis if the discharge is in compliance with § 125.28 of this chapter “the source of the applicant's water supply is the same body of water into which the discharge is made * * * ”.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of borate minerals. Borax obtained from brine lakes is regulated in the salines from brine lakes subcategory (subpart L of this part).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
Sec. 306, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of potash. Potash obtained from brine lakes is regulated in the saline from brine lakes subcategory (subpart L of this part).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of sodium sulfate. Sodium sulfate obtained from brine lakes is regulated in the salines from brine lakes subcategory (subpart L of this part).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
Sec. 306, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining and the processing of phosphate bearing rock, ore or earth for the phosphate content.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “mine dewatering” shall mean any water that is impounded or that collects in the mine and is pumped, drained or otherwise removed from the mine through the efforts of the mine operator.
(c) The term “10-year 24-hour precipitation event” shall mean the maximum 24 hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once
(d) The term “mine” shall mean an area of land, surface or underground, actively used for or resulting from the extraction of a mineral from natural deposits.
(e) The term “process generated waste water” shall mean any waste water used in the slurry transport of mined material, air emissions control, or processing exclusive of mining. The term shall also include any other water which becomes commingled with such waste water in a pit, pond lagoon, mine, or other facility used for settling or treatment of such waste water.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(1) Discharges of process generated waste water and mine dewatering discharges, shall not exceed the following limitations:
(b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.
(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, the following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available demonstrated control technology.
(1) Discharges of process generated waste water and mine dewatering discharges, shall not exceed the following limitations:
(b) Any overflow from facilities governed by this subpart shall not be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section if the facilities are designed, constructed and maintained to contain or treat the volume of waste water which would result from a 10-year 24-hour precipitation event.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of sulfur on shore and in marshes and estuaries by the Frasch process. Not covered are sulfur refining operations that are not performed at the mining and collection site.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section for operations mining anhydrite deposits, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of bentonite.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of naturally occurring magnesite ore.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of diatomite.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of jade.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of novaculite.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the processing of tripoli.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): For operations not employing wet processes there shall be no discharge of process generated waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to the mining and processing of naturally occurring graphite.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “mine drainage” shall mean any water drained, pumped or siphoned from a mine.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(b) Only that volume of water resulting from precipitation that exceeds the maximum safe surge capacity of a process waste water impoundment may be discharged from that impoundment. The height difference between the maximum safe surge capacity level and the normal operating level must be greater than the inches of rain representing the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event as established by the National Climatic Center, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration for the locality in which such impoundment is located.
33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342, and 1361.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section, this part applies to that portion of wastewater discharges from a centralized waste treatment (CWT) facility that results from any of the following activities:
(1) Treatment and recovery of hazardous or non-hazardous industrial metal-bearing wastes, oily wastes and organic-bearing wastes received from off-site; and
(2) The treatment of CWT wastewater.
(b) This part does not apply to the following discharges of wastewater from a CWT facility:
(1) Wastewater from the treatment of wastes that are generated on-site when the wastes generated on-site are otherwise subject to another part of subchapter N.
(2) Wastewater from the treatment of wastes that are generated off-site if the discharger: a) demonstrates that the off-site wastes are generated at a facility that is subject to the same provisions in 40 CFR subchapter N as non-CWT wastes generated at the CWT facility or b) demonstrates that the off-site wastes are of similar nature and the treatment of such wastes are compatible with the treatment of non-CWT wastes generated and treated at the CWT.
(3) Wastewater from the treatment of wastes received from off-site via conduit (e.g., pipelines, channels, ditches, trenches, etc.) from the facility that generates the wastes unless the resulting wastewaters are commingled with other wastewaters subject to this provision. A facility that acts as a waste collection or consolidation center is not a facility that generates wastes.
(4) Wastewater from product stewardship activities, the treatment of sanitary wastes and wastes of domestic origin including chemical toilet wastes, septage, and restaurant wastes or thermal drying of POTW biosolids. Product stewardship activities for purposes of this provision are limited to the following activities at a manufacturing facility: acceptance for treatment or recovery of its unused products, shipping and storage containers with product residues and off-spec products.
(5) Wastewater from solids recovery operations so long as the wastes recovered are from non-industrial sources, and recovery of the wastes does not generate a wastewater or leach appreciable metal or organic chemicals or petroleum-based oil and grease into the water. Examples of solids recovery operations to which this subpart would not apply include, but are not limited to, the recycling of aluminum cans, glass and plastic bottles.
(6) Wastewater from scrap metal processing or auto salvage operations.
(7) Wastewater from transfer stations or municipal recycling centers.
(8) Wastewater from the treatment of, or recovery of material from, animal or vegetable fats/oils from grease traps or interceptors generated by facilities engaged in food service activities.
(9) Wastewater from the treatment of, or recovery of material from, off-site wastes generated by facilities engaged only in food processing.
(10) Wastewater from facilities that are subject to 40 CFR part 442. Wastewater resulting from the treatment of off-site wastewater generated in cleaning transportation equipment (or on-site wastewater generated in cleaning equipment) along with other off-site wastes (subject to this part) not generated in cleaning transportation equipment is, however, subject to this part.
(11) Wastewater resulting from solvent recovery operations if the solvent recovery operations involve the separation of solvent mixtures by distillation.
(12) Wastewater from facilities that are engaged exclusively in centralized silver recovery from used photographic or x-ray materials activities. The discharge resulting from centralized silver recovery from used photographic or x-ray materials that is treated at a CWT facility along with other off-site wastestreams (subject to this part) is subject to this part.
(13) Wastewater from facilities that accept off-site wastes only for treatability studies, research and development, or chemical or physical analysis. The wastewater resulting from treatability studies, research and development, or chemical or physical analysis that is treated at a CWT facility along with other off-site wastestreams (subject to this part) is subject to this part.
(c) This part also does not apply to the following activities:
(1) “Dry” fuel blending operations, “dry” waste solidification/stabilization operations, “dry” used oil filter or oily absorbents recycling operations, or “dry” high temperature metals recovery operations. However, this part does apply to wastewater discharges from a CWT resulting from any of these operations that do produce wastewater.
(2) The discharge of marine generated wastes including wash water from equipment and tank cleaning, ballast water, bilge water, and other wastes generated (while operating on inland, coastal, or open waters or while berthed) as part of routine ship maintenance and operation as long as they are treated and discharged at the ship servicing facility where it is off-loaded. The discharges resulting from the treatment of marine generated wastes that are off-loaded and subsequently sent to a centralized waste treatment facility at a separate location are, however, subject to this part.
(3) Discharge of wastewater from land treatment units or land application operations.
(4) Discharge of wastewater from facilities that are engaged exclusively in landfilling activities and/or the treatment of landfill wastewaters (whether generated on or off-site). The discharge resulting from the treatment of landfill wastewater, whether generated on-site or off-site, treated at CWT facilities along with other off-site waste is, however, subject to this part.
(5) Discharge of wastewater from facilities that are engaged exclusively in incineration activities. The discharge resulting from the treatment of off-site wastewater generated in the incineration of industrial waste that is treated at a CWT facility along with other off-site wastestreams (subject to this part) is subject to this part.
(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the provisions of this part are not applicable to any metals treatment and recovery wastewater discharges which are subject to the secondary metals provisions of 40 CFR part 421, the Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing Point Source Category. These secondary metals subcategories are subpart C (Secondary Aluminum Smelting Subcategory), subpart F (Secondary Copper Subcategory), subpart L (Secondary Silver Subcategory), subpart M (Secondary Lead Subcategory), subpart P (Primary and Secondary Germanium and Gallium Subcategory), subpart Q (Secondary Indium Subcategory), subpart R (Secondary Mercury Subcategory), subpart
As used in this part:
(a) The general definitions and abbreviations in 40 CFR part 401 apply to this part.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s) The following regulated parameters are listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3, and are defined as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(t) The following regulated parameters are listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1C at 40 CFR 136.3:
(1) Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate.
(2) Butylbenzyl phthalate.
(3) Fluoranthene.
(4) Phenol.
(5) 2,4,6-trichlorophenol.
(u) The following regulated parameters are listed with approved methods of analysis (Methods 625 and 1625) at 40 CFR 136.3, appendix A:
(1) Acetone.
(2) Acetophenone.
(3) Aniline.
(4) 2-Butanone.
(5) Carbazole.
(6) o-Cresol.
(7) p-Cresol.
(8) n-Decane.
(9) 2,3-dichloroaniline.
(10) n-Octadecane.
(11) Pyridine.
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
Any source subject to this part that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
(a) Permit compliance monitoring is required for each regulated parameter.
(b) Any CWT facility that discharges wastewater resulting from the treatment of metal-bearing waste, oily waste, or organic-bearing waste must monitor as follows:
(1) Facilities subject to more than one subpart of this part must monitor for compliance for each subpart after treatment and before mixing of the
(2) Facilities subject to one or more subpart of this part must monitor for compliance with the applicable subpart after treatment and before mixing of the waste with wastes of any other subpart, uncontaminated storm water, or wastewater subject to another effluent limitation or standard in subchapter N. If, however, the facility can demonstrate to the receiving POTW or permitting authority the capability of achieving the effluent limitation or standard for each subpart after treatment and before mixing with other wastestreams, the facility may monitor for compliance after mixing. In the case of a facility which elects to comply with the applicable set of multiple wastestream subcategory limitations or standards, it is only subject to one subpart.
(3) When a CWT facility treats any waste receipt that contains cyanide at a concentration higher than 136 mg/L, the CWT facility must monitor for cyanide after cyanide treatment and before dilution with other wastestreams. If, however, the facility can demonstrate to the receiving POTW or permitting authority the capability of achieving the cyanide limitation or standard after cyanide treatment and before mixing with other wastestreams, the facility may monitor for compliance after mixing.
(a) Except as provided in § 437.1(b), (c), or (d) or in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to that portion of the discharge of wastewater from a CWT facility that results from the treatment of, or recovery of metals from, both metal-bearing wastes received from off-site and other CWT wastewater associated with the treatment of, or recovery of metal-bearing wastes.
(b) In order to ensure appropriate treatment rather than dilution of dissimilar wastes, an NPDES permit writer or control authority may require a new source or an existing facility subject to this subpart to achieve alternative effluent limitations and standards as defined in § 437.2(b) in the following circumstances:
(1) The facility receives, on a continuing basis, flows of process wastewater from five or fewer facilities subject to 40 CFR subchapter N limitations and standards; and
(2) The process wastewater flows received for treatment at the facility have relatively consistent pollutant profiles.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or 437.10(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(b) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or 437.10(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for oil and grease, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.11(a).
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or 437.10(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, silver, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.11(a).
(b) In-plant standards for cyanide are the same as the limitations specified in § 437.11(b).
(a) Except as provided in § 437.10(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards:
(b) In-plant standards for cyanide are the same as the limitations specified in § 437.11(b).
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, 403.13 or 437.10(b), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, silver, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.11(a).
(b) In-plant standards for cyanide are the same as the limitations specified in § 437.11(b).
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 or 437.10(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, silver, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.11(a)
(b) In-plant standards for cyanide are the same as the limitations specified in § 437.11(b).
(a) Except as provided in § 437.1(b), (c), or (d) or in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to that portion of the discharge of wastewater from a CWT facility that results from the treatment or recovery of oil from both oily wastes received from off-site and other CWT wastewater associated with the treatment of, or recovery of oily wastes.
(b) In order to ensure appropriate treatment rather than dilution of dissimilar wastes, an NPDES permit writer or control authority may require a new source or an existing source subject to this subpart to achieve alternative effluent limitations and standards, as defined in § 437.2(b), in the following circumstances:
(1) The facility receives, on a continuing basis, flows of process wastewater from five or fewer facilities subject to 40 CFR subchapter N limitations and standards; and
(2) The process wastewater flows received for treatment at the facility have relatively consistent pollutant profiles.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or 437.20(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or 437.20(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations attainable by the application of BCT: Limitations for O&G, pH, and TSS are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.21.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or 437.20(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations by the application of BAT: Limitations for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, tin, zinc, butylbenzyl phthalate, carbazole, n-decane, bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, fluoranthene, and n-octadecane are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.21.
Except as provided in § 437.20(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards for oil and grease, pH, TSS, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, tin, zinc, butylbenzyl phthalate, carbazole, n-decane, bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, fluoranthene, and n-octadecane are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.21.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, 403.13 or § 437.20(b), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 or § 437.20(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, tin, zinc, carbazole, n-decane, bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, fluoranthene, and n-octadecane are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.21.
(a) Except as provided in § 437.1(b), (c), or (d) or in paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to that portion of the discharge of wastewater from a CWT facility that results from the treatment of, or recovery of organic material from, both organic wastes received from off-site and other CWT wastewater associated with the treatment of, or recovery of organic wastes.
(b) In order to ensure appropriate treatment rather than dilution of dissimilar wastes, an NPDES permit writer or control authority may require a new source or an existing facility subject to § 437.30 to achieve alternative effluent limitations and standards as defined in § 437.2 (h) in the following circumstances:
(1) The facility receives, on a continuing basis, flows of process wastewater from five or fewer facilities subject to 40 CFR subchapter N limitations and standards; and
(2) The process wastewater flows received for treatment at the facility have relatively consistent pollutant profiles.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.30(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.30(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.30(b), any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for copper, zinc, acetone, acetophenone, 2-butanone, o-cresol, p-cresol, phenol, pyridine, and 2,4,6-trichlorophenol are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.31.
Except as provided in § 437.30(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards: Standards for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, 403.13 or § 437.30(b), and no later than December 22, 2003, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for o-cresol, p-cresol, 2,4,6-trichlorophenol are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.31.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 or § 437.30(b), any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for o-cresol, p-cresol, 2,4,6-trichlorophenol are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 437.31.
(a) Except as provided in § 437.1(b), (c), or (d) or in paragraph (b) of this section, facilities that treat wastes subject to more than one of the previous subparts must comply with either provisions of this subpart or the applicable provisions of subpart A, B, or C. The provisions of this subpart are applicable to that portion of wastewater discharges from a centralized waste treatment facility that results from mixing any combination of treated or untreated waste otherwise subject to subpart A, subpart B, or subpart C of this part only if a facility requests the permit writer or control authority to develop subpart D limitations (or standards) and establishes that it provides equivalent treatment as defined in § 437.2(h).
(b) In order to ensure appropriate treatment rather than dilution of dissimilar wastes, an NPDES permit writer or control authority may require a new or existing facility subject to paragraph (a) of this section to achieve alternative effluent limitations or standards as defined in § 437.2 (b) in the following circumstances:
(1) The facility receives, on a continuing basis, flows of process wastewater from five or fewer facilities subject to 40 CFR subchapter N limitations and standards; and
(2) The process wastewater flows received for treatment at the facility have relatively consistent pollutant profiles.
(a) Initial Certification Statement for this subpart means a written submission to the appropriate permitting authority (either the local control authority (the POTW) or NPDES permit writer) that is signed by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 403.12(l) or 40 CFR 122.22. The statement must:
(1) List and describe the subcategories of wastes accepted for treatment at the facility;
(2) List and describe the treatment systems in-place at the facility and conditions under which the treatment systems are operated for the subcategories of wastes accepted for treatment at the facility;
(3) Include information and supporting data establishing that these treatment systems will achieve equivalent treatment.
(b) Periodic Certification Statement for this subpart means a written submission to the appropriate permitting authority (the local control authority (the POTW) or NPDES permit writer) which certifies that the facility is operating its treatment systems to provide equivalent treatment as set forth in the initial certification. In the event that the facility has modified its treatment systems, the facility should submit a description of the modified systems and information and supporting data to establish that the modified system will achieve equivalent treatment. The periodic certification statement must be signed by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 403.12(l) or 40 CFR 122.22.
(c) On-site Compliance Paperwork for this subpart means data or information retained in the offices of the facility which supports the initial and periodic certification statements. This Paperwork must:
(1) List and describe the subcategory wastes being accepted for treatment at the facility;
(2) List and describe the treatment systems in-place at the facility, modifications to the treatment systems and the conditions under which the systems are operated for the subcategories of wastes accepted for treatment at the facility;
(3) Provide information and supporting data establishing that these treatment systems will achieve equivalent treatment;
(4) Describe the procedures it follows to ensure that its treatment systems are well-operated and maintained; and
(5) Explain why the procedures it has adopted will ensure its treatment systems are well-operated and maintained.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or § 437.40(b), any existing facility subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory effluent limitations representing the application of BPT set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its NPDES permit:
(1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory limitations set forth in (b), (c), (d) or (e);
(2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of renewal or modification of its permit, of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
(b)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(c)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(d)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(e)
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or 437.40(b), any existing facility subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory effluent limitations representing the application of BCT set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its NPDES permit:
(1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory limitations set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;
(2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of renewal or modification of its permit, of
(3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 or 437.40(b), any existing facility subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory effluent limitations representing the application of BAT set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its NPDES permit:
(1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory limitations set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;
(2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of renewal or modification of its permit, of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
(b)
(2) The in-plant limitations that apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 437.42(b)(2).
(c)
(2) The in-plant limitations that apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 437.42(c)(2).
(d)
(2) The in-plant limitations that apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 437.42(e)(2).
(e)
(a) Except as provided in § 437.40(b), any new source subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory effluent limitations representing the application of NSPS set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its NPDES permit:
(1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory limitations set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;
(2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of submitting its application for permit, of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
(b)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(c)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(d)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(e)
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, 403.13 or 437.40(b), any new source subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory pretreatment standards representing the application of PSES set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its permit:
(1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream
Subcategory standards set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;
(2) The discharger will notify its local control authority of its desire to be subject to the Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the local
(3) The discharger will submit to its local control authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
(b)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(c)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(d)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(e)
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 or 437.40(b), any new source subject to this subpart which combines treated or untreated wastes from subparts A, B, or C of this part may be subject to Multiple Wastestream Subcategory pretreatment standards representing the application of PSNS set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section if the discharger agrees to the following conditions in its permit:
(1) The discharger will meet the applicable Multiple Wastestream Subcategory standards set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this section;
(2) The discharger will notify its local control authority at the time of submitting its application for an individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement of its desire to be subject to Multiple Waste Subcategory by submitting to the local control authority an initial certification statement as described in § 437.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its local control authority a periodic certification statements as described in § 437.41(b) once a year; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 437.41(c).
(b)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(c)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(d)
(2) The following in-plant limitations apply to metal-bearing wastewater containing cyanide:
(e)
33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.
(a) As defined more specifically in subpart A, except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, this part applies to process wastewater discharges from oily operations (as defined at § 438.2(f) and appendix B of this part) to surface waters from existing or new industrial facilities (including facilities owned and operated by Federal, State, or local governments) engaged in manufacturing, rebuilding, or maintenance of metal parts, products, or machines for use in the Metal Product & Machinery (MP&M) industrial sectors listed in this section. The MP&M industrial sectors consist of the following:
(b) The regulations in this part do not apply to process wastewaters from metal-bearing operations (as defined at § 438.2(d) and appendix C of this part) or process wastewaters which are subject to the limitations and standards of other effluent limitations guidelines (e.g., Metal Finishing (40 CFR part 433) or Iron and Steel Manufacturing (40 CFR part 420)). The regulations in this part also do not apply to process wastewaters from oily operations (as defined at § 438.2(f) and appendix B of this part) commingled with process wastewaters already covered by other effluent limitations guidelines or with process wastewaters from metal-bearing operations. This provision must be examined for each point source discharge at a given facility.
(c) Wastewater discharges resulting from the washing of cars, aircraft or other vehicles, when performed only for aesthetic or cosmetic purposes, are not subject to this part. Direct discharges resulting from the washing of cars, aircraft or other vehicles, when performed as a preparatory step prior
(d) Wastewater discharges from railroad line maintenance facilities (as defined at § 438.2(h)) are not subject to this part. Wastewater discharges from railroad overhaul or heavy maintenance facilities (as defined at § 438.2(i)) may be covered by subpart A of this part, the Metal Finishing Point Source Category (40 CFR part 433), or by other effluent limitations guidelines, as applicable.
(e) The following wastewater discharges are not subject to this part:
(1) Non-process wastewater as defined at § 438.2(e).
(2) Wastewater discharges introduced into a Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW) or a Federally owned and operated Treatment Works Treating Domestic Sewage (TWTDS), as defined at 40 CFR 122.2.
(3) Process wastewater generated by maintenance and repair activities at gasoline service stations, passenger car rental facilities, or utility trailer and recreational vehicle rental facilities.
(4) Wastewater discharges generated from gravure cylinder preparation or metallic platemaking conducted within or for printing and publishing facilities.
(5) Wastewater discharges in or on dry docks and similar structures, such as graving docks, building ways, marine railways, lift barges at shipbuilding facilities (or shipyards), and ships that are afloat.
(6) Wastewater generated by facilities primarily performing drum reconditioning and cleaning to prepare metal drums for resale, reuse, or disposal.
As used in this part:
(a) The general definitions and abbreviations at 40 CFR part 401 shall apply.
(b) The regulated parameters are listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3, and are defined as follows:
(1)
(2)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(a) This subpart applies to process wastewater directly discharged from facilities specified at § 438.1.
(b) This subpart applies to process wastewater discharges from oily operations (as defined at § 438.2(f) and appendix B of this part).
(c) This subpart does not apply to process wastewater discharges from metal-bearing operations (as defined at § 438.2(d) and appendix C of this part).
Except as provided at 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT. Discharges must remain within the pH range 6 to 9 and must not exceed the following:
Except as provided at 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitation representing the application of BCT: Limitations for TSS, O&G (as HEM) and pH are the same as the corresponding limitation specified at § 438.12.
New point sources subject to this subpart must achieve the new source performance standards (NSPS) for TSS, O&G (as HEM), and pH, which are the same as the corresponding limitation specified at § 438.12. The performance standards apply with respect to each new point source that commences discharge after June 12, 2003.
The definitions in this appendix shall not be used to differentiate between the six “core” metal finishing operations (
(1) Alkaline cleaning is performed to remove foreign contaminants from parts. This operation usually is done prior to finishing (e.g., electroplating).
(2) Emulsion cleaning is an alkaline cleaning operation that uses either complex chemical enzymes or common organic solvents (e.g., kerosene, mineral oil, glycols, and benzene) dispersed in water with the aid of an emulsifying agent. The pH of the solvent usually is between 7 and 9, and, depending on the solvent used, cleaning is performed at temperatures from room temperature to 82 °C (180 °F). This operation often is used as a replacement for vapor degreasing.
The definitions in this appendix shall not be used to differentiate between the six “core” metal finishing operations (
(1) In phosphate conversion, coatings are applied for one or more of the following reasons: to provide a base for paints and other organic coatings; to condition surfaces for cold forming operations by providing a base for drawing compounds and lubricants; to impart corrosion resistance to the metal surface; or to provide a suitable base for corrosion-resistant oils or waxes. Phosphate conversion coatings are formed by immersing a metal part in a dilute solution of phosphoric acid, phosphate salts, and other reagents.
(2) Metal coloring by chemical conversion coating produces a large group of decorative finishes. Metal coloring includes the formation of oxide conversion coatings. In this operation, the metal surface is converted into an oxide or similar metallic compound, giving the part the desired color. The most common colored finishes are used on copper, steel, zinc, and cadmium.
(3) Passivation forms a protective coating on metals, particularly stainless steel, by immersing the part in an acid solution. Stainless steel is passivated to dissolve embedded iron particles and to form a thin oxide film on the surface of the metal. Wastewater generated during chemical conversion coating includes spent solutions and rinses (
(1) Electrolytic alkaline cleaning produces a cleaner surface than do nonelectrolytic methods of alkaline cleaning. This operation uses strong agitation, gas evolution in the solution, and oxidation-reduction reactions that occur during electrolysis. In addition, dirt particles become electrically charged and are repelled from the part surface.
(2) Electrolytic acid cleaning sometimes is used as a final cleaning before electroplating. Sulfuric acid is most frequently used as the electrolyte. As with electrolytic alkaline cleaning, the mechanical scrubbing effect from the evolution of gas enhances the effectiveness of the process.
Wastewater generated during electrolytic cleaning includes spent process solutions and rinses. Electrolytic cleaning solutions become contaminated during use due to the dissolution of the base metal and the introduction of pollutants. The solutions typically are batch discharged for treatment or disposal after they weaken. Rinsing following electrolytic cleaning removes residual cleaner to prevent contamination of subsequent process baths.
(1) Autophoretic Painting involves applying an organic paint film by electrophoresis when a part is immersed in a suitable aqueous bath.
(2) Electrophoretic Painting is coating a part by making it either anodic or cathodic in a bath that is generally an aqueous emulsion of the organic coating material.
(3) Other Immersion Painting includes all other types of immersion painting such as dip painting.
Water is used in immersion paint operations as a carrier for paint particles and to rinse the part. Aqueous painting solutions and rinses typically are treated through an ultrafiltration system. The concentrate is returned to the painting solution, and the permeate is reused as rinse water. Sites typically discharge a bleed stream to treatment. The painting solution and rinses are batch discharged periodically to treatment.
(1) Wet Air Pollution Control for Acid Alkaline Baths;
(2) Wet Air Pollution Control for Cyanide Baths;
(3) Wet Air Pollution Control for Chromium-Bearing Baths; and
(4) Wet Air Pollution Control for Fumes and Dusts.
33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.
(a) This part applies to process wastewater discharges resulting from the research and manufacture of pharmaceutical products, which are generally, but not exclusively, reported under SIC 2833, SIC 2834 and SIC 2836 (1987 Standard Industrial Classification Manual).
(b) Although not reported under SIC 2833, SIC 2834 and SIC 2836, discharges from the manufacture of other pharmaceutical products to which this part applies include (but are not limited to):
(1) Products manufactured by one or more of the four types of manufacturing processes described in subcategories A, B, C or D of this part, and considered by the Food and Drug Administration to be pharmaceutical active ingredients;
(2) Multiple end-use products (e.g., components of formulations, chemical intermediates, or final products) derived from pharmaceutical manufacturing operations and intended for use primarily in pharmaceutical applications;
(3) Pharmaceutical products and intermediates not subject to other categorical limitations and standards, provided the manufacturing processes generate process wastewaters that are similar to those derived from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products elsewhere (an example of such a product is citric acid);
(4) Cosmetic preparations that are reported under SIC 2844 and contain pharmaceutical active ingredients, or active ingredients that are intended for the treatment of a skin condition. (These preparations do not include products such as lipsticks or perfumes that serve to enhance appearance, or provide a pleasing odor, but do not enhance skin care. Also excluded are deodorants, manicure preparations, shaving preparations and non-medicated shampoos that do not function primarily as a skin treatment.)
(c) The provisions of this part do not apply to wastewater discharges resulting from the manufacture of the following products, or as a result of providing one or more of the following services:
(1) Surgical and medical instruments and apparatus reported under SIC 3841;
(2) Orthopedic, prosthetic, and surgical appliances and supplies reported under SIC 3842;
(3) Dental equipment and supplies reported under SIC 3843;
(4) Medical laboratory services reported under SIC 8071;
(5) Dental laboratory services reported under SIC 8072;
(6) Outpatient care facility services reported under SIC 8081;
(7) Health and allied services reported under SIC 8091, and not classified elsewhere;
(8) Diagnostic devices other than those reported under SIC 3841;
(9) Animal feed products that include pharmaceutical active ingredients such as vitamins and antibiotics, where the major portion of the product is non-pharmaceutical, and the resulting process wastewater is not characteristic of process wastewater from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products;
(10) Food and beverage products fortified with vitamins or other pharmaceutical active ingredients, where the major portion of the product is non-pharmaceutical, and the resulting process wastewater is not characteristic of process wastewater from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products;
(11) Pharmaceutical products and intermediates subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 414, provided their manufacture results in less than 50 percent of the total flow of process wastewater that is regulated by 40 CFR part 414 at the facility.
As used in this part:
(a) The general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(1) Trimethyl silanol, any active anti-microbial materials, process wastewater from imperfect fermentation batches, and process area spills. Discharges containing such materials are not subject to the limitations and standards of this part.
(2) Non-contact cooling water, utility wastewaters, general site surface runoff, groundwater (e.g., contaminated groundwaters from on-site or off-site groundwater remediation projects), and other non-process water generated on site. Discharges of such waters and wastewaters are not subject to the limitations and standards of this part.
(n)
(o)
(p)
(a) Permit compliance monitoring is required for each regulated pollutant generated or used at a pharmaceutical manufacturing facility, except where the regulated pollutant is monitored as
(b) Unless noted otherwise, self-monitoring will be conducted at the point where the final effluent is discharged.
Any source subject to this part that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
The pH must remain within the range 6.0 to 9.0 in any discharge subject to BPT, BCT or NSPS limitations or standards in this part.
This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products by fermentation.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) The maximum monthly average limitation for BOD
(1) The long-term average daily BOD
(2) To assure equity in the determination of NPDES permit limitations regulating discharges subject to this subpart, calculation of the long-term average daily BOD
(3) The practices of recovery, and/or separate disposal or reuse include: physical separation and removal of separable mycelia; recovery of solvents from waste streams; incineration of concentrated solvent wastestreams (including tar still bottoms); and concentration of broth for disposal other than to the treatment system. This part does not prohibit the inclusion of such wastes in raw waste loads in fact, nor does it mandate any specific practice, but rather describes the rationale for determining NPDES permit limitations. The effluent limitation for BOD
(b) The maximum monthly average limitation for TSS, expressed as mass loading (lbs., kg) per day, must be calculated as 1.7 times the BOD
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the limitations for COD are as follows:
(d) If the maximum monthly average COD concentration in paragraph (c) of this section is higher than a concentration value reflecting a reduction in the long-term average daily COD load in the raw (untreated) process wastewater of 74 percent multiplied by a variability factor of 2.2, then the monthly average limitation for COD corresponding to the lower concentration value must be applied.
(e) The effluent limitations for cyanide are as follows:
(f) When monitoring for cyanide at the end-of-pipe is impractical because of dilution by other process wastewaters, compliance with the cyanide effluent limitations in paragraph (e) of this section must be demonstrated at in-plant monitoring points pursuant to 40 CFR 122.44(i) and 122.45(h). Under the same provisions, the permitting authority may impose monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other parameter(s) regulated by this section.
(g) Compliance with the limitation in paragraph (e) or (f) of this section may be achieved by certifying to the permit issuing authority that the facility's manufacturing processes neither use nor generate cyanide.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
(b) The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.12(c) and (d).
(c) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
(a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following standards:
(b) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
(c) Any new source subject to the provisions of this section that commenced discharging after November 21, 1988, and prior to November 20, 1998, must continue to achieve the standards specified for this section in the 1988 edition of 40 CFR part 439, until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1), after which the source must achieve the standards specified in §§ 439.13 and 439.14.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must continue achieving the standards for cyanide specified in paragraph (c) of this section and must achieve the following standards by September 21, 2001:
(b) Sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability (defined at § 439.1(i)) are not required to achieve the pretreatment standard for ammonia (as N).
(c) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the same standards as specified in § 439.16.
(a) Sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability (defined at § 439.2(i)) are not required to achieve the pretreatment standard for ammonia (as N).
(b) The pretreatment standards for cyanide are as follows:
(c) When monitoring for cyanide at the end-of-pipe is impractical because of dilution by other process wastewaters, compliance with the cyanide standards in § 439.17(b) must be demonstrated at in-plant monitoring points pursuant to 40 CFR 403.6(e)(2) and (4). Under the same provisions, the permitting authority may impose monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other parameter(s) regulated by this section.
(d) Compliance with the standards in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section may be achieved by certifying to the permit issuing authority that a facility's manufacturing processes neither use nor generate cyanide.
This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products by extraction.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) The limitation for BOD
(1) The long-term average daily BOD
(2) To assure equity in the determination of NPDES permit limitations regulating discharges subject to this subpart, calculation of the long-term average daily BOD
(3) The practices of recovery, and/or separate disposal or reuse include: physical separation and removal of separable mycelia; recovery of solvents from wastestreams; incineration of concentrated solvent wastestreams (including tar still bottoms); and broth concentration for disposal other than to the treatment system. This part does not prohibit the inclusion of such wastes in raw waste loads in fact, nor does it mandate any specific practice, but rather describes the rationale for determining NPDES permit limitations. The effluent limitation for BOD
(b) The limitation for TSS is the same as specified in § 439.12(b).
(c) Except for the provisions in paragraph (d) of this section, the limitations for COD are as follows:
(d) If the maximum monthly average COD concentration in paragraph (c) of this section is higher than a concentration value reflecting a reduction in the long-term average daily COD load in the raw (untreated) process wastewater of 74 percent multiplied by a variability factor of 2.2, then a monthly average limitation for COD corresponding to the lower concentration value must be applied.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for COD are the same as the corresponding limitations in § 439.22(c) and (d).
(a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following standards:
(b) Any new source subject to the provisions of this section that commenced discharging after November 21, 1988, and prior to November 20, 1998, must continue to achieve the standards specified for this section in the 1988 edition of 40 CFR part 439, until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1), after which the source must achieve the
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following standards by September 21, 2001:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards:
This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products by chemical synthesis.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a)The limitation for BOD
(b) The limitation for TSS is the same as specified in § 439.12(b).
(c) The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.12(c) and (d).
(d) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD5, TSS and pH are the same as the corresponding limitations in § 439.32.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT:
(a) The limitations are the same as specified in § 439.14(a).
(b) The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.12(c) and (d).
(c) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
(a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the same standards as specified in § 439.15(a).
(b) The limitations for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
(c) Any new source subject to the provisions of this section that commenced discharging after November 21, 1988, and prior to November 20, 1998, must continue to achieve the standards specified for this section in the 1988 edition of 40 CFR part 439, until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1), after which the source must achieve the standards specified in § 439.33 and § 439.34.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must continue achieving the standards for cyanide specified in paragraph (b) of this section and must achieve the standards specified in § 439.16(a) by September 21, 2001.
(a) Sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability (defined at § 439.1(i)) are not required to achieve the standards for ammonia (as N).
(b) The standards for cyanide are the same as specified in § 439.12(e), (f) and (g).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the same standards as specified in § 439.36.
(a) Sources that discharge to a POTW with nitrification capability (defined at § 439.2(i)) are not required to achieve the pretreatment standard for ammonia (as N).
(b) The pretreatment standards for cyanide are as follows:
(c) When monitoring for cyanide at the end-of-pipe is impractical because of dilution by other process wastewaters, compliance with the cyanide pretreatment standards in paragraph (b) of this section must be demonstrated at in-plant monitoring points pursuant to 40 CFR 403.6(e) (2) and (4). Under the same provisions, the permitting authority may impose monitoring requirements on internal wastestreams for any other parameter(s) regulated by this section.
(d) Compliance with the standard in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section may be achieved by certifying to the permit issuing authority that a facility's manufacturing processes neither use nor generate cyanide.
This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from the manufacture of pharmaceutical products by mixing, compounding and formulating operations.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(b)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) The limitation for BOD
(b) The limitation for TSS is the same as specified in § 439.12(b).
(c) The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.22(c) and (d).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: The limitations for COD are the same as specified in § 439.22(c) and (d).
(a) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the same standards as specified in § 439.25(a).
(b) Any new source subject to the provisions of this section that commenced discharging after November 21, 1988, and prior to November 20, 1998, must continue to achieve the standards specified for this section in the 1988 edition of 40 CFR part 439, until the expiration of the applicable time period specified in 40 CFR 122.29(d)(1), after which the source must achieve the standards specified in § 439.43 and § 439.44.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following standards by September 21, 2001:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards:
This subpart applies to discharges of process wastewater resulting from pharmaceutical research.
For the purpose of this subpart,
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) The limitation for BOD
(b) The limitation for TSS is the same as specified in § 439.12(b).
(c) The maximum monthly average limitation for COD, expressed as mass loading (lbs, kg) per day, must reflect not less than 74 percent reduction in the long-term average daily COD load of the raw (untreated) process wastewater, multiplied by a variability factor of 2.2. No facility shall be required to attain a limitation for COD that is less than the equivalent of 220 mg/L.
(d) The long-term average daily BOD
(1) To assure equity in the determination of NPDES permit limitations regulating discharges subject to this subpart, calculation of the long-term average daily BOD
(2) The practices of recovery, and/or separate disposal or reuse include: recovery of solvents from wastestreams; and incineration of concentrated solvent wastestreams (including tar still bottoms). This regulation does not prohibit the inclusion of such wastes in raw waste loads in fact, nor does it mandate any specific practice, but rather describes the rationale for determining NPDES permit limitations. The effluent limitation for BOD
(e) The pH must be within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
Secs. 301, 304(b), (c) and (e), 306, 307, and 501 of the Clean Water Act (The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977 and the Water Quality Act of 1987), (the Act), 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314(b), (c) and (e), 1316, 1317, and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217; 101 Stat. 7, Pub. L. 100-4.
The provisions of this subpart A are applicable to discharges from (a) mines operated to obtain iron ore, regardless of the type of ore or its mode of occurrence; (b) mills beneficiating iron ores by physical (magnetic and nonmagnetic) and/or chemical separation; and (c) mills beneficiating iron ores by magnetic and physical separation in the Mesabi Range.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable after application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines operated to obtain iron ore shall not exceed:
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the concentration of pollutants discharged from mills that employ physical (magnetic and nonmagnetic) and/or chemical methods to beneficiate iron ore shall not exceed:
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills that employ magnetic and physical methods to beneficiate iron ore in the Mesabi Range. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equivalent to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines operated to obtain iron ore shall not exceed:
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section the concentration of pollutants discharged from mills that employ physical (magnetic and nonmagnetic) and/or chemical methods to beneficiate iron ore shall not exceed:
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills that employ magnetic and physical methods to beneficiate iron ore in the Mesabi Range. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following NSPS representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by applying the best available demonstrated technology (BADT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines operated to obtain iron ore shall not exceed:
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the concentration of pollutants discharged from mills that employ physical (magnetic and nonmagnetic) and/or chemical methods to beneficiate iron ore shall not exceed:
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills that employ magnetic and physical methods to beneficiate iron ore in the Mesabi Range. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
The provisions of this subpart B are applicable to discharges from facilities engaged in the mining of bauxite as an aluminum ore.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT). The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing bauxite ores shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT). The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing bauxite ores shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following NSPS representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available demonstrated technology (BADT). The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producting bauxite ores shall not exceed:
The provisions of this subpart C are applicable to discharges from (a) mines either open-pit or underground, from which uranium, radium and vanadium ores are produced; and (b) mills using the acid leach, alkaline leach, or combined acid and alkaline leach process for the extraction of uranium, radium and vanadium. Only vanadium byproduct production from uranium ores is covered under this subpart.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable after application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines, either open-pit or underground, from which uranium, radium and vanadium ores are produced excluding mines using in-situ leach methods shall not exceed:
(b) The concentrations of pollutants discharged from mills using the acid leach, alkaline leach or combined acid and alkaline leach process for the extraction of uranium, radium and vanadium including mill-mine facilities and mines using in-situ leach methods shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines, either open-pit or underground, that produce uranium ore, including mines using in-situ leach methods, shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following NSPS representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available demonstrated technology (BADT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines, either open-pit or underground, that produce uranium ore, excluding mines using in situ leach methods, shall not exceed:
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills using the acid leach, alkaline leach or combined acid and alkaline leach process for the extraction of uranium or from mines and mills using in situ leach methods. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equivalent to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
The provisions of subpart D are applicable to discharges from (a) mines, either open-pit or underground, that produce mercury ores; and (b) mills beneficiating mercury ores by gravity separation methods or by froth-flotation methods.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable after application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines, either open-pit or underground, operated for the production of mercury ores shall not exceed the following limitations:
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills beneficiating mercury ores by gravity separation methods or by froth flotation methods. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equivalent to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines, either open pit or underground,
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills beneficiating mercury ores by gravity separation methods or by froth-flotation methods. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following NSPS representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available demonstrated technology (BADT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines, either open pit or underground, that produce mercury ores shall not exceed:
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills beneficiating mercury ores by gravity separation methods or by froth-flotation methods. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
The provisions of this subpart E are applicable to discharges from (a) mines obtaining titanium ores from lode deposits; (b) mills beneficiating titanium ores by electrostatic methods, magnetic and physical methods, or flotation methods; and (c) mines engaged in the dredge mining of placer deposits of
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable after application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines obtaining titanium ores from lode deposits shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills beneficiating titanium ores by electrostatic methods, magnetic and physical methods, or flotation methods shall not exceed:
(c) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines engaged in the dredge mining of placer deposits of sands containing rutile, ilmenite, leucoxene, monazite, zircon, or other heavy metals, and the milling techniques employed in conjunction with the dredge mining activity (milling techniques employed include the use of wet gravity methods in conjunction with electrostatic or magnetic methods) shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines obtaining titanium ores from lode deposits shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills beneficiating titanium ores by electrostatic methods, magnetic and physical methods, or flotation methods shall not exceed:
(c) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines engaged in the dredge mining of placer deposits of sands containing rutile, ilmenite, leucoxene, monazite, or zircon and the milling techniques employed in conjunction with the dredge mining activity (milling techniques employed include the use of wet gravity methods in conjunction with electrostatic or magnetic methods) shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following NSPS representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the applications of the best available demonstrated technology (BADT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines obtaining titanium ores from lode deposits shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills beneficiating titanium ores by electrostatic methods, magnetic and physical methods, or flotation methods shall not exceed:
(c) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines engaged in the dredge mining of placer deposits of sands containing rutile, ilmenite, leucoxene, monazite, zircon and the milling techniques employed in conjunction with the dredge mining activity (milling techniques employed include the use of wet gravity methods in conjunction with electrostatic or magnetic methods) shall not exceed:
The provisions of this subpart F are applicable to discharges from (a) mines that produce tungsten ore and (b) mills that process tungsten ore by either the gravity separation or froth-flotation methods.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing 5000 metric tons (5512 short tons) or more of tungsten bearing ores per year shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing less than 5000 metric tons (5512 short tons) or discharged from mills processing less than 5000 metric tons (5512 short tons) of tungsten ores per year by methods other than ore leaching shall not exceed:
(c) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills processing 5000 metric tons (5512 short tons) or more of tungsten ores per year by purely physical methods including ore crushing, washing, jigging, heavy media separation, and magnetic and electrostatic separation shall not exceed:
(d) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills processing 5000 metric tons (5512 short tons) or more of tungsten ores per year by froth flotation methods shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from tungsten mines shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following NSPS representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available demonstrated technology (BADT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from tungsten mines shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills shall not exceed:
The provisions of this subpart G are applicable to discharges from (a) mines that produce nickel ore and (b) mills that process nickel ore.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing 5000 metric tons (5512 short tons) or more of nickel bearing ores per year shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing less than 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or discharged from mills processing less than 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) of nickel ores per year by methods other than ore leaching shall not exceed:
(c) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills processing 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or more of nickel ores per year by purely physical methods including ore crushing, washing, jigging, heavy media separation and magnetic and electrostatic separation shall not exceed:
(d) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills processing 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or more of nickel ore per year by froth flotation methods shall not exceed:
The provisions of this subpart H are applicable to discharges from (a) mines that produce vanadium ore (recovered alone and not as a by-product of uranium mining and mills) and (b) mills that process vanadium ore (recovered alone, not as a byproduct of uranium mining and mills).
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or more of vanadium bearing ores per year shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing less than 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or discharged from mills processing less than 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) of vanadium ore per year by methods other than ore leaching shall not exceed:
(c) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills processing 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or more of vanadium ores per year by purely physical methods including ore crushing, washing, jigging, heavy media separation, and magnetic and electrostatic separation shall not exceed:
(d) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills processing 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or more of vanadium ores per year by froth flotation methods shall not exceed:
The provisions of this subpart I are applicable to discharges from (a) mines that produce antimony ore and (b) mills that process antimony ore.
(a) The provisions of this subpart J are applicable to discharges from—
(1) Mines that produce copper, lead, zinc, gold, silver, or molybdenum bearing ores, or any combination of these ores from open-pit or underground operations other than placer deposits;
(2) Mills that use the froth-flotation process alone or in conjunction with other processes, for the beneficiation of copper, lead, zinc, gold, silver, or molybdenum ores, or any combination of these ores;
(3) Mines and mills that use dump, heap, in-situ leach, or vat-leach processes to extract copper from ores or ore waste materials; and
(4) Mills that use the cyanidation process to extract gold or silver.
(b) Discharge from mines or mines and mills that use gravity separation methods (including placer or dredge mining or concentrating operations, and hydraulic mining operations) to extract gold ores are regulated under subpart M.
(c) Discharge from mines (including placer or dredge mining, and hydraulic mining operations) or mines and mills that use gravity separation methods to extract silver from placer ores are not covered under this part.
(d) The provisions of this subpart shall not apply to discharges from the Quartz Hill Molybdenum Project in the Tongass National Forest, Alaska.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines operated to obtain copper bearing ores, lead bearing ores, zinc bearing ores, gold bearing ores, or silver bearing ores, or any combination of these ores open-pit or underground operations other than placer deposits shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills which employ the froth flotation process alone or in conjunction with other processes, for the beneficiation of copper ores, lead ores, zinc ores, gold ores, or silver ores, or any combination of these ores shall not exceed:
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable water from mines and mills which employ dump, heap, in situ leach or vat leach processes for the extraction of copper from ores or ore waste materials. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equivalent to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
(d)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills which extract gold or silver by use of the cyanidation process. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equivalent to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
(e) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or more of molybdenum bearing ores per year shall not exceed:
(f) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines producing less than 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or discharged from mills processing less than 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) of molybdenum ores per year by methods other than ore leaching shall not exceed:
(g) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills processing 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or more of molybdenum ores per year by purely physical methods including ore crushing, washing, jigging, heavy media separation shall not exceed:
(h) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills processing 5,000 metric tons (5,512 short tons) or more of molybdenum ores per year by froth flotation methods shall not exceed:
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines that produce copper, lead, zinc, gold, silver, or molybdenum bearing ores or any combination of these ores from open-pit or underground operations other than placer deposits shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills that use the froth-flotation process alone, or in conjunction with other processes, for the beneficiation of copper, lead, zinc, gold, silver, or molybdenum ores or any combination of these ores shall not exceed:
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mine areas and mills processes and areas that use dump, heap, in situ leach or vat-leach processes to extract copper from ores or ore waste materials. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility
(d)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills that use the cyanidation process to extract gold or silver. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part any new source subject to this subsection must achieve the following NSPS representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available demonstrated technology (BADT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines that produce copper, lead, zinc, gold, silver, or molybdenum bearing ores or any combination of these ores from open-pit or underground operations other than placer deposits shall not exceed:
(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills that use the froth-flotation process alone, or in conjunction with other processes, for the beneficiation of copper, lead, zinc, gold, silver, or molybdenum ores or any combination of these ores. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2)(i) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
(ii) In the event there is a build up of contaminants in the recycle water which significantly interferes with the ore recovery process and this interference can not be eliminated through appropriate treatment of the recycle water, the permitting authority may allow a discharge of process wastewater in an amount necessary to correct the interference problem after installation of appropriate treatment. This discharge shall be subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section. The facility shall have the burden of demonstrating to the permitting authority that the discharge is necessary
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mine areas and mills processes and areas that use dump, heap, in-situ leach or vat-leach processes to extract copper from ores or ore waste materials. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
(d)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, there shall be no discharge of process wastewater to navigable waters from mills that use the cyanidation process to extract gold or silver. The Agency recognizes that the elimination of the discharge of pollutants to navigable waters may result in an increase in discharges of some pollutants to other media. The Agency has considered these impacts and has addressed them in the preamble published on December 3, 1982.
(2) In the event that the annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility exceeds the annual evaporation, a volume of water equal to the difference between annual precipitation falling on the treatment facility and the drainage area contributing surface runoff to the treatment facility and annual evaporation may be discharged subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
Paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of § 440.104, published at 47 FR 54609, Dec. 3, 1982, contains information collection and recordkeeping equirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.
The provisions of this subpart K are applicable to discharges from (a) mines that produce platinum ore and (b) mills that process platinum ore.
Except as provided in subpart L of this part and 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in mine drainage from mines that produce platinum bearing ores from open-pit or underground operations other than placer deposits shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged from mills that use the froth-flotation process alone, or in conjunction with other processes, for the beneficiation of platinum ores shall not exceed:
Abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to part 440 except as provided in these general provisions and definitions. The general provisions and definitions in this subpart apply to all subparts of part 440 unless otherwise noted.
(a)
(b)
(1) The facility is designed, constructed and maintained to contain the maximum volume of wastewater which would be generated by the facility during a 24-hour period without an increase in volume from precipitation and the maximum volume of wastewater resulting from a 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event or treat the maximum flow associated with these volumes. In computing the maximum volume of wastewater which would result from a 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event, the facility must include the volume which would result from all areas contributing runoff to the individual treatment facility,
(2) The facility takes all reasonable steps to maintain treatment of the wastewater and minimize the amount of overflow.
(3) The facility complies with the notification requirements of § 122.60 (g) and (h). The storm exemption is designed to provide an affirmative defense to an enforcement action. Therefore, the operator has the burden of demonstrating to the appropriate authority that the above conditions have been met.
(c)
(1) The facility is designed, constructed, and maintained to contain the maximum volume of wastewater stored and contained by the facility during normal operating conditions without an increase in volume from precipitation and the maximum volume of wastewater resulting from a 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event. In computing the maximum volume of wastewater which would result from a 10-year, 24-hour precipitation event, the facility must include the volume which would result from all areas contributing runoff to the individual treatment facility,
(2) The facility takes all reasonable steps to minimize the overflow or excess discharge.
(3) The facility complies with the notification requirements of § 122.60(g) and (h). The storm exemption is designed to provide an affirmative defense to an enforcement action. Therefore, the operator has the burden of demonstrating to the appropriate authority that the above conditions have been met.
(d)
(2) In the case of a discharge into natural receiving waters for which the pH, if unaltered by human activities, is or would be less than 6.0 and approved water quality standards authorize such lower pH, the pH limitations for the discharge may be adjusted downward to the pH water quality criterion for the receiving waters provided the other effluent limitations for the discharge are met. In no case shall a pH limitation below 5.0 be permitted.
(e)
(a) “Active mining area” is a place where work or other activity related to the extraction, removal, or recovery of metal ore is being conducted, except, with respect to surface mines, any area of land on or in which grading has been completed to return the earth to desired contour and reclamation work has begun.
(b) “Annual precipitation” and “annual evaporation” are the mean annual precipitation and mean annual lake evaporation, respectively, as established by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Environmental Science Services Administration, Environmental Data Services, or equivalent regional rainfall and evaporation data.
(c) “Appropriate treatment of the recycle water” in subpart J, § 440.104 includes, but is not limited to pH adjustment, settling and pH adjustment, settling, and mixed media filtration.
(d) “Groundwater infiltration” in § 440.131 means that water which enters the treatment facility as a result of the interception of natural springs, aquifers, or run-off which percolates into the ground and seeps into the treatment facility's tailings pond or wastewater holding facility and that cannot be diverted by ditching or grouting the tailings pond or wastewater holding facility.
(e) “In-situ leach methods” means the processes involving the purposeful introduction of suitable leaching solutions into a uranium ore body to dissolve the valuable minerals in place and the purposeful leaching of uranium
(f) “Mill” is a preparation facility within which the metal ore is cleaned, concentrated, or otherwise processed before it is shipped to the customer, refiner, smelter, or manufacturer. A mill includes all ancillary operations and structures necessary to clean, concentrate, or otherwise process metal ore, such as ore and gangue storage areas and loading facilities.
(g) “Mine” is an active mining area, including all land and property placed under, or above the surface of such land, used in or resulting from the work of extracting metal ore or minerals from their natural deposits by any means or method, including secondary recovery of metal ore from refuse or other storage piles, wastes, or rock dumps and mill tailings derived from the mining, cleaning, or concentration of metal ores.
(h) “Mine drainage” means any water drained, pumped, or siphoned from a mine.
(i) “Ten (10)-year, 24-hour precipitation event” is the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in 10 years as established by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Weather Service, or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information.
(j) “U” (Uranium) is measured by the procedure discussed in 40 CFR 141.25(b)(2), or an equivalent method.
(a) The provisions of this subpart M are applicable to discharges from—
(1) Mines and dredges that produce gold or gold bearing ores from placer deposits; and
(2) The beneficiation processes which use gravity separation methods for recovering gold from placer deposits.
(b) The provisions of this subpart M are not applicable to any mines or beneficiation processes which process less than 1500 cubic yards (cu yd) of ore per year, or to dredges which process less than 50,000 cu yd of ore per year, or to dredges located in open waters (
For the purpose of this subpart M, the general definitions, abbreviations, methods of analysis, and general provisions set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply except as superseded by those below. The general provisions and definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 440, subpart L, shall not apply to this subpart.
(a)
(1) “Beneficiation area” means the area of land used to stockpile ore immediately before the beneficiation process, the area of land used for the beneficiation process, the area of land used to stockpile the tailings immediately after the beneficiation process, and the area of land from the stockpiled tailings to the treatment system (e.g., holding pond or settling pond, and the area of the treatment system).
(2) “Beneficiation process” means the dressing or processing of gold bearing ores for the purpose of—
(i) Regulating the size of, or recovering, the ore or product,
(ii) Removing unwanted constituents from the ore, and
(iii) Improving the quality, purity, or assay grade of a desired product.
(3) “Drainage water” means incidental surface waters from diverse sources such as rainfall, snow melt or permafrost melt.
(4) “Dredge” means a self-contained combination of an elevating excavator (e.g., bucket line dredge), the beneficiation or gold-concentrating
(5) “Five (5) year, 6-hour precipitation event” means the maximum 6-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in 5 years as established by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Weather Service, or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information.
(6) “Gravity separation methods” means the treatment of mineral particles which exploits differences between their specific gravities. The separation is usually performed by means of sluices, jigs, classifiers, spirals, hydrocyclones, or shaking tables.
(7) “Infiltration water” means that water which permeates through the earth into the plant site.
(8) “Mine” means a place where work or other activity related to the extraction or recovery of ore is performed.
(9) “Mine area” means the land area from which overburden is stripped and ore is removed prior to moving the ore to the beneficiation area.
(10) “Mine drainage” means any water drained, pumped or siphoned from a mine.
(11) “New water” means water from any discrete source such as a river, creek, lake or well which is deliberately allowed or brought into the plant site.
(12) “Open cut mine” means any form of recovery of ore from the earth except by a dredge.
(13) “Ore” means gold placer deposit consisting of metallic gold-bearing gravels, which may be: residual, from weathering of rocks in-situ; river gravels in active streams; river gravels in abandoned and often buried channels; alluvial fans; sea-beaches; and sea-beaches now elevated and inland. Ore is the raw “bank run” material measured in place, before being moved by mechanical or hydraulic means to a beneficiation process.
(14) “Permit area” means the area of land specified or referred to in an NPDES permit in which active mining and related activities may occur that result in the discharge regulated under the terms of the permit. Usually this is specifically delineated in an NPDES permit or permit application, but in other cases may be ascertainable from an Alaska Tri-agency permit application or similar document specifying the mine location, mining plan and similar data.
(15) “Plant site” means the area occupied by the mine, necessary haulage ways from the mine to the beneficiation process, the beneficiation area, the area occupied by the wastewater treatment facilities and the storage areas for waste materials and solids removed from the wastewaters during treatment.
(16) “Process wastewater” means all water used in and resulting from the beneficiation process, including but not limited to the water used to move the ore to and through the beneficiation process, the water used to aid in classification, and the water used in gravity separation, mine drainage, and infiltration and drainage waters which commingle with mine drainage or waters resulting from the beneficiation process.
(17) “Settleable solids” means the particulate material (both organic or inorganic) which will settle in one hour expressed in milliliters per liter (ml/l) as determined using an Imhoff cone and the method described for Residue—Settleable in 40 CFR part 136.
(b)
(1) The treatment system is designed, constructed, and maintained to contain the maximum volume of untreated process wastewater which would be discharged, stored, contained and used or recycled by the beneficiation process into the treatment system during a 4-hour operating period without an increase in volume from precipitation or infiltration, plus the maximum volume of water runoff resulting from a 5-year, 6-hour precipitation event. In computing the maximum volume of water
(2) The operator takes all reasonable steps to maintain treatment of the wastewater and minimize the amount of overflow.
(3) The source is in compliance with the BMP in § 140.148 and related provisions of its NPDES permit.
(4) The operator complies with the notification requirements of § 122.41 (m) and (n) of this title. The storm exemption is designed to provide an affirmative defense to an enforcement action. Therefore, the operator has the burden of demonstrating to the appropriate authority that the above conditions have been met.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The concentration of pollutants discharged in process wastewater from an open-cut mine plant site shall not exceed:
(b) The concentration of pollutants discharged in process wastewater from a dredge plant site shall not exceed:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
(a) The volume of process wastewater which may be discharged from an open-cut mine plant site shall not exceed the volume of infiltration, drainage and mine drainage waters which is in excess of the make up water required for operation of the beneficiation process. The concentration of pollutants in process wastewaters discharged from an open-cut mine plant site shall not exceed:
(b) The volume of process wastewater which may be discharged from a dredge plant site shall not exceed the volume of infiltration, drainage and mine drainage waters which is in excess of the make up water required for operation of the beneficiation process. The concentration of pollutants in process wastewater discharged from a dredge plant site shall not exceed:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following NSPS representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available demonstrated technology:
(a) The volume of process wastewater which may be discharged from an open-cut mine plant site shall not exceed the volume of infiltration, drainage and
(b) The volume of process wastewater which may be discharged from a dredge plant site shall not exceed the volume of infiltration, drainage and mine drainage waters which is in excess of the make up water required for operation of the beneficiation process. The concentration of pollutants in process wastewater discharged from a dredge plant site shall not exceed:
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the Regional Administrator or Director of a State agency with authority to administer the NPDES program shall in designating new source gold placer mines, take into account and base the decision on whether one or more of the following factors has occurred after May 24, 1988.
(1) The mine will operate outside of the permit area which is covered by a currently valid NPDES Permit.
(2) The mine significantly alters the nature or quantity of pollutants discharged.
(3) The mine discharges into a stream into which it has not discharged under its currently valid NPDES permit.
(4) The mine will operate in a permit area that has not been mined during the term of the currently valid NPDES permit.
(5) Such other factors as the Regional Administrator or state Director deems relevant.
The following best management practices are specific requirements which shall be included in each NPDES permit for all mining operations regulated under this subpart to the greatest extent applicable in each such mining operation.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361.
(a) As defined more specifically in each subpart, and except for discharges specified in paragraph (b) of this section, this part applies to discharges resulting from cleaning the interior of tanks used to transport chemical, petroleum or food grade cargos. This part does not apply to facilities that clean only the exteriors of transportation equipment. Operations which may be subject to this part typically are reported under a wide variety of Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes. Several of the most common SIC codes include: SIC 7699, SIC 4741, or SIC 4491 (1987 SIC Manual).
(b) This part is not applicable to the following discharges:
(1) Wastewaters associated with tank cleanings operated in conjunction with other industrial, commercial, or Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW) operations, provided that the cleaning is limited to tanks that previously contained raw materials, by-products, or finished products that are associated with the facility's on-site processes.
(2) Wastewaters resulting from cleaning the interiors of drums, intermediate bulk containers, or closed-top hoppers.
(3) Wastewater from a facility that discharges less than 100,000 gallons per year of transportation equipment cleaning process wastewater.
(a) In addition to the general definitions and abbreviations at 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions shall apply to this part:
(b) The parameters regulated in this part and listed with approved methods of analysis in Table IB at 40 CFR 136.3, are defined as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(c) The parameters regulated in this part and listed with approved methods of analysis in Table IC at 40 CFR 136.3, are as follows:
(1) Fluoranthene.
(2) Phenanthrene.
Any source subject to this part that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
This subpart applies to discharges resulting from the cleaning of tank trucks and intermodal tank containers which have been used to transport chemical or petroleum cargos.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
(a) Effluent Limitations
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for copper, mercury, and oil and grease (HEM) are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 442.11.
Any new point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards for BOD
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13 or in paragraph (b) of this section, no later than August 14, 2003, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must achieve PSES as follows:
(b) As an alternative to achieving PSES as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, any existing source subject to paragraph (a) of this section
(1) The discharger shall prepare a Pollutant Management Plan that satisfies the requirements as specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, and the discharger shall conduct its operations in accordance with that plan.
(2) The discharger shall notify its local control authority prior to renewing or modifying its individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement of its intent to achieve the pollution prevention allowable discharge pretreatment standard by submitting to the local control authority a certification statement of its intent to utilize a Pollutant Management Plan as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The certification statement must be signed by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 403.12(l);
(3) The discharger shall submit a copy of its Pollutant Management Plan as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section to the appropriate control authority at the time he/she applies to renew, or modify its individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement; and
(4) The discharger shall maintain at the offices of the facility and make available for inspection the Pollutant Management Plan as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(5) The Pollutant Manager Plan shall include:
(i) Procedures for identifying cargos, the cleaning of which is likely to result in discharges of pollutants that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(ii) For cargos identified as being incompatible with treatment at the POTW, the Plan shall provide that heels be fully drained, segregated from other wastewaters, and handled in an appropriate manner;
(iii) For cargos identified as being incompatible with treatment at the POTW, the Plan shall provide that the tank be prerinsed or presteamed as appropriate and the wastewater segregated from wastewaters to be discharged to the POTW and handled in an appropriate manner, where necessary to ensure that they do not cause or contribute to a discharge that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(iv) All spent cleaning solutions, including interior caustic washes, interior presolve washes, interior detergent washes, interior acid washes, and exterior acid brightener washes shall be segregated from other wastewaters and handled in an appropriate manner, where necessary to ensure that they do not cause or contribute to a discharge that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(v) Provisions for appropriate recycling or reuse of cleaning agents;
(vi) Provisions for minimizing the use of toxic cleaning agents (solvents, detergents, or other cleaning or brightening solutions);
(vii) Provisions for appropriate recycling or reuse of segregated wastewaters (including heels and prerinse/pre-steam wastes);
(viii) Provisions for off-site treatment or disposal, or effective pre-treatment of segregated wastewaters (including heels, prerinse/pre-steam wastes, spent cleaning solutions);
(ix) Information on the volumes, content, and chemical characteristics of cleaning agents used in cleaning or brightening operations; and
(x) Provisions for maintaining appropriate records of heel management procedures, prerinse/pre-steam management procedures, cleaning agent management procedures, operator training, and proper operation and maintenance of any pre-treatment system;
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13 or in paragraph (b) of this section, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must achieve PSNS as follows:
(b) As an alternative to achieving PSNS as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, any new source subject to paragraph (a) of this section may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge of wastewater pollutants, as defined in § 442.2, if the source agrees to a control mechanism with the control authority as follows:
(1) The discharger shall prepare a Pollutant Management Plan that satisfies the requirements as specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, and the discharger shall conduct its operations in accordance with that plan.
(2) The discharger shall notify its local control authority prior to obtaining, renewing, or modifying its individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement of its intent to achieve the pollution prevention allowable discharge pretreatment standard by submitting to the local control authority a certification statement of its intent to utilize a Pollutant Management Plan as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The certification statement must be signed by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 403.12(l);
(3) The discharger shall submit a copy of its Pollutant Management Plan as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section to the appropriate control authority at the time he/she applies to renew, or modify its individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement; and
(4) The discharger shall maintain at the offices of the facility and make available for inspection the Pollutant Management Plan as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(5) The Pollutant Management Plan shall include:
(i) Procedures for identifying cargos, the cleaning of which is likely to result in discharges of pollutants that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(ii) For cargos identified as being incompatible with treatment at the POTW, the Plan shall provide that heels be fully drained, segregated from other wastewaters, and handled in an appropriate manner;
(iii) For cargos identified as being incompatible with treatment at the POTW, the Plan shall provide that the tank be prerinsed or presteamed as appropriate and the wastewater segregated from wastewaters to be discharged to the POTW and handled in an appropriate manner, where necessary to ensure that they do not cause or contribute to a discharge that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(iv) All spent cleaning solutions, including interior caustic washes, interior presolve washes, interior detergent washes, interior acid washes, and exterior acid brightener washes shall be segregated from other wastewaters and handled in an appropriate manner, where necessary to ensure that they do not cause or contribute to a discharge that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(v) Provisions for appropriate recycling or reuse of cleaning agents;
(vi) Provisions for minimizing the use of toxic cleaning agents (solvents, detergents, or other cleaning or brightening solutions);
(vii) Provisions for appropriate recycling or reuse of segregated wastewaters (including heels and prerinse/pre-steam wastes);
(viii) Provisions for off-site treatment or disposal, or effective pre-treatment of segregated wastewaters (including heels, prerinse/pre-steam wastes, spent cleaning solutions);
(ix) Information on the volumes, content, and chemical characteristics of cleaning agents used in cleaning or brightening operations; and
(x) Provisions for maintaining appropriate records of heel management procedures, prerinse/pre-steam management procedures, cleaning agent management procedures, operator training, and proper operation and maintenance of any pre-treatment system.
This subpart applies to discharges resulting from the cleaning of rail tank cars which have been used to transport chemical or petroleum cargos.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for fluoranthene, phenanthrene, and oil and grease (HEM) are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 442.21.
Any new point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards for BOD
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13 or in paragraph (b) of this section, no later than August 14, 2003 any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must achieve PSES as follows:
(b) As an alternative to achieving PSES as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, any existing source subject to paragraph (a) of this section may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge of wastewater pollutants, as defined in § 442.2, if the source agrees to a control mechanism with the control authority as follows:
(1) The discharger shall prepare a Pollutant Management Plan that satisfies the requirements as specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, and the discharger shall conduct its operations in accordance with that plan.
(2) The discharger shall notify its local control authority prior to renewing or modifying its individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement of its intent to achieve the pollution prevention allowable discharge pretreatment standard by submitting to the local control authority a certification statement of its intent to utilize a Pollutant Management Plan as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The certification statement must be signed by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 403.12(l);
(3) The discharger shall submit a copy of its Pollutant Management Plan as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section to the appropriate control authority at the time he/she applies to renew, or modify its individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement; and
(4) The discharger shall maintain at the offices of the facility and make
(5) The Pollutant Management Plan shall include:
(i) Procedures for identifying cargos, the cleaning of which is likely to result in discharges of pollutants that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(ii) For cargos identified as being incompatible with treatment at the POTW, the Plan shall provide that heels be fully drained, segregated from other wastewaters, and handled in an appropriate manner;
(iii) For cargos identified as being incompatible with treatment at the POTW, the Plan shall provide that the tank be prerinsed or presteamed as appropriate and the wastewater segregated from wastewaters to be discharged to the POTW and handled in an appropriate manner, where necessary to ensure that they do not cause or contribute to a discharge that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(iv) All spent cleaning solutions, including interior caustic washes, interior presolve washes, interior detergent washes, interior acid washes, and exterior acid brightener washes shall be segregated from other wastewaters and handled in an appropriate manner, where necessary to ensure that they do not cause or contribute to a discharge that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(v) Provisions for appropriate recycling or reuse of cleaning agents;
(vi) Provisions for minimizing the use of toxic cleaning agents (solvents, detergents, or other cleaning or brightening solutions);
(vii) Provisions for appropriate recycling or reuse of segregated wastewaters (including heels and prerinse/pre-steam wastes);
(viii) Provisions for off-site treatment or disposal, or effective pre-treatment of segregated wastewaters (including heels, prerinse/pre-steam wastes, spent cleaning solutions);
(ix) Information on the volumes, content, and chemical characteristics of cleaning agents used in cleaning or brightening operations; and
(x) Provisions for maintaining appropriate records of heel management procedures, prerinse/pre-steam management procedures, cleaning agent management procedures, operator training, and proper operation and maintenance of any pre-treatment system;
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13 or in paragraph (b) of this section, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must achieve PSNS as follows:
(b) As an alternative to achieving PSNS as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, any new source subject to paragraph (a) of this section may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge of wastewater pollutants, as defined in § 442.2, if the source agrees to a control mechanism with the control authority as follows:
(1) The discharger shall prepare a Pollutant Management Plan that satisfies the requirements as specified in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, and the discharger shall conduct its operations in accordance with that plan.
(2) The discharger shall notify its local control authority prior to obtaining, renewing, or modifying its individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement of its intent to achieve the pollution prevention allowable discharge pretreatment standard by submitting to the local control authority a certification statement of its intent to utilize a Pollutant Management Plan as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The certification statement must be signed by the responsible corporate officer as defined in 40 CFR 403.12(l);
(3) The discharger shall submit a copy of its Pollutant Management Plan as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
(4) The discharger shall maintain at the offices of the facility and make available for inspection the Pollutant Management Plan as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(5) The Pollutant Management Plan shall include:
(i) Procedures for identifying cargos, the cleaning of which is likely to result in discharges of pollutants that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(ii) For cargos identified as being incompatible with treatment at the POTW, the Plan shall provide that heels be fully drained, segregated from other wastewaters, and handled in an appropriate manner;
(iii) For cargos identified as being incompatible with treatment at the POTW, the Plan shall provide that the tank be prerinsed or presteamed as appropriate and the wastewater segregated from wastewaters to be discharged to the POTW and handled in an appropriate manner, where necessary to ensure that they do not cause or contribute to a discharge that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(iv) All spent cleaning solutions, including interior caustic washes, interior presolve washes, interior detergent washes, interior acid washes, and exterior acid brightener washes shall be segregated from other wastewaters and handled in an appropriate manner, where necessary to ensure that they do not cause or contribute to a discharge that would be incompatible with treatment at the POTW;
(v) Provisions for appropriate recycling or reuse of cleaning agents;
(vi) Provisions for minimizing the use of toxic cleaning agents (solvents, detergents, or other cleaning or brightening solutions);
(vii) Provisions for appropriate recycling or reuse of segregated wastewaters (including heels and prerinse/pre-steam wastes);
(viii) Provisions for off-site treatment or disposal, or effective pre-treatment of segregated wastewaters (including heels, prerinse/pre-steam wastes, spent cleaning solutions);
(ix) Information on the volumes, content, and chemical characteristics of cleaning agents used in cleaning or brightening operations; and
(x) Provisions for maintaining appropriate records of heel management procedures, prerinse/pre-steam management procedures, cleaning agent management procedures, operator training, and proper operation and maintenance of any pre-treatment system;
This subpart applies to discharges resulting from the cleaning of tank barges or ocean/sea tankers which have been used to transport chemical or petroleum cargos.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 442.31.
Any new point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for non-polar materials (SGT-HEM), cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel and zinc are the same as the corresponding standard specified in § 442.35.
This subpart applies to discharges resulting from the cleaning of tank trucks, intermodal tank containers, rail tank cars, tank barges and ocean/sea tankers which have been used to transport food grade cargos. If wastewater generated from cleaning tanks used to transport food grade cargos is mixed with wastewater resulting from cleaning tanks used to transport chemical or petroleum cargos, then the combined wastewater is subject to the provisions established for the corresponding tanks (
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Any new point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards for BOD
Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), 306 (b) and (c) and 307(c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (the Act); 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317(c), 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of asphalt paving and roofing emulsions.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “production area size” shall mean that area in which the oxidation towers, loading facilities, and all buildings that house product processes are located.
(c) The term “process wastewater pollutants” shall mean any pollutants present in the process wastewaters and rainwater runoff.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of asphalt concrete.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “process wastewater” shall mean any water which, during the manufacturing process, comes into direct contact with any raw material, intermediate product, by-product, or product used in or resulting from the production of paving asphalt concrete.
(c) The term “process wastewater pollutants” shall mean any pollutants present in the process wastewater.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of asphalt roofing materials.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “process wastewater” shall mean any water which, during the manufacturing process, comes into direct contact with any raw material, intermediate product, by-product, or product used in or resulting from the production of asphalt roofing materials.
(c) The term “process wastewater pollutants” shall mean any pollutants present in the process wastewater.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of Linoleum and Printed Asphalt Felt floor coverings.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “process wastewater” shall mean any water which, during the manufacturing process, comes into direct contact with any raw material, intermediate product, by-product, or product used in or resulting from the production of linoleum and printed asphalt felt floor coverings.
(c) The term “process wastewater pollutants” shall mean any pollutants present in the process wastewater.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Secs. 301, 304, 306, 307, 308, 402, and 501 of the Clean Water Act, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342, and 1361.
(a) The provisions of this part apply only to that portion of wastewater discharges that are associated with Commercial Hazardous Waste Combustor (CHWC) wastewater.
(b) The discharge from a CHWC of wastewater that is not CHWC wastewater, may be subject to other applicable provisions of EPA's CWA effluent guidelines and standards regulations at subchapter N of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
As used in this part the general definitions and abbreviations in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply.
(1) The thermal unit is burning wastes that are not of a similar nature to wastes being burned from industrial processes on site or
(2) There are no wastes being burned from industrial processes on site. Examples of wastes of a “similar nature” may include the following: Wastes generated in industrial operations whose wastewaters are subject to the same provisions in 40 CFR subchapter N or wastes burned as part of a product stewardship activity. The term commercial hazardous waste combustor includes the following facilities: a facility that burns exclusively waste received from off-site; and, a facility that burns both wastes generated on-site and wastes received from off-site. Facilities that may be commercial hazardous waste combustors include hazardous waste incinerators, rotary kiln incinerators, lime kilns, lightweight aggregate kilns, and boilers. A facility not otherwise a commercial hazardous waste combustor is not a commercial hazardous waste combustor if it burns RCRA hazardous waste for charitable organizations, as a community service or as an accommodation to local, state or government agencies so long as the waste is burned for no fee or other remuneration.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(a) Both direct and indirect discharges must monitor to establish compliance with their limitations and standards. Thus, all the permits of all direct dischargers must include requirements to monitor, according to EPA-approved test procedures, each pollutant limited in the permit, the volume of effluent discharged from each outfall, and other appropriate measurements subject to notification requirements. See 40 CFR 122.44(i). EPA's pretreatment regulations similarly require indirect dischargers to monitor to demonstrate compliance with pretreatment standards. See 40 CFR 403.12(g).
(b) Incorporation by reference:
(1) Compliance with the monitoring requirements may be accomplished using approved test procedures listed in the table to this paragraph. Most of these test procedures have previously been incorporated by reference at 40
(2) The full texts of the methods from the following references which are cited in the table in paragraph (b)(1) of this section are incorporated by reference into this regulation and may be obtained from the sources identified. All costs cited are subject to change and must be verified from the indicated sources. The full texts of all the test procedures cited are available for inspection at the Analytical Methods Staff, Office of Water, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
(1) “Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes,” U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-600/4-79-020, Revised March 1983 and 1979 where applicable. Available from: ORD Publications, CERI, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268. [Note 1]
(2) “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.” Joint Editorial Board, American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, and Water Environment Federation, 18th Edition, 1992. Available from: American Public Health Association, 1015 15th Street NW, Washington, DC 20005. [Note 6]
(3) “Annual Book of ASTM Standards—Water and Environmental Technology,” Section 11, Volumes 11.01 (Water I) and 11.02 (Water II), 1994. [1996 for D5673-96; see Note 17]. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
(4) “Methods for the Determination of Metals in Environmental Samples—Supplement I”, National Exposure Risk Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH 45268, EPA 600 R-94/111, May 1994. [Notes 5 and 7]
(5) “Methods for Determination of Inorganic Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments,” by M.J. Fishman and Linda C. Friedman, Techniques of Water Resources Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 5 Chapter A1 (1989). Available from: U.S. Geological Survey, Denver Federal Center, Box 25425, Denver, CO 80225. Cost: $108.75 (subject to change). [Note 2]
(6) “Closed Vessel Microwave Digestion of Wastewater Samples for Determination of Metals,” CEM Corporation, P.O. Box 200, Matthews, North Carolina 28106-0200, April 16, 1992. Available from the CEM Corporation. [Note 15]
(7) “Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC—International, 15th Edition,” 1990. Price: $359.00. Available from: AOAC—International, 1970 Chain Bridge Rd., Dept. 0742, McLean, VA 22109-0742. [Note 3]
(8) “American National Standard on Photographic Processing Effluents,” April 2, 1975. Available from: American National Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, New York 10036. [Note 8]
(9) Bicinchoninate Method for Copper. Method 8506, Hach Handbook of Water Analysis, 1979, Method and price available from Hach Chemical Company, P.O. Box 300, Loveland, Colorado 80537. [Note 10]
(10) Hydrogen Ion (pH) Automated Electrode Method, Industrial Method Number 378-75WA. October 1976. Bran & Luebbe (Technicon) Auto Analyzer II. Method and
(11) Zincon Method for Zinc, Method 8009. Hach Handbook for Water Analysis, 1979. Method and price available from Hach Chemical Company, P.O. Box 389, Loveland, Colorado 80537. [Note 13]
(12) “Direct Current Plasma (DCP) Optical Emission Spectrometric Method for Trace Elemental Analysis of Water and Wastes,” Method AES 0029, 1986 Revised 1991, Thermo Jarrell Ash Corporation (508-520-1880), 27 Forge Parkway, Franklin, MA 02038. [Note 14]
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: Limitations for TSS and pH are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 444.13.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: Limitations for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, silver, titanium and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 444.13.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any source that introduces wastewater pollutants into a POTW must comply with part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards for TSS, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, silver, titanium, zinc and pH are the same as the corresponding limitation specified in § 444.13.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any source that introduces wastewater pollutants into a POTW must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards: Standards for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, silver, titanium and zinc are the same as the
Secs. 301, 304, 306, 307, 308, 402 and 501 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, 1342 and 1361)
(a) As defined more specifically in each subpart and except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (h) of this section, this part applies to discharges of wastewater from landfill units.
(b) The provisions of this part do not apply to wastewater discharges from land application or land treatment units, surface impoundments, underground injection wells, waste piles, salt dome formations, salt bed formations, underground mines or caves as these terms are defined in 40 CFR 257.2 and 260.10.
(c) The provisions of this part do not apply to wastewater generated off-site of a landfill facility, including wastewater generated off-site from washing vehicles or from waste transfer stations.
(d) The provisions of this part do not apply to discharges of contaminated ground water or wastewater from recovery pumping wells.
(e) This part does not apply to discharges of landfill wastewater from landfills operated in conjunction with other industrial or commercial operations when the landfill only receives wastes generated by the industrial or commercial operation directly associated with the landfill.
(f) This part does not apply to discharges of landfill wastewater from landfills operated in conjunction with other industrial or commercial operations when the landfill receives wastes generated by the industrial or commercial operation directly associated with the landfill and also receives other wastes provided the other wastes received for disposal are generated by a facility that is subject to the same provisions in 40 CFR subchapter N as the industrial or commercial operation or the other wastes received are of similar nature to the wastes generated by the industrial or commercial operation.
(g) This part does not apply to landfills operated in conjunction with Centralized Waste Treatment (CWT) facilities subject to 40 CFR part 437 so long as the CWT facility commingles the landfill wastewater with other non-landfill wastewater for discharge. A landfill directly associated with a CWT facility is subject to this part if the CWT facility discharges landfill wastewater separately from other CWT wastewater or commingles the wastewater from its landfill only with wastewater from other landfills.
(h) This part does not apply to landfills operated in conjunction with other industrial or commercial operations when the landfill receives wastes from public service activities so long as the company owning the landfill does not receive a fee or other remuneration for the disposal service.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR 122.2, 257.2, 258.2, 264.10, 265.10, 401.11, and 403.3 the following definitions apply to this part:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) A landfill located on the same site as industrial or commercial operations; and
(2) A landfill not located on the same site as the industrial or commercial operations (off-site), but “wholly-owned” by the industrial or commercial facility and primarily dedicated to receiving waste from the related industrial or commercial facility.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k) The regulated parameters for this part, numbered (P) and listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1B at 40 CFR 136.3, are defined as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(l) The regulated parameters for this part, numbered (P) and listed with approved methods of analysis in Table 1C at 40 CFR 136.3, are as follows:
(1) Naphthalene. P68.
(2) Phenol. P85.
(m) The regulated parameters for this part listed with approved methods of analysis in the attachments to Methods 625 and 1625B in appendix A at 40 CFR part 136 are as follows:
(1) Aniline.
(2) Benzoic acid.
(3) p-Cresol.
(4) Pyridine.
(5) a-Terpineol.
Any source subject to this part that introduces wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) must comply with 40 CFR part 403.
Except as provided in § 445.1, this subpart applies to discharges of wastewater from landfills subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 264,
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations which represent the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations which represent the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations which represent the application of BAT: Limitations for ammonia (as N), a-terpineol, aniline, benzoic acid, naphthalene, p-cresol, phenol, pyridine, arsenic, chromium and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 445.11.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards are the same as those specified in § 445.11.
Except as provided in § 445.1, this subpart applies to discharges of wastewater from landfills subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 258,
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations which represent the application of BPT:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations which represent the application of BCT: Limitations for BOD
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations which represent the application of BAT: Limitations for ammonia (as N), a-terpineol, benzoic acid, p-cresol, phenol and zinc are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 445.21.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards: Standards are the same as those specified in § 445.21.
Secs. 301, 304(b) and (c), 306(b) and (c) and 307(c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (the Act); 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314(b) and (c), 1316(b) and (c) and 1317(c); 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of oil-base paint where the tank cleaning is performed using solvents. When a plant is subject to effluent limitations covering more than one subcategory the discharge limitation shall be the aggregate of the limitations applicable to the total production covered in each subcategory.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process water pollutants to a publicly owned treatment works.
Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), 306 (b) and (c) and 307(c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (the Act); 33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c), 1316 (b) and (c) and 1317(c); 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of oil-base ink where the tank washing system uses solvents. When a plant is subject to effluent limitations covering more than one subcategory the discharge limitation shall be the aggregate of the limitations applicable to the total production covered in each subcategory.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations, and
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process water pollutants to a publicly owned treatment works.
33 U.S.C. 101, 301, 304, 306, 308, 401, 402, 501 and 510.
(a) This part applies to discharges associated with construction activity required to obtain NPDES permit coverage pursuant to 40 CFR 122.26(b)(14)(x) and (b)(15).
(b) The provisions of § 450.22(a) do not apply to discharges associated with interstate natural gas pipeline construction activity.
(c) The New Source Performance Standards at § 450.24 apply to all new sources and are effective February 1, 2010.
(d) The BPT, BCT and BAT effluent limitations at § 450.21 through 450.23 apply to all sources not otherwise covered by paragraph (c) of this section and are effective February 1, 2010.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any point source subject to this subpart must achieve, at a minimum, the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT).
(a)
(1) Control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion;
(2) Control stormwater discharges, including both peak flowrates and total stormwater volume, to minimize erosion at outlets and to minimize downstream channel and streambank erosion;
(3) Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity;
(4) Minimize the disturbance of steep slopes;
(5)
(6) Provide and maintain natural buffers around surface waters, direct stormwater to vegetated areas to increase sediment removal and maximize stormwater infiltration, unless infeasible; and
(7) Minimize soil compaction and, unless infeasible, preserve topsoil.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from equipment and vehicle washing, wheel wash water, and other wash waters. Wash waters must be treated in a sediment basin or alternative control that provides equivalent or better treatment prior to discharge;
(2) Minimize the exposure of building materials, building products, construction wastes, trash, landscape materials, fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides, detergents, sanitary waste and other materials present on the site to precipitation and to stormwater; and
(3) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from spills and leaks and implement chemical spill and leak prevention and response procedures.
(e)
(1) Wastewater from washout of concrete, unless managed by an appropriate control;
(2) Wastewater from washout and cleanout of stucco, paint, form release oils, curing compounds and other construction materials;
(3) Fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance; and
(4) Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing.
(f)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any point source subject to this subpart must achieve, at a minimum, the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT).
(a) Beginning no later than August 1, 2011 during construction activity that disturbs 20 or more acres of land at one time, including non-contiguous land disturbances that take place at the same time and are part of a larger common plan of development or sale; and no later than February 2, 2014 during construction activity that disturbs ten or more acres of land area at one time, including non-contiguous land disturbances that take place at the same time and are part of a larger common plan of development or sale, the following requirements apply:
(1) Except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section, the average turbidity of any discharge for any day must not exceed the value listed in the following table:
(2) Conduct monitoring consistent with requirements established by the permitting authority. Each sample must be analyzed for turbidity in accordance with methods specified by the permitting authority.
(b) If stormwater discharges in any day occur as a result of a storm event in that same day that is larger than the local 2-year, 24-hour storm, the effluent limitation in paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not apply for that day.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
At 75 FR 68217, Nov. 5, 2010, in § 450.22, paragraphs (a) and (b) were stayed indefinitely, effective Jan. 4, 2011.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any point source subject to this subpart must achieve, at a minimum, the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best conventional pollutant control technology (BCT). The effluent limitations are described at § 450.21.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve, at a minimum, the following new source performance standards representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best available demonstrated control technology (NSPS): The standards are described at § 450.22.
7 U.S.C. 135
As defined more specifically in each subpart, this part applies to discharges from concentrated aquatic animal production facilities as defined at 40 CFR 122.24 and appendix C of 40 CFR part 122. This part applies to the discharges of pollutants from facilities that produce 100,000 pounds or more of aquatic animals per year in a flow-through, recirculating, net pen or submerged cage system.
As used in this part:
(a) The general definitions and abbreviations in 40 CFR part 401 apply.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(a)
(1) The permittee must provide a written report to the permitting authority of an INAD's impending use within 7 days of agreeing or signing up to participate in an INAD study. The written report must identify the INAD to be used, method of use, the dosage, and the disease or condition the INAD is intended to treat.
(2) For INADs and extralabel drug uses, the permittee must provide an oral report to the permitting authority as soon as possible, preferably in advance of use, but no later than 7 days after initiating use of that drug. The oral report must identify the drugs used, method of application, and the reason for using that drug.
(3) For INADs and extralabel drug uses, the permittee must provide a written report to the permitting authority within 30 days after initiating use of that drug. The written report must identify the drug used and include: the reason for treatment, date(s) and time(s) of the addition (including duration), method of application; and the amount added.
(b) Failure in, or damage to, the structure of an aquatic animal containment system resulting in an unanticipated material discharge of pollutants to waters of the U.S. In accordance with the following procedures, any permittee subject to this part must notify the permitting authority when there is a reportable failure.
(1) The permitting authority may specify in the permit what constitutes reportable damage and/or a material discharge of pollutants, based on a consideration of production system type, sensitivity of the receiving waters and other relevant factors.
(2) The permittee must provide an oral report within 24 hours of discovery of any reportable failure or damage that results in a material discharge of pollutants, describing the cause of the failure or damage in the containment system and identifying materials that have been released to the environment as a result of this failure.
(3) The permittee must provide a written report within 7 days of discovery of the failure or damage documenting the cause, the estimated time elapsed until the failure or damage was repaired, an estimate of the material released as a result of the failure or damage, and steps being taken to prevent a reccurrence.
(c) In the event a spill of drugs, pesticides or feed occurs that results in a discharge to waters of the U.S., the permittee must provide an oral report of the spill to the permitting authority within 24 hours of its occurrence and a written report within 7 days. The report shall include the identity and quantity of the material spilled.
(d)
(1) Develop and maintain a plan on site describing how the permittee will achieve the requirements of § 451.11(a) through (e) or § 451.21(a) through (h), as applicable.
(2) Make the plan available to the permitting authority upon request.
(3) The permittee subject to this part must certify in writing to the permitting authority that a BMP plan has been developed.
This subpart applies to the discharge of pollutants from a concentrated aquatic animal production facility that produces 100,000 pounds or more per year of aquatic animals in a flow-through or recirculating system.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must meet the following requirements, expressed as practices (or any modification to these requirements as determined by the permitting authority based on its exercise of its best professional judgment) representing the application of BPT:
(a)
(1) Employ efficient feed management and feeding strategies that limit feed input to the minimum amount reasonably necessary to achieve production goals and sustain targeted rates of aquatic animal growth in order to minimize potential discharges of uneaten feed and waste products to waters of the U.S.
(2) In order to minimize the discharge of accumulated solids from settling ponds and basins and production systems, identify and implement procedures for routine cleaning of rearing units and off-line settling basins, and procedures to minimize any discharge of accumulated solids during the inventorying, grading and harvesting aquatic animals in the production system.
(3) Remove and dispose of aquatic animal mortalities properly on a regular basis to prevent discharge to waters of the U.S., except in cases where the permitting authority authorizes such discharge in order to benefit the aquatic environment.
(b)
(1) Ensure proper storage of drugs, pesticides, and feed in a manner designed to prevent spills that may result in the discharge of drugs, pesticides or feed to waters of the U.S.
(2) Implement procedures for properly containing, cleaning, and disposing of any spilled material.
(c)
(1) Inspect the production system and the wastewater treatment system on a routine basis in order to identify and promptly repair any damage.
(2) Conduct regular maintenance of the production system and the wastewater treatment system in order to ensure that they are properly functioning.
(d)
(1) In order to calculate representative feed conversion ratios, maintain records for aquatic animal rearing units documenting the feed amounts and estimates of the numbers and weight of aquatic animals.
(2) Keep records documenting the frequency of cleaning, inspections, maintenance and repairs.
(e)
(1) In order to ensure the proper clean-up and disposal of spilled material adequately train all relevant facility personnel in spill prevention and how to respond in the event of a spill.
(2) Train staff on the proper operation and cleaning of production and wastewater treatment systems including training in feeding procedures and proper use of equipment.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must meet the following requirements representing the application of BAT: The limitations are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 451.11.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must meet the following requirements representing the application of BCT: The limitations are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 451.11.
Any point source subject to this subpart that is a new source must meet the following requirements: The standards are the same as the corresponding limitations specified in § 451.11.
This subpart applies to the discharge of pollutants from a concentrated aquatic animal production facility that produces 100,000 pounds or more per year of aquatic animals in net pen or submerged cage systems, except for net pen facilities rearing native species released after a growing period of no longer than 4 months to supplement commercial and sport fisheries.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must meet the following requirements, expressed as practices (or any modification to these requirements as determined by the permitting authority based on its exercise of its best professional judgment) representing the application of BPT:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(2) Implement procedures for properly containing, cleaning, and disposing of any spilled material.
(f)
(2) Conduct regular maintenance of the production system in order to ensure that it is properly functioning.
(g)
(2) Keep records of the net changes, inspections and repairs.
(h)
(1) In order to ensure the proper clean-up and disposal of spilled material adequately train all relevant facility personnel in spill prevention and how to respond in the event of a spill.
(2) Train staff on the proper operation and cleaning of production systems including training in feeding procedures and proper use of equipment.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BAT: The limitations are the same as the limitations specified in § 451.21.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the application of BCT: The limitations are the same as the limitations specified in § 451.21.
Any point source subject to this subpart that is a new source must meet the following requirements: The standard is the same as the limitations specified in § 451.21.
Secs. 301, 304(b) and (c), 306(b), 307(b) and (c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314(b) and (c), 1316(b) and 1317(b) and (c), 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of char and charcoal briquets.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean char and charcoal briquets.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the manufacture of char and charcoal briquets by a point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practicable control technology currently available: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of gum rosin and turpentine.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean gum rosin and turpentine.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the manufacture of gum rosin and turpentine by a point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of wood rosin, turpentine and pine oil subcategory.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean products from wood rosin, turpentine and pine oil.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the manufacture of wood rosin, turpentine and pine oil by a point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of tall oil rosin, pitch and fatty acids.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean tall oil rosin, pitch and fatty acids.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the manufacture of tall oil rosin, pitch and fatty acids by a point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of essential oils.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean essential oils.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the manufacture of essential oils by a point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of rosin-based derivatives.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean rosin-based derivatives.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the manufacture of rosin-based derivatives by a point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Secs. 301, 304, 306, 307, and 501, Pub. L. 92-500, 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 95-217, 91 Stat. 156, and Pub. L. 100-4 (33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, and 1361).
As used in this part:
(a)(1)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e) Except as provided in this regulation, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this part.
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
All discharges subject to pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) in subparts A and B of this part must comply with the standards no later than September 28, 1993.
(a) For the purpose of calculating and applying effluent limitations for COD,
(b) For the purpose of calculating BPT effluent limitations for organic Pesticide chemicals, the provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of the following organic active ingredients: Aldrin, BHC, Captan, Chlordane, DDD, DDE, DDT, Dichloran, Dieldrin, Endosulfan, Endrin, Heptachlor, Lindane, Methoxychlor, Mirex, PCNB, Toxaphene, Trifluralin, Azinphos Methyl, Demeton-O, Demeton-S, Diazinon, Disulfoton, Malathion, Parathion Methyl, Parathion Ethyl, Aminocarb, Carbaryl, Methiocarb, Mexacarbate, Propoxur, Barban, Chlorpropham, Diuron, Fenuron, Fenuron-TCA, Linuron, Monuron, Monuron-TCA, Neubron, Propham, Swep, 2,4-D, Dicamba, Silvex, 2,4,5-T, Siduron, Perthane, and Dicofol.
(c) The intermediates used to manufacture the active ingredients and active ingredients used solely in experimental pesticides are excluded from coverage in this subpart. Insecticidal pathogenic organisms such as Bacillus thuringiensis, insect growth hormones, plant extracts such as pyrethrins; sex attractants and botanicals such as Rotenone are also excluded from BPT coverage in this subpart.
(d) A plant that manufactures a pesticide active ingredient listed in Table 1 of this part must comply with the BAT effluent limitations and new source performance and pretreatment standards for that pesticide active ingredient listed in table 2 (BAT and PSES) or Table 3 of this part (NSPS and PSNS). A plant that manufactures a pesticide active ingredient listed in Table 1 of this part must also comply with the BAT effluent limitations and new source performance and pretreatment standards for priority pollutants listed in Tables 4, 5 and 6 of this part. The limitations in Table 4 of this part (BAT and NSPS) are applicable to existing and new direct discharge point sources that use End-of-Pipe biological treatment. The limitations in Table 5 of this part (BAT and NSPS) are applicable to existing and new direct discharge point sources that do not use end-of-pipe biological treatment. The limitations in Table 6 of this part (PSES and PSNS) are applicable to existing and new sources that discharge to Publicly Owned Treatment Works.
(e) In the case of lead and total cyanide, the discharge quantity (mass) shall be determined by multiplying the concentrations listed in the applicable tables in this subpart times the flow from non-complexed lead-bearing waste streams for lead and times the flow from non-complexed cyanide-bearing waste streams for total cyanide. Discharges of cyanide in cyanide-bearing waste streams are not subject to the cyanide limitation and standards of this subpart if the permit writer or control authority determines that the cyanide limitations and standards are not achievable due to elevated levels of non-amenable cyanide (
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT). The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this paragraph which may be discharged from the manufacture of organic active ingredient:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology: The limitations for BOD, TSS and pH are the same as those specified in 40 CFR 455.22.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology as specified in 40 CFR 455.20(d). For the priority pollutants, such sources must achieve discharges not exceeding the quantity (mass) determined by multipying the process wastewater flow subject to this subpart as defined in 40 CFR 455.21 (d) times the concentrations listed in table 4 or table 5 of this part, as appropriate, of this subpart.
(a) Any new source subject to this subpart which discharges process wastewater pollutants must achieve the new source performance standards specified in 40 CFR 455.20(d), and subject to 455.20(a), must meet the following standards for BOD
(b) For the priority pollutants, such sources must achieve discharges not exceeding the quantity (mass) determined by multiplying the process wastewater flow subject to this subpart as defined in 40 CFR 455.21(d) times the concentrations listed in table 4 or table 5 of this part, as appropriate, of this subpart.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES) as specified in 40 CFR 455.20(d). For the priority pollutants, such sources must achieve discharges not exceeding the quantity (mass) determined by multiplying the process wastewater flow subject to this subpart as defined in 40 CFR 455.21(d) times the concentrations listed in Table 6 of this part. If mass limitations have not been developed as required, the source shall achieve discharges not exceeding the concentration limitations listed in Table 6 of this part.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and must achieve the pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS) as specified in 40
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of metallo-organic active ingredients containing mercury, cadmium, arsenic, or copper. The manufacture of intermediates used to manufacture the active ingredients are excluded from coverage by this subpart.
(a) “Metallo-organic active ingredients” means carbon containing active ingredients containing one or more metallic atoms in the structure.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart, shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT). The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this paragraph which may be discharged from the manufacture of metallo-organic active ingredient: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
(a) The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from all pesticide formulating, packaging and repackaging operations except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this section.
(b) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to repackaging of agricultural pesticides performed at refilling establishments, as described in § 455.60.
(c) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to wastewater discharges from: the operation of employee showers and laundry facilities; the testing of fire protection equipment; the testing and emergency operation of safety showers and eye washes; storm water; Department of Transportation (DOT) aerosol leak test bath water from non-continuous overflow baths (batch baths) where no cans have burst from the time of the last water change-out; and on-site laboratories from cleaning analytical equipment and glassware and rinsing the retain sample container (except for the initial rinse of the retain sample container which is
(d) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to wastewater discharges from the formulation, packaging and/or repackaging of sanitizer products (including pool chemicals); microorganisms; inorganic wastewater treatment chemicals; group 1 mixtures and group 2 mixtures, as defined under § 455.10.
(e) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to wastewater discharges from the development of new formulations of pesticide products and the associated efficacy and field testing at on-site or stand-alone research and development laboratories where the resulting pesticide product is not produced for sale.
(f) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to wastewater discharges from the formulation, packaging and/or repackaging of liquid chemical sterilant products (including any sterilant or subordinate disinfectant claims on such products) for use on a critical or semi-critical device, as defined in Section 201 of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and in Section 2(u) of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act.
(a)
(1) Lists and describes those product families, process lines and/or process units for which the PFPR facility is implementing the Pollution Prevention Alternative (“P2 Alternative”);
(2) Describes the PFPR facility specific practices for each product family/process line/process unit which are to be practiced as part of the P2 Alternative;
(3) Describes any justification allowing modification to the practices listed in Table 8 to this part 455; and
(4) Lists the treatment system being used to obtain a P2 allowable discharge (as defined in 455.41).
(b)
(c)
(1) Lists and describes those product families, process lines and/or process units for which the facility is implementing the P2 Alternative;
(2) Describes the facility specific practices for each product family/process line/process unit which are to be practiced as part of the P2 Alternative;
(3) Describes any justification allowing modification to the practices listed in Table 8 to this part 455;
(4) Includes a written discussion demonstrating that the treatment system being used contains the appropriate pollution control technologies (or equivalent systems/pesticide manufacturing systems) for removing the PAIs which may be found in the wastewater;
(5) Establishes a method for demonstrating to the permitting/control authority that the treatment system is well operated and maintained; and
(6) Includes a discussion of the rationale for choosing the method of demonstration.
(d) For Indirect Dischargers:
(e) For Direct Dischargers:
(f)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this paragraph which may be discharged from the formulation, packaging or repackaging of pesticides: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
For existing PFPR/Manufacturer facilities, as defined in § 455.10(p), which are also subject to the provisions of § 455.22 or § 455.32, “zero discharge” means that permitting authorities shall provide no additional discharge allowance for those pesticide active ingredients (PAIs) in the pesticide formulating, packaging and repackaging wastewaters when those PAIs are also manufactured at the same facility.
(b) Any existing facility subject to paragraph (a) of this section may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge, as defined in § 455.41(e), of wastewater pollutants to navigable waters if the discharger agrees to NPDES permit conditions as follows:
(1) The discharger will meet the requirements of the Pollution Prevention Alternative listed in Table 8 to this part 455 (or received a modification by Best Professional Judgement for modifications not listed in Table 8 of this part 455);
(2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of renewal or modification of its permit, of its intent to utilize the Pollution Prevention Alternative by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 455.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statements as described in § 455.41(b) once each year of operation; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 455.41(c).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollutant control technology.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the BCT limitations are established as follows: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
For existing PFPR/Manufacturer facilities, as defined in § 455.10(p), which are also subject to the provisions of §§ 455.23,
(b) Any existing facility subject to paragraph (a) of this section may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge, as defined in § 455.41(e), of wastewater pollutants to navigable waters if the discharger agrees to NPDES permit conditions as follows:
(1) The discharger will meet the requirements of the Pollution Prevention Alternative listed in Table 8 to this part 455 (or received a modification by Best Professional Judgement for modifications not listed in Table 8 of this part 455);
(2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of renewal or modification of its permit, of its intent to utilize the Pollution Prevention Alternative by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 455.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 455.41(b) once each year of operation; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 455.41(c).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology (BAT).
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the BAT limitations are established as follows: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
For existing PFPR/Manufacturer facilities, as defined in § 455.10(p), which are also subject to the provisions of §§ 455.24,
(b) Any existing facility subject to paragraph (a) of this section may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge, as defined in § 455.41(e), of wastewater pollutants to navigable waters if the discharger agrees to NPDES permit conditions as follows:
(1) The discharger will meet the requirements of the Pollution Prevention Alternative listed in Table 8 to this part 455 (or received a modification by Best Professional Judgement for modifications not listed on Table 8 of this part 455);
(2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permitting authority at the time of renewal or modification of its
(3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permit writer a periodic certification statement as described in § 455.41(b) once each year of operation; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 455.41(c).
(a) Any new source, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, subject to this subpart which discharges process wastewater must meet the following standards: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants to navigable waters.
For new PFPR/Manufacturer facilities, as defined in § 455.10(p), which are also subject to the provisions of §§ 455.25,
(b) Any new source subject to paragraph (a) of this section may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge, as defined in § 455.41(e), of wastewater pollutants to navigable waters if the discharger agrees to NPDES permit conditions as follows:
(1) The discharger will meet the requirements of the Pollution Prevention Alternative listed in Table 8 to this part 455 (or received a modification by Best Professional Judgement for modifications not listed in Table 8 of this part 455);
(2) The discharger will notify its NPDES permit writer at the time of submitting its application for a permit, of its intent to utilize the Pollution Prevention Alternative by submitting to the NPDES permit writer an initial certification statement as described in § 455.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its NPDES permitting authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 455.41(b) once each year of operation; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the office of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 455.41(c).
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13 or in paragraph (b) of this section, no later than November 6, 1999, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve PSES as follows: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
(b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to paragraph (a) of this section which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge of wastewater pollutants, as defined in § 455.41(d), if the discharger agrees to control mechanism or pretreatment agreement conditions as follows:
(1) The discharger will meet the requirements of the Pollution Prevention Alternative listed in Table 8 to this part 455 (or received a modification by Best Engineering Judgement for modifications not listed in Table 8 to this part 455);
(2) The discharger will notify its local Control Authority at the time of renewing or modifying its individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement of its intent to utilize the Pollution Prevention Alternative by submitting to the local Control Authority an initial certification statement as described in § 455.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its local Control Authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 455.41(b) during the months of June and December of each year of operation; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the offices of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site
(c) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to § 455.46(b) which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and may submit a request to its Control Authority to waive pretreatment of: floor wash; and/or a non-reusable final rinse of a triple rinse, if the concentrations of pesticide active ingredients and priority pollutants in those wastewater sources have been demonstrated to be too low to be effectively pretreated at the facility. The Control Authority may waive pretreatment for these two wastewaters only if the existing source makes the demonstrations and is in compliance with 40 CFR 403.5.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13 or in paragraph (b) of this section, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve PSNS as follows: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
(b) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any new source subject to paragraph (a) of this section which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and may have a pollution prevention allowable discharge of wastewater pollutants, as defined in § 455.41(d), if the discharger agrees to control mechanism or pretreatment agreement conditions as follows:
(1) The discharger will meet the requirements of the Pollution Prevention Alternative listed in Table 8 to this part 455 (or received a modification by Best Engineering Judgement for modifications not listed in Table 8 to this part 455);
(2) The discharger will notify its local Control Authority at the time of submitting its application for an individual control mechanism or pretreatment agreement of its intent to utilize the Pollution Prevention Alternative by submitting to the local Control Authority an initial certification statement as described in § 455.41(a);
(3) The discharger will submit to its local Control Authority a periodic certification statement as described in § 455.41(b) during the months of June and December of each year of operation; and
(4) The discharger will maintain at the offices of the facility and make available for inspection the on-site compliance paperwork as described in § 455.41(c).
(c) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any new source subject to paragraph (b) of this section which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and may submit a request to its Control Authority to waive pretreatment of: floor wash; and/or a non-reusable final rinse of a triple rinse, if the concentrations of pesticide active ingredients and priority pollutants in those wastewater sources have been demonstrated to be too low to be effectively pretreated at the facility. The Control Authority may waive pretreatment for these two wastewaters only if the new source makes the demonstrations and is in compliance with 40 CFR 403.5.
The pesticide active ingredients to which this section applies and for which effluent limitations guidelines and standards are specified in this part are named, together with the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) number (provided to assist in identifying the pesticide active ingredient only) and analytical method(s) designation(s) in Table IG at 40 CFR 136.3(a). Except as provided in 40 CFR 136.5, the discharge parameter values required under the Clean Water Act must be determined by one of the analytical methods cited and described in Table IG at 40 CFR 136.3(a). Pesticide manufacturers may not use the analytical method cited in
(a) The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from all repackaging of agricultural pesticides performed by refilling establishments, as defined in § 455.10; whose primary business is wholesale or retail sales; and where no pesticide manufacturing, formulating or packaging occurs, except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section.
(b) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to wastewater discharges from custom application or custom blending, as defined in 40 CFR 167.3.
(c) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to wastewater discharges from: the operation of employee showers and laundry facilities; the testing of fire protection equipment; the testing and emergency operation of safety showers and eye washes; or storm water.
(d) The provisions of this subpart do not apply to wastewater discharges from the repackaging of microorganisms or Group 1 Mixtures, as defined under § 455.10, or non-agricultural pesticide products.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable pollutant control technology: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollution control technology: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of
Any new source subject to this subpart which discharges process wastewater pollutants must meet the following standards: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, no later than November 6, 1999 subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the pretreatment standards for existing sources as follows: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the pretreatment standards for existing sources as follows: There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants.
A modification to the list of practices on this table that an individual facility must comply with to be eligible for the pollution prevention alternative is allowed with acceptable justification as listed on this table as approved by the permit writer or control authority (using BPJ/BEJ) after submittal by the facility of a request for modification. A modification, for purposes of this table, means that a facility would no longer have to perform a listed practice or would need to comply with a modified practice. However, the modification only applies to the specific practice for which the modification has been justified and to no other listed practices. Facilities are required to thoroughly discuss all modifications in the on-site compliance paperwork as described above in the limitations and standards (§ 455.41(c)).
1. Must use water conservation practices. These practices may include, but are not limited to using: spray nozzles or flow reduction devices on hoses, low volume/high pressure rinsing equipment, floor scrubbing machines, mop(s) and bucket(s), and counter current staged drum rinsing stations.
2. Must practice good housekeeping:
(a) Perform preventative maintenance on all valves and fittings and repair leaky valves and fittings in a timely manner;
(b) Use drip pans under any valves or fittings where hoses or lines are routinely connected and disconnected, collect for reuse when possible; and
(c) Perform quick cleanup of leaks and spills in outdoor bulk storage or process areas.
3. Must sweep or vacuum dry production areas prior to rinsing with water.
4. Must clean interiors of dry formulation equipment with dry carrier prior to any water rinse. The carrier material must be stored and reused in future formulation of the same or compatible product or properly disposed of as solid waste.
5. If operating continuous overflow Department of Transportation (DOT) aerosol leak test baths—>
Must operate with some recirculation.
6. If operating air pollution control wet scrubbers—>
Must operate as recirculating scrubbers (periodic blowdown is allowed as needed).
7. When performing rinsing of raw material drums, storage drums, and/or shipping containers that contained liquid PAI(s) and/or inert ingredients for the formulation of water-based products—>
Must reuse the drum/shipping container rinsate DIRECTLY into the formulation at the time of formulation; or store for use in future formulation of same or compatible product; or use a staged drum rinsing station (counter current rinsing).
8. When performing rinsing of raw material drums, storage drums, and/or shipping containers that contained liquid PAI(s) and/or inert ingredients for the formulation of solvent-based products—>
Must reuse the drum/shipping container rinsate DIRECTLY into the formulation at the time of formulation or store for use in future formulation of same or compatible product.
(a) The drum/shipping container holds inert ingredient(s) only and: (1) The facility can demonstrate that, after using water conservation practices, the large concentration of inert ingredient in the formulation creates more volume than could feasibly be reused; or (2) the facility can demonstrate that the concentration of the inert in the formulation is so small that the reuse would cause a formulation to exceed the ranges allowed in the Confidential Statement of Formula (CSF) (40 CFR 158.155);
(b) Drums/shipping containers are going to a drum refurbisher/recycler who will only accept drums rinsed with water.]
9. Must dedicate PFPR production equipment by water-based versus solvent-based products. Dedicated solvent-based or water-based equipment may be used on a non-routine basis for non-dedicated operations; however the facility may not discharge the solvent/aqueous changeover rinsate as part of their P2 allowable discharge (
10. Must store the rinsate from interior rinsing (does not include drum/shipping container rinsate) for reuse in future formulation of same or compatible product.
(a) Facility has evidence of biological growth or other product deterioration over a typical storage period;
(b) Facility has space limitations, BUT must still store rinsates for most frequently produced products;
(c) Manufacturer (or formulator contracting for toll formulating) has directed otherwise (
(d) Facility is dropping registration or production of the formulation and there is no compatible formulation for reuse of the rinsates or facility can provide reasonable explanation of why it does not anticipate formulation of same or compatible formulation within the next 12 months;
(e) Facility only performs packaging of the pesticide product from which interior rinsate is generated; or
(f) Facility has demonstrated that it must use a detergent to clean the equipment.]
This table contains those pollutant control technologies, such as hydrolysis, chemical oxidation, precipitation and activated carbon adsorption, which have been used for estimating compliance costs on a PAI specific basis. In general, these treatment technologies have been determined to be effective in treating pesticide containing wastewaters in literature, in bench or pilot scale treatability studies or in the Pesticide Manufacturing effluent guidelines. These are the same technologies that are presented as part of the Universal Treatment System. However, these technologies are PAI specific and may need to be used in conjunction with one another to provide treatment for all PAIs used at a facility over a period of time. In addition, facilities may experience difficulties treating wastewaters that contain emulsions, therefore, “appropriate” treatment for emulsified wastewaters must include an emulsion breaking step. For PAIs whose technology is listed as “Pollution Prevention”, the permitting authority/control authority can determine if additional treatment is necessary through best professional judgement/best engineering judgement, respectively.
Secs. 301, 304(b) and (c), 306(b), 307(b) and (c), Federal Water Pollution Control Acts, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314(b) and (c), 1316(b) and 1317(b) and (c), 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of explosives.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean dynamite, nitroglycerin, cyclotrimethylene trinitramine (RDX), cyclotetramethylene tetranitramine (HMX), and trinitrotoluene (TNT).
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart, shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the manufacture of explosives by a point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practical control technology currently available:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from explosives load, assemble and pack plants.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in 40 CFR part 401 shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean products from plants which blend explosives and market a final product, and plants that fill shells and blasting caps. Examples of such installations would be plants manufacturing ammonium nitrate and fuel oil (ANFO), nitrocarbonitrate (NCN), slurries, water gels, and shells.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the explosives load, assemble and pack plants by a point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practical control technology currently available:
Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), 306(b), 307 (b) and (c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c), 1316(b) and 1317 (b) and (c), 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of carbon black by the furnace process.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean carbon black manufactured by the furnace process.
(c) The term “process waste water” shall mean waters which result from baghouse operations or thermal quench operations.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the carbon black furnace process by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the carbon black furnace process by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of carbon black by the thermal process.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean carbon black manufactured by the thermal process.
(c) The term “process waste water” shall mean waters which result from baghouse operations or thermal quench operations.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart, shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph which may be discharged from the carbon black thermal process by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the carbon black thermal process by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of carbon black by the channel process.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean carbon black manufactured by the channel process.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart, shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the carbon black channel process by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the carbon black channel process by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties controlled by this section which may be discharged to a publicly owned treatment works by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the production of carbon black by the lamp process.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean carbon black manufactured by the lamp process.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart, shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT): There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants into navigable waters.
The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the carbon black lamp process by a point source subject to the provisions of this subpart after application of the best available technology economically achievable: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the carbon black lamp process by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart: There shall be no discharge of process waste water pollutants to navigable waters.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces process wastewater pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403. In addition, the following pretreatment standard establishes the quantity or quality of pollutants or
Secs. 301, 304 (b), (c), 306(b), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c) and 1316(b), 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to point source discharges resulting from the development or printing of paper prints, slides, negatives, enlargements, movie film, and other sensitized materials except that facilities processing 150 sq. meters (1600 sq. feet) per day or less are not covered. Both commercial and military facilities are covered by this subpart.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean articles developed or printed by photographic processes, such as paper prints, slides, negatives, enlargements, movie film and other sensitized materials.
In establishing the limitations set forth in this section, EPA took into account all information it was able to collect, develop and solicit with respect to factors (such as age and size of plant, raw materials, manufacturing processes, products produced, treatment technology available energy requirements and costs) which can affect the industry subcategorization and effluent levels established. It is, however, possible that data which would affect these limitations have not been available and, as a result, these limitations should be adjusted for certain plants in this industry. An individual discharger or other interested person may submit evidence to the Regional Administrator (or to the State, if the State has the authority to issue NPDES permits) that factors relating to the equipment of facilities involved, the process applied, or other such factors related to such discharger are fundamentally different from the factors considered in the establishment of the guidelines. On the basis of such evidence or other available information, the Regional Administrator (or the State) will make a written finding that such factors are or are not fundamentally different for that facility compared to those specified in the Development Document. If such fundamentally different factors are found to exist, the Regional Administrator or the State shall establish for the discharger effluent limitations in the NPDES permit either more or less stringent than the limitations established herein, to the extent dictated by such fundamentally different factors. Such limitations must be approved by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency. The Administrator may approve or disapprove such limitations, specify other limitations, or initiate proceedings to revise these regulations.
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from a photographic processing point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Secs. 301, 304 (b) and (c), 360(b), 307 (b) and (c), Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, 1311, 1314 (b) and (c), 1316(b) and 1317 (b) and (c), 86 Stat. 816
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the functional operations of the hospital point source category.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) Except as provided below, the general definitions, abbreviations and methods of analysis set forth in part 401 of this chapter shall apply to this subpart.
(b) The term “product” shall mean service resulting from the hospital activity in terms of 1,000 occupied beds.
Except as provided in §§ 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart, shall achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a) The following limitations establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this paragraph, which may be discharged from the hospital point source subject to the provisions of this paragraph after application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Secs. 301, 304 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 306 (b) and (c), 307 (b) and (c), 308 and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317 (b) and (c), and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
This part applies to any battery manufacturing plant that discharges or may discharge a pollutant to waters of the United States or that introduces pollutants to a publicly owned treatment works. Battery manufacturing operations subject to regulation under this part shall not be subject to regulation under part 413 or 433.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) “Battery” means a modular electric power source where part or all of the fuel is contained within the unit and electric power is generated directly from a chemical reaction rather than indirectly through a heat cycle engine. In this regulation there is no differentiation between a single cell and a battery.
(b) “Battery manufacturing operations” means all of the specific processes used to produce a battery including the manufacture of anodes and cathodes and associated ancillary operations. These manufacturing operations are excluded from regulation under any other point source category.
(c) “Ancillary operations” means all of the operations specific to battery manufacturing and not included specifically within anode or cathode manufacture (ancillary operations are primarily associated with battery assembly and chemical production of anode or cathode active materials).
(d) “Plate soak” shall mean the process operation of soaking or reacting lead subcategory battery plates, that are more than 2.5 mm (0.100 in) thick, in sulfuric acid.
(e) “Discharge allowance” means the amount of pollutant (mg per kg of production unit) that a plant will be permitted to discharge. For this category the allowances are specific to battery manufacturing operations.
(f) “Miscellaneous wastewater streams” shall mean the combined wastewater streams from the process operations listed below for each subcategory. If a plant has one of these streams then the plant receives the entire miscellaneous waste stream allowance.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(g) “Trucked batteries” shall mean batteries moved into or out of the plant by truck when the truck is actually washed in the plant to remove residues left in the truck from the batteries.
The “monthly average” regulatory values shall be the basis for the monthly average discharge in direct discharge permits and for pretreatment standards. Compliance with the monthly discharge limit is required regardless of the number of samples analyzed and averaged.
The compliance date for pretreatment standards for existing sources is March 9, 1987.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacturing of cadmium anode batteries.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must
(1) Subpart A—Pasted and Pressed Powder Anodes.
(2) Subpart A—Electrodeposited Anodes.
(3) Subpart A—Impregnated Anodes.
(4) Subpart A—Nickel Electrodeposited Cathodes.
(5) Subpart A—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes.
(6) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams.
(7) Subpart A—Cadmium Powder Production.
(8) Subpart A—Silver Powder Production.
(9) Subpart A—Cadmium Hydroxide Production.
(10) Subpart A—Nickel Hydroxide Production.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(1) Subpart A—Electrodeposited Anodes.
(2) Subpart A—Impregnated Anodes.
(3) Subpart A—Nickel Electrodeposited Cathodes.
(4) Subpart A—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes.
(5) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams.
(6) Subpart A—Cadmium Powder Production.
(7) Subpart A—Silver Powder Production.
(8) Subpart A—Cadmium Hydroxide Production.
(9) Subpart A—Nickel Hydroxide Production.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from any new source subject to this subpart shall not exceed the standards set forth below:
(1) Subpart A—Electrodeposited Anodes—NSPS.
(2) Subpart A—Impregnated Anodes—NSPS.
(3) Subpart A—Nickel Electrodeposited Cathodes—NSPS.
(4) Subpart A—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes—NSPS.
(5) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—NSPS.
(6) Subpart A—Cadmium Powder Production—NSPS.
(7) Subpart A—Silver Powder Production—NSPS.
(8) Subpart A—Cadmium Hydroxide Production—NSPS.
(9) Subpart A—Nickel Hydroxide Production—NSPS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and § 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the pretreatment standards for existing sources listed below:
(1) Subpart A—Electrodeposited Anodes.
(2) Subpart A—Impregnated Anodes.
(3) Subpart A—Nickel Electrodeposited Cathodes.
(4) Subpart A—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes—PSES.
(5) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—PSES.
(6) Subpart A—Cadmium Powder Production—PSES.
(7) Subpart A—Silver Powder Production—PSES.
(8) Subpart A—Cadmium Hydroxide Production—PSES.
(9) Subpart A—Nickel Hydroxide Production—PSES.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the pretreatment standards for new sources listed below:
(1) Subpart A—Electrodeposited Anodes—PSNS.
(2) Subpart A—Impregnated Anodes—PSNS.
(3) Subpart A—Nickel Electrodeposited Cathodes—PSNS.
(4) Subpart A—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes—PSNS.
(5) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—PSNS.
(6) Subpart A—Cadmium Powder Production—PSNS.
(7) Subpart A—Silver Powder Production—PSNS.
(8) Subpart A—Cadmium Hydroxide Production—PSNS.
(9) Subpart A—Nickel Hydroxide Production—PSNS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from manufacturing calcium anode batteries.
(a) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from any new source subject to this subpart shall not exceed the standards set forth below.
(b) There shall be no discharge for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operations.
(a) Except as provided in § 403.7 any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the pretreatment standards for new sources listed below.
(b) There shall be no discharge for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operations.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacturing of lead anode batteries.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(1) Subpart C—Closed Formation—Double Fill, or Fill and Dump.
(2) Subpart C—Open Formation—Dehydrated.
(3) Subpart C—Open Formation—Wet.
(4) Subpart C—Plate Soak.
(5) Subpart C—Battery Wash (with Detergent).
(6) Subpart C—Battery Wash (Water Only).
(7) Subpart C—Direct Chill Lead Casting.
(8) Subpart C—Mold Release Formulation.
(9) Subpart C—Truck Wash.
(10) Subpart C—Laundry.
(11) Subpart C—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(1) Subpart C—Open Formation—Dehydrated.
(2) Subpart C—Open Formation—Wet.
(3) Subpart C—Plate Soak.
(4) Subpart C—Battery Wash (Detergent).
(5) Subpart C—Direct Chill Lead Casting.
(6) Subpart C—Mold Release Formulation.
(7) Subpart C—Truck Wash.
(8) Subpart C—Laundry.
(9) Subpart C—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from any new source subject to this subpart shall not exceed the standards set forth below:
(1) Subpart C—Open Formation—Dehydrated—NSPS.
(2) Subpart C—Open Formation—Wet—NSPS.
(3) Subpart C—Plate Soak—NSPS.
(4) Subpart C—Battery Wash (Detergent)—NSPS.
(5) Subpart C—Direct Chill Lead Casting—NSPS.
(6) Subpart C—Mold Release Formulation—NSPS.
(7) Subpart C—Truck Wash—NSPS.
(8) Subpart C—Laundry—NSPS.
(9) Subpart C—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—NSPS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the pretreatment standards for existing sources listed below:
(1) Subpart C—Open Formation—Dehydrated—PSES.
(2) Subpart C—Open Formation—Wet—PSES.
(3) Subpart C—Plate Soak—PSES.
(4) Subpart C—Battery Wash—(Detergent)—PSES.
(5) Subpart C—Direct Chill Lead Casting—PSES.
(6) Subpart C—Mold Release Formulation—PSES.
(7) Subpart C—Truck Wash—PSES.
(8) Subpart C—Laundry—PSES.
(9) Subpart C—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—PSES.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(c)(1) In cases where battery employee shower wastewater containing concentrations of lead exceeding 0.20 mg/l is combined with process wastewaters prior to treatment, the Control Authority may, for purposes of applying the Combined Wastestream Formula under § 403.6(e) of this chapter, notwithstanding the provisions of § 403.6(e), exercise its discretion and classify battery employee shower wastewater as an unregulated rather than a dilute (F
(2) Before the Control Authority may exercise its discretion to classify such a stream as an unregulated stream, the battery manufacturer must provide engineering, production, and sampling and analysis information sufficient to allow a determination by the Control Authority on how the stream should be classified.
(a) Except as provided in § 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources:
(1) Subpart C—Open Formation—Dehydrated—PSNS.
(2) Subpart C—Open Formation—Wet—PSNS.
(3) Subpart C—Plate Soak—PSNS.
(4) Subpart C—Battery Wash—(Detergent)—PSNS.
(5) Subpart C—Direct Chill Lead Casting—PSNS.
(6) Subpart C—Mold Release Formulation—PSNS.
(7) Subpart C—Truck Wash—PSNS.
(8) Subpart C—Laundry—PSNS.
(9) Subpart C—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—PSNS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operations other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from manufacturing Leclanche type batteries (zinc anode batteries with acid electrolyte).
(a) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from any new source subject to this subpart shall not exceed the standards set forth below:
(1) Subpart D—Foliar Battery Miscellaneous Wash—NSPS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources listed below:
(1) Subpart D—Foliar Battery Miscellaneous Wash—PSES.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in § 403.7 any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources listed below.
(1) Subpart D—Foliar Battery Miscellaneous Wash—PSNS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacturing of lithium anode batteries.
(a) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from any new source subject to this subpart shall not exceed the standards set forth below:
(1) Subpart E—Lead Iodide Cathodes—NSPS.
(2) Subpart E—Iron Disulfide Cathodes—NSPS.
(3) Subpart E—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—NSPS.
(4) Subpart E—Air Scrubbers—NSPS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in § 403.7 any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources listed below:
(1) Subpart E—Lead Iodide Cathodes—PSNS.
(2) Subpart E—Iron Disulfide Cathodes—PSNS.
(3) Subpart E—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—PSNS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacturing of magnesium anode batteries.
(a) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from any new source subject to this subpart shall not exceed the standards set forth below:
(1) Subpart F—Silver Chloride Cathodes—Chemically Reduced—NSPS.
(2) Subpart F—Silver Chloride Cathodes—Electrolytic—NSPS.
(3) Subpart F—Cell Testing—NSPS.
(4) Subpart F—Floor and Equipment Wash—NSPS.
(5) Subpart F—Air Scrubber—NSPS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources listed below:
(1) Subpart F—Silver Chloride Cathodes—Chemically Reduced—PSES.
(2) Subpart F—Silver Chloride Cathodes—Electrolytic—PSES.
(3) Subpart F—Cell Testing—PSES.
(4) Subpart F—Floor and Equipment Wash—PSES.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in § 403.7 any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources listed below:
(1) Subpart F—Silver Chloride Cathodes—Chemically Reduced—PSNS.
(2) Subpart F—Silver Chloride Cathodes—Electrolytic PSNS.
(3) Subpart F—Cell Testing—PSNS.
(4) Subpart F—Floor and Equipment Wash—PSNS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacturing of zinc anode batteries.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(1) Subpart G—Wet Amalgamated Powder Anodes.
(2) Subpart G—Gelled Amalgam Anodes.
(3) Subpart G—Zinc Oxide, Formed Anodes.
(4) Subpart G—Electrodeposited Anodes.
(5) Subpart G—Silver Powder, Formed Cathodes.
(6) Subpart G—Silver Oxide Powder, Formed Cathodes.
(7) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Cathodes.
(8) Subpart G—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes.
(9) Subpart G—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams.
(10) Subpart G—Silver Etch.
(11) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Production.
(12) Subpart G—Silver Powder Production.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(1) Subpart G—Wet Amalgamated Powder Anodes.
(2) Subpart G—Gelled Amalgam Anodes.
(3) Subpart G—Zinc Oxide Formed Anodes.
(4) Subpart G—Electrodeposited Anodes.
(5) Subpart G—Silver Powder Formed Cathodes.
(6) Subpart G—Silver Oxide Powder Formed Cathodes.
(7) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Cathodes.
(8) Subpart G—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes.
(9) Subpart G—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams.
(10) Subpart G—Silver Etch.
(11) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Production.
(12) Subpart G—Silver Powder Production.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from any new source subject to this subpart shall not exceed the standards set forth below:
(1) Subpart G—Zinc Oxide Formed Anodes—NSPS.
(2) Subpart G—Electrodeposited Anodes—NSPS.
(3) Subpart G—Silver Powder Formed Cathodes—NSPS.
(4) Subpart G—Silver Oxide Powder Formed Cathodes—NSPS.
(5) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Cathodes—NSPS.
(6) Subpart G—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes—NSPS.
(7) Subpart G—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—NSPS.
(8) Subpart G—Silver Etch—NSPS.
(9) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Production—NSPS.
(10) Subpart G—Silver Powder Production—NSPS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources:
(1) Subpart G—Wet Amalgamated Powder Anode—PSES.
(2) Subpart G—Gelled Amalgam Anodes—PSES.
(3) Subpart G—Zinc Oxide Formed Anodes—PSES.
(4) Subpart G—Electrodeposited Anodes—PSES.
(5) Subpart G—Silver Powder Formed Cathodes—PSES.
(6) Subpart G—Silver Oxide Powder Formed Cathodes—PSES.
(7) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Cathodes—PSES.
(8) Subpart G—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes—PSES.
(9) Subpart G—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—PSES.
(10) Subpart G—Silver Etch—PSES.
(11) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Production—PSES.
(12) Subpart G—Silver Powder Production—PSES.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
(a) Except as provided in § 403.7 any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources listed below:
(1) Subpart G—Zinc Oxide Formed Anodes—PSNS.
(2) Subpart G—Electrodeposited Anodes—PSNS.
(3) Subpart G—Silver Powder Formed Cathodes—PSNS.
(4) Subpart G—Silver Oxide Powder Formed Cathodes—PSNS.
(5) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Cathodes—PSNS.
(6) Subpart G—Nickel Impregnated Cathodes—PSNS.
(7) Subpart G—Miscellaneous Wastewater Streams—PSNS.
(8) Subpart G—Silver Etch—PSNS.
(9) Subpart G—Silver Peroxide Production—PSNS.
(10) Subpart G—Silver Powder Production—PSNS.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for process wastewater pollutants from any battery manufacturing operation other than those battery manufacturing operations listed above.
Secs. 301, 304 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 306 (b) and (c), 307, 308, and 501, Clean Water Act (Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314 (b), (c), (e) and (g), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317 (b) and (c), 1318, and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
(a) This part applies to any plastics molding and forming process that discharges or may discharge pollutants to waters of the United States or that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works. Plastics molding and forming processes include processes that blend, mold, form, or otherwise process plastic materials into intermediate or final plastic products. They include commonly recognized processes such as extrusion, molding, coating and laminating, thermoforming, calendering, casting, foaming, cleaning, and finishing.
(b) Plastics molding and forming processes (e.g., extrusion and pelletizing) used by plastics resin manufacturers to process crude intermediate plastic material for shipment off-site are excluded from this regulation and regulated under the organic chemicals, plastics, and synthetic fibers category. Plastics molding and forming processes used by plastic resin manufacturers to process crude intermediate plastic materials, which are further processed on-site into intermediate or final plastics products in molding and forming processes, are controlled by the effluent limitations guidelines and standards for the plastics molding and forming category in this part.
(c) Processes that coat a plastic material onto a substrate may fall within the definition of electroplating and metal finishing as defined in 40 CFR parts 413 and 433. These coating processes are excluded from the effluent limitations guidelines and standards for the electroplating and metal finishing point source categories and are subject to the plastics molding and forming regulation in this part.
(d) Coating of plastic material onto a formed metal substrate is also covered by the plastics molding and forming effluent limitations guidelines and standards and is not covered by the specific metal forming guidelines such as aluminum forming (40 CFR part 467), copper forming (40 CFR part 468), and nonferrous metals forming (40 CFR part 471). However, the plastics molding and forming effluent limitations guidelines and standards in this part apply only to the coating process; the metal forming operations are subject to the specific metal forming regulation.
(e) Research and development laboratories that produce plastic products using a plastics molding and forming process are subject to the effluent limitations guidelines and standards in this part if the plastics molding and forming process discharges process water. The mass of plastic product produced in the plastics molding and forming process is not considered when determining the applicability of the plastics molding and forming regulation in this part to plastics molding and forming processes at research and development laboratories.
(f) Chemical and thermal reticulation processes for polyurethane foam are not subject to the effluent limitations guidelines and standards in this part. Water used in those processes is not considered to be process water as defined in this regulation. Processes used to further mold or form the reticulated foam are subject, however, to this regulation if they discharge process water.
(g) Processes used to regenerate cellulose and to produce a product (e.g., rayon) from the regenerated cellulose are not subject to the effluent limitations guidelines and standards in this part. Processes that mold or form cellulose derivatives (e.g., cellulose acetate) are subject to the effluent limitations guidelines and standards in this part if they discharge process water.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) “Plastics molding and forming” is a manufacturing process in which plastic materials are blended, molded, formed, or otherwise processed into intermediate or final products.
(b) “Process water” is any raw, service, recycled, or reused water that contacts the plastic product or contacts shaping equipment surfaces such as molds and mandrels that are, or have been, in contact with the plastic product.
(c) “Contact cooling and heating water” is process water that contacts the raw materials or plastic product for the purpose of heat transfer during the plastics molding and forming process.
(d) “Cleaning water” is process water used to clean the surface of an intermediate or final plastic product or to clean the surfaces of equipment used in plastics molding and forming that contact an intermediate or final plastic product. It includes water used in both the detergent wash and rinse cycles of a cleaning process.
(e) “Finishing” water is processed water used to remove waste plastic material generated during a finishing process or to lubricate a plastic product during a finishing process. It includes water used to machine or to assemble intermediate or final plastic products.
(f) “Plastic material” is a synthetic organic polymer (
(g) “Crude intermediate plastic material” is plastic material formulated in an on-site polymerization process.
(h) “Mass of pollutant that can be discharged” is the pollutant mass calculated by multiplying the pollutant concentration times the average process water usage flow rate.
The “monthly average” regulatory values shall be the basis for the monthly average effluent limitations guidelines and standards in direct discharge permits. Compliance with the monthly average effluent limitations guidelines and standards is required regardless of the number of samples analyzed and averaged.
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants from processes in the contact cooling and heating water subcategory to waters of the United States and the introduction of such pollutants into publicly owned treatment works. Processes in the contact cooling and heating water subcategory are processes where process water comes in contact with plastic materials or plastic products for the purpose of heat transfer during plastics molding and forming.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “average process water usage flow rate” of a contact cooling and heating water process in liters per day is equal to the volume of process water (liters) used per year by a process divided by the number of days per year the process operates. The “average process water usage flow rate” for a plant with more than one plastics molding and forming process that uses contact cooling and heating water is the sum of the “average process water usage flow rates” for the contact cooling and heating processes.
(b) The “volume of process water used per year” is the volume of process water that flows through a contact cooling and heating water process and comes in contact with the plastic product over a period of one year.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must
(a) The BAT effluent limitations guidelines for bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate are reserved.
(b) The Agency has determined that, with the exception of bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, there are no toxic pollutants in treatable concentrations in contact cooling and heating water. Accordingly, the Agency is promulgating BAT effluent limitations guidelines equal to the BPT effluent limitations guidelines.
(a) NSPS for bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate are reserved.
(b) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve performance standards (
(a) PSES for bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate are reserved.
(b) Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403—General Pretreatment Regulations.
(a) PSNS for bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate are reserved.
(b) Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403—General Pretreatment Regulations.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the effluent limitations guidelines (
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants from processes in the cleaning water subcategory to waters of the United States and the introduction of such pollutants into publicly owned treatment works. Processes in the cleaning water subcategory are processes where water comes in contact with the plastic product for the purpose of cleaning the surface of the product and where water comes in contact with shaping equipment, such as molds and mandrels, that contact the plastic material for the purpose of cleaning the equipment surfaces.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “average process water usage flow rate” of a cleaning water process in liters per day is equal to the volume of process water (liters) used per year by a process divided by the number of days per year the process operates. The “average process water usage flow rate” for a plant with more than one plastics molding and forming process that uses cleaning water is the sum of the “average process water usage flow rates” for the cleaning processes.
(b) The “volume of process water used per year” is the volume of process water that flows through a cleaning process and comes in contact with the plastic product over a period of one year.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the effluent limitations guidelines (
The Agency has determined that there are insignificant quantities of toxic pollutants in cleaning process wastewaters after compliance with applicable BPT effluent limitations guidelines. Accordingly, because the BPT level of treatment provides adequate control, the Agency is establishing BAT effluent limitations guidelines equal to the BPT effluent limitations guidelines.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve performance standards (
Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403—General Pretreatment Regulations.
Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403—General Pretreatment Regulations.
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants from processes in the finishing water subcategory to waters of the United States and the introduction of such pollutants into publicly owned treatment works. Processes in the finishing water subcategory are processes where water comes in contact with the plastic product during finishing.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “average process water usage flow rate” of a finishing water process in liters per day is equal to the volume of process water (liters) used per year by a process divided by the number of days per year the process operates. The “average process water usage flow rate” for a plant with more than one plastics molding and forming process that uses finishing water is the sum of the “average process water usage flow rates” for the finishing processes.
(b) The “volume of process water used per year” is the volume of process water that flows through a finishing water process and comes in contact with the plastics product over a period of one year.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the effluent limitations guidelines (
(a) The BAT effluent limitations guidelines for bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, and dimethyl phthalate are reserved.
(b) The Agency has determined that, with the exception of bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, and dimethyl phthalate, there are no toxic pollutants in treatable concentrations in finishing waters. Accordingly, the Agency is promulgating BAT effluent limitations guidelines equal to BPT effluent limitations guidelines.
(a) NSPS for bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, and dimethyl phthalate are reserved.
(b) Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve performance standards (
(a) PSES for bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, and dimethyl phthalate are reserved.
(b) Any existing source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403—General Pretreatment Regulations.
(a) PSNS for bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, and dimethyl phthalate are reserved.
(b) Any new source subject to this subpart that introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403—General Pretreatment Regulations.
Secs. 301, 304 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 306 (b) and (c), 307, 308, and 501 of the Clean Water Act (Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314 (b), (c), (e) and (g), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317 (b) and (c), 1318, and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
(a) This part applies to metal molding and casting facilities that discharge or may discharge pollutants to waters of the United States or that introduce pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f) A
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(a) As an alternative to monitoring for TTO (total toxic organics), an indirect discharging plant may elect to monitor for Oil and Grease instead. Compliance with the Oil and Grease standard shall be considered equivalent to complying with the TTO standard. Alternate Oil and Grease standards are provided as substitutes for the TTO standards provided in §§ 464.15, 464.16, 464.25, 464.26, 464.35, 464.36, 464.45, and 464.46.
(b) POTWs may establish concentration standards rather than mass standards, but must ensure that the concentration standards are exactly equivalent to the mass-based standards provided in §§ 464.15, 464.16, 464.25, 464.26, 464.35, 464.36, 464.45, and 464.46. Equivalent concentration standards may be determined by multiplying the mass-based standards included in the regulations by an appropriate measurement of average production, raw material usage, or air scrubber flow (kkg of metal poured, kkg of sand reclaimed, or standard cubic meters of air scrubbed) and dividing by an appropriate measure of average discharge flow to the POTW, taking into account the proper conversion factors to ensure that the units (mg/l) are correct.
(c) The “monthly average” regulatory values shall be the basis for the monthly average effluent limitations
The compliance date of PSES is October 31, 1988.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works resulting from aluminum casting operations as defined in § 464.02(a).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(1) Casting Quench (§ 464.15(b) and § 464.16(b)):
(2) Die Casting (§ 464.15(c) and § 464.16(c)):
(3) Dust Collection Scrubber (§ 464.15(d) and § 464.16(d)):
(4) Investment Casting (§ 464.15(f) and § 464.16(f)):
(5) Melting Furnace Scrubber (§ 464.15(g) and § 464.16(g)):
(6) Mold Cooling (§ 464.15(h) and § 464.16(h)):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available, except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable, except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works resulting from copper casting operations as defined in § 464.02(b).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(1) Casting Quench (§ 464.25(a) and § 464.26(a)):
(2) Dust Collection Scrubbers (§ 464.25(c) and 464.26(c)):
(3) Investment Casting (§ 464.25(e) and § 464.26(e)):
(4) Melting Furnace Scrubber (§ 464.25(f) and § 464.26(f)):
(5) Mold Cooling (§ 464.25(g) and § 464.26(g)):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available, except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable, except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS),
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works resulting from ferrous casting operations as defined in § 464.02(c).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(1) Casting Quench (§ 464.35(b) and § 464.36(b)):
(2) Dust Collection Scrubber (§ 464.35(c) and § 464.36(b)):
(3) Investment Casting (§ 464.35(e) and § 464.36(e)):
(4) Melting Furnace Scrubber (§ 464.35(f) and § 464.36(f)):
(5) Mold Cooling (§ 464.35(g) and § 464.36(g)):
(6) Slag Quench (§ 464.35(h) and § 464.36(h)):
(7) Wet Sand Reclamation (§ 464.35(i) and § 464.36(i)):
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g) The “primary metal cast” shall mean the metal that is poured in the greatest quantity at an individual plant.
(h)
(i)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available, except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of sand reclaimed; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable, except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of sand reclaimed; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(b)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(c)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(d)
(e)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(f)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(g)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(h)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(i)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of sand reclaimed; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(b)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(c)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(d)
(e)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(f)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(g)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(h)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
(i)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel and to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources.
(a)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(b)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(c)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(d)
(e)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(f)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are
(g)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where greater than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(h)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(i)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources.
(a)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(b)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(c)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(d)
(e)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(f)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(g)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(h)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
(i)
(2) Applicable to plants that are casting primarily steel, to plants that are casting primarily malleable iron where equal to or less than 3,557 tons of metal are poured per year, and to plants that are casting primarily gray iron where equal to or less than 1,784 tons of metal are poured per year.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges to waters of the United States and to the introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works resulting from zinc casting operations as defined in § 464.02(d).
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a)
(1) Casting Quench (§ 464.45(a) and § 464.46(a)):
(2) Die Casting (§ 465.45(b) and § 464.46(b)):
(3) Melting Furnace Scrubber (§ 464.45(c) and § 464.46(c)):
(4) Mold Cooling (§ 464.45(d) and § 464.46(d)):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available, except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS), except that non-continuous dischargers shall not be subject to the maximum day and maximum for monthly average mass (kg/1,000 kkg or lb/million lb of metal poured; kg/62.3 million Sm
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Secs. 301, 304 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 306 (b) and (c), 307 (b) and (c), and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317 (b) and (c), and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
This part applies to any coil coating facility or to any canmaking facility that discharges pollutants to waters of the United States or that introduces pollutants to a publicly owned treatment works.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) “Coil” means a strip of basis material rolled into a roll for handling.
(b) “Coil coating ” means the process of converting basis material strip into coated stock. Usually cleaning, conversion coating, and painting are performed on the basis material. This regulation covers processes which perform any two or more of the three operations.
(c) “Basis material” means the coiled strip which is processed.
(d) “Area processed” means the area actually exposed to process solutions. Usually this includes both sides of the metal strip.
(e) “Steel basis material” means cold rolled steel, hot rolled steel, and chrome, nickel and tin coated steel which are processed in coil coating.
(f) “Galvanized basis material” means zinc coated steel, galvalum, brass and other copper base strip which is processed in coil coating.
(g) “Aluminum basis material” means aluminum, aluminum alloys and aluminum coated steels which are processed in coil coating.
(h) The term “can” means a container formed from sheet metal and
(i) The term “canmaking” means the manufacturing process or processes used to manufacture a can from a basic metal.
(j) The term “Total Toxic Organics (TTO)” shall mean the sum of the mass of each of the following toxic organic compounds which are found at a concentration greater than 0.010 mg/1.
The following special monitoring requirements apply to all facilities controlled by this regulation.
(a) Periodic analyses for cyanide are not required when both of the following conditions are met:
(1) The first wastewater sample taken in each calendar year has been analyzed and found to contain less than 0.07 mg/l cyanide
(2) The owner or operator of the coil coating facility certifies in writing to the POTW authority or permit issuing authority that cyanide is not used in the coil coating process.
(b) The “monthly average” regulatory values shall be the basis for the monthly average discharge limits in direct discharge permits and for pretreatment standards. Compliance with the monthly discharge limit is required regardless of the number of samples analyzed and averaged.
(c) The analytical method required for determination of petroleum hydrocarbons (non-polar material) is given under the listing for “oil and grease” at 40 CFR 136.3(a), Table IB and must be used after December 31, 2005.
(d) The owner or operator of any canmaking facility subject to the provisions of this regulation shall advise the permit issuing authority or POTW authority and the EPA Office of Water Regulations and Standards, Washington, DC 20460 whenever it has been decided that the plant will manufacture cans from an aluminum alloy containing less than 1.0 percent manganese. Such notification shall be made in writing, not less than 30 days in advance of the scheduled production and shall provide the chemical analysis of the alloy and the expected period of use.
(a) For subparts A, B, and C the compliance date for Pretreatment Standards for Existing Source (PSES) is December 1, 1985.
(b) For subpart D, the compliance date for Pretreatment Standards for Existing Sources will be as soon as possible, but in no case later than November 17, 1986.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from coil coating of steel basis material coils.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following retreatment standards for existing sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in coil coating process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
Except as provided in CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from coil coating of galvanized basis material coils.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in coil coating process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in coil coating process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from coil coating of aluminum basis material coils.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in coil coating process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in coil coating process wastewater introduced into a
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the manufacturing of seamless can bodies, which are washed.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
The following standards of performance establish the quantity of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for exisitng sources.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources.
Secs. 301, 304 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 306 (b) and (c), 307 and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314 (b), (c), (e) and (g), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317 (b) and (c), and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the provisions of this part apply to any porcelain enameling facility which discharges pollutants to waters of the United States or introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.
(b) Any existing porcelain enameling facility which prepares or coats less than 1600 m
(c) This part does not apply to the porcelain enameling on precious metal basis material.
(d) When wastewaters from coating cast iron are cotreated with wastewaters from coating steel, the limitations for coating steel contained in § 466.11 may be applied to the entire wastestream.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) “Porcelain enameling” means the entire process of applying a fused vitreous enamel coating to a metal basis material. Usually this includes metal preparation and coating operations.
(b) “Basis material” means the metal part or base onto which procelain enamel is applied.
(c) “Area processed” means the total basis material area exposed to processing solutions.
(d) “Area coated” means the area of basis material covered by each coating of enamel.
(e) “Coating operations” means all of the operations associated with preparation and application of the vitreous coating. Usually this includes ballmilling, slip transport, application of slip to the workpieces, cleaning and recovery of faulty parts, and firing (fusing) of the enamel coat.
(f) “Metal preparation” means any and all of the metal processing steps preparatory to applying the enamel slip. Usually this includes cleaning, pickling and applying a nickel flash or chemical coating.
(g) The term “control authority” is defined as the POTW if it has an approved pretreatment program; in the absence of such a program, the NPDES state if it has an approved pretreatment program or EPA if the State does not have an approved program.
(h) The term “precious metal” means gold, silver, or platinum group metals and the principal alloys of those metals.
(a) Periodic analyses for chromium as may be required under part 122 or 403 of this chapter is not required when both of the following conditions are met.
(1) The first wastewater sample of each calendar year has been analyzed and found to contain less than 0.08 mg/l chromium.
(2) The owner or operator of the porcelain enameling facility certifies in writing to the control authority or permit issuing authority that chromium is not contained in the raw materials or process chemicals of that facility and will not be used in the facility.
(b) The “monthly average” regulatory values shall be the basis for the monthly average discharge in direct discharge permits and for pretreatment standards. Compliance with the monthly discharge limit is required regardless of the number of samples analyzed and averaged.
The compliance date for pretreatment standards for existing sources is November 25, 1985.
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States, and introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from porcelain enameling on steel basis materials.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for metal preparation operations and for coating operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources.
(b) In cases where POTW find it necessary to impose mass effluent pretreatment standards the following equivalent mass standards are provided:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any new source subject to
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from porcelain enameling of cast iron basis materials.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
(a) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants from metal preparation operations.
(b) The discharge of process wasterwater pollutants from all porcelain enameling coating operations shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
(a) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants from metal preparation operations.
(b) The discharge of process wastewater pollutants from all porcelain enameling coating operations shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards.
(a) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants from metal preparation operations.
(b) The discharge of process wastewater pollutants from all porcelain enameling coating operations shall not exceed the values set forth below:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources.
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants from metal preparation operations.
(2) The discharge of process wastewater pollutants from all porcelain enameling coating operations shall not exceed the values set forth below:
(b) In cases when POTW find it necessary to impose mass pretreatment standards the following equivalent mass standards are provided.
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants from metal preparation operations.
(2) The discharge of process watewater pollutants from all porcelain enameling costing operations shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicy owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources.
(a) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants from metal preparation operations.
(b) The discharge of process wastewater pollutants from all porcelain enameling coating operations shall not exceed the values set forth below:
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from porcelain enameling of aluminum basis materials.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources.
(b) In cases where POTW find it necessary to impose mass pretreatment standards the following equivalent mass standards are provided:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and
This subpart applies to discharges to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from porcelain enameling of copper basis materials.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards:
Any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources:
Secs. 301, 304(b), (c), (e), and (g), 306(b) and (c), 307(b) and (c), 308 and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) and the Water Quality Act of 1987 (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314(b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316(b) and (c), 1317(b) and (c), 1318 and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217; 101 Stat. 7, Pub. L. 100-4.
(a) Aluminum forming includes commonly recognized forming operations such as rolling, drawing, extruding, and forging and related operations such as heat treatment, casting, and surface treatments. Surface treatment of aluminum is any chemical or electrochemical treatment applied to the surface of aluminum. Such surface treatment is considered to be a part of aluminum forming whenever it is performed as an integral part of aluminum forming. For the purposes of this regulation, surface treatment of aluminum is considered to be an integral part of aluminum forming whenever it is performed at the same plant site at which aluminum is formed and such operations are not considered for regulation under the Electroplating and Metal Finishing provisions of 40 CFR parts 413 and 433. Casting aluminum when performed as an integral part of aluminum forming and located on-site at an aluminum forming plant is considered an aluminum forming operation and is covered under these guidelines. When aluminum forming is performed on the same site as primary aluminum reduction the casting shall be regulated by the nonferrous metals guidelines if there is no cooling of the aluminum prior to casting. If the aluminum is cooled prior to casting then the casting shall be regulated by the aluminum forming guidelines.
(b) This part applies to any aluminum forming facility, except for plants identified under paragraph (c) of this section, which discharges or may discharge pollutants to waters of the United States or which introduces or may introduce pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works.
(c) This part is applicable to indirect discharging aluminum forming plants that extrude less than 3 million pounds of product per year and draw, with emulsions or soaps, less than 1 million pounds per year.
This paragraph is promulgated as an Interim Final Rule.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m) Hot water seal is a heated water bath (heated to approximately 180 °F) used to seal the surface coating on formed aluminum which has been anodized and coated. In establishing an effluent allowance for this operation, the hot water seal shall be classified as a cleaning or etching rinse.
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q) The term
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z) The production normalizing mass (/kkg) for each core or ancillary operation is the mass (off-kkg or off-lb) processed through that operation.
(aa) The term
The following special monitoring and reporting requirements apply to all facilities controlled by this regulation.
(a) Periodic analyses for cyanide as may be required under part 122 or 403 of this chapter are not required when both of the following conditions are met:
(1) The first wastewater sample of each calender year has been analyzed and found to contain less than 0.07 mg/l cyanide.
(2) The owner or operator of the aluminum forming plant certifies in writing to the POTW authority or permit issuing authority that cyanide is not and will not be used in the aluminum forming process.
(b) As an alternative monitoring procedure for pretreatment, the POTW user may measure and limit oil and grease to the levels shown in pretreatment standards in lieu of measuring and regulating total toxic organics (TTO).
(c) The “monthly average” regulatory values shall be the basis for the monthly average discharge limits in direct discharge permits and for pretreatment standards. Compliance with the monthly discharge limit is required regardless of the number of samples analyzed and averaged.
The compliance date for Pretreatment Standards for Existing Sources (PSES) is October 24, 1986.
Removal allowances pursuant to 40 CFR 403.7(a) may be granted for the toxic metals limited in 40 CFR part 467 when used as indicator pollutants.
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the core and the ancillary operations of the rolling with neat oils subcategory.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “core” of the rolling with neat oils subcategory shall include rolling using neat oils, roll grinding, sawing, annealing, stationary casting, homogenizing artificial aging, degreasing, and stamping.
(b) The term “ancillary operation” shall mean any operation not previously included in the core, performed on-site, following or preceding the rolling operation. The ancillary operations shall include continuous rod casting, continuous sheet casting, solution heat treatment, cleaning or etching.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the core operation and for the ancillary operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable. The mass of pollutants in the core and ancillary operations' process wastewater shall not exceed the following values:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards. The mass of pollutants in the core and ancillary operations' process wastewater shall not exceed the following values:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in aluminum forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
This subpart applies to dischargers of pollutants to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the core and the ancillary operations of the rolling with emulsions subcategory.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “core” of the rolling with emulsions subcategory shall include rolling using emulsions, roll grinding, stationary casting, homogenizing, artificial aging, annealing, and sawing.
(b) The term “ancillary operation” shall mean any operation not previously included in the core, performed on-site, following or preceding the rolling operation. The ancillary operations shall include direct chill casting, solution heat treatment, cleaning or etching, and degassing.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable. The discharge of process wastewater pollutants from the core shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards. The discharge of process wastewater pollutants from the core shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in aluminum forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
Except as provided in § 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources. The mass of process wastewater pollutants from the core and ancillary operations introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the values set forth below:
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the core and the ancillary operations of the extrusion subcategory.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “core” of the extrusion subcategory shall include extrusion die cleaning, dummy block cooling, stationary casting, artificial aging, annealing, degreasing, and sawing.
(b) The term “extrusion die cleaning” shall mean the process by which the steel dies used in extrusion of aluminum are cleaned. The term includes a dip into a concentrated caustic bath to dissolve the aluminum followed by a water rinse. It also includes the use of a wet scrubber with the die cleaning operation.
(c) The term “ancillary operation” shall mean any operation not previously included in the core, performed on-site, following or preceding the extrusion operation. The ancillary operations shall include direct chill casting, press or solution heat treatment, cleaning or etching, degassing, and extrusion press hydraulic fluid leakage.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable:
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for wastewater pollutants from the degassing operation.
(c) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from the core and ancillary operation except those in (b) of this section, shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards.
(a) There shall be no discharge allowance for wastewater pollutants from the degassing operation.
(b) The discharge of wastewater pollutants from the core and ancillary operations except those listed in paragraph (a) shall not exceed the values set forth below:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for wastewater pollutants from the degassing operation.
(c) The mass of wastewater pollutants from the core and ancillary operations except those identified in paragraph (b), introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources.
(b) There shall be no discharge allowance for wastewater pollutants from the degassing operation.
(c) The mass of wastewater pollutants from the core and ancillary operations except those identified in paragraph (b) introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the values set forth below:
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the core of the forging subcategory and the ancillary operations.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “core” of the forging subcategory shall include forging, artificial aging, annealing, degreasing, and sawing.
(b) The term “ancillary operation” shall mean any operation not previously included in the core, performed on-site, following or preceding the forging operation. The ancillary operations shall include forging air pollution scrubbers, solution heat treatment, and cleaning or etching.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards. The discharge of wastewater pollutants from the core shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduced pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in aluminum forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the core of the drawing with neat oils subcategory and the ancillary operations.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “core” of the drawing with neat oils subcategory shall include drawing using neat oils, stationary casting, artificial aging, annealing, degreasing, sawing, and swaging.
(b) The term “ancillary operation” shall mean any operation not previously included in the core, performed on-site, following or preceding the drawing operation. The ancillary operation shall include continuous rod casting, solution heat treatment, and cleaning or etching.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable. The discharge of wastewater pollutants from the core and ancillary operations shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards. The discharge of wastewater pollutants from the core and ancillary operations shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources.
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States and introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the core and the ancillary operations of the drawing with emulsions or soaps subcategory.
For the purpose of this subpart:
(a) The “core” of the drawing with emulsions or soaps subcategory shall include drawing using emulsions or soaps, stationary casting, artificial aging, annealing, degreasing, sawing, and swaging.
(b) The term “ancillary operation” shall mean any operation not previously included in the core, performed on-site, following or preceding the drawing operation. The ancillary operations shall include continuous rod casting, solution heat treatment and cleaning or etching.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable. The discharge of wastewater pollutants from the core shall not exceed the volumes set forth below:
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following performance standards. The discharge of wastewater pollutants from the core shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in aluminum forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in aluminum forming process wastewaters introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the values set forth below:
Secs. 301, 304 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 306 (b) and (c), 307 (b) and (c), and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314 (b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316 (b) and (c), 1317 (b) and (c), and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
(a) The provisions of this part are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of formed copper and copper alloy products. The forming operations covered are hot rolling, cold rolling, drawing, extrusion and forging. This part does not regulate the forming of precious metals. (See 40 CFR part 471). The casting of copper and copper alloys is not covered by this part. (See 40 CFR part 464).
(b) The discharge allowance for drawing spent lubricant of 40 CFR 468.11(c), 468.14(c), and 468.15(c) are applicable only to those plants that actually discharge the drawing spent lubricant waste stream at copper forming sites. No discharge allowance is applicable or allowable where these wastewaters are hauled off-site for disposal or are otherwise not discharged at copper forming sites.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401 and the chemical analysis methods in 40 CFR part 136, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) The term “alkaline cleaning bath” shall mean a bath consisting of an alkaline cleaning solution through which a workpiece is processed.
(b) The term “alkaline cleaning rinse” shall mean a rinse following an alkaline cleaning bath through which a workpiece is processed. A rinse consisting of a series of rinse tanks is considered as a single rinse.
(c) The term “ancillary operation” shall mean any operation associated with a primary forming operation. These ancillary operations include surface and heat treatment, hydrotesting, sawing, and surface coating.
(d) The term “annealing with oil” shall mean the use of oil to quench a workpiece as it passes from an annealing furnace.
(e) The term “annealing with water” shall mean the use of a water spray or bath, of which water is the major constituent, to quench a workpiece as it passes from an annealing furnace.
(f) The term “cold rolling” shall mean the process of rolling a workpiece below the recrystallization temperature of the copper or copper alloy.
(g) The term “drawing” shall mean pulling the workpiece through a die or succession of dies to reduce the diameter or alter its shape.
(h) The term “extrusion” shall mean the application of pressure to a copper workpiece, forcing the copper to flow through a die orifice.
(i) The term “extrusion heat treatment” shall mean the spray application of water to a workpiece immediately following extrusions for the purpose of heat treatment.
(j) The term “heat treatment” shall mean the application or removal of heat to a workpiece to change the physical properties of the metal.
(k) The term “pickling bath” shall mean any chemical bath (other than alkaline cleaning) through which a workpiece is processed.
(l) The term “pickling fume scrubber” shall mean the process of using an air pollution control device to remove particulates and fumes from air above a pickling bath by entraining the pollutants in water.
(m) The term “pickling rinse” shall mean a rinse, other than an alkaline cleaning rinse, through which a workpiece is processed. A rinse consisting of a series of rinse tanks is considered as a single rinse.
(n) The term “off-kilogram (off-pound)” shall mean the mass of copper or copper alloy removed from a forming or ancillary operation at the end of a process cycle for transfer to a different machine or process.
(o) The term “rolling” shall mean the reduction in the thickness or diameter of a workpiece by passing it between rollers.
(p) The term “solution heat treatment” shall mean the process introducing a workpiece into a quench bath for the purpose of heat treatment following rolling, drawing or extrusion.
(q) The term “spent lubricant” shall mean water or an oil-water mixture which is used in forming operations to reduce friction, heat and wear and ultimately discharged.
(r) The term “Total Toxic Organics (TTO)” shall mean the sum of the masses or concentrations of each of the following toxic organic compounds which is found at a concentration greater than 0.010 mg/l.
(s) The term “alkaline cleaning rinse for forged parts” shall mean a rinse following an alkaline cleaning bath through which a forged part is processed. A rinse consisting of a series of rinse tanks is considered as a single rinse.
(t) The term “pickling rinse for forged parts” shall mean a rinse, other than an alkaline cleaning rinse, through which forged parts are processed. A rinse consisting of a series of rinse tanks is considered as a single rinse.
(u) The term “tumbling or burnishing” shall mean the process of polishing, deburring, removing sharp corners, and generally smoothing parts for both cosmetic and functional purposes, as well as the process of washing the finished parts and cleaning the abrasion media.
(v) The term “surface coating” shall mean the process of coating a copper workpiece as well as the associated surface finishing and flattening.
(w) The term “miscellaneous waste stream” shall mean the following additional waste streams related to forming copper: hydrotesting, sawing, surface milling, and maintenance.
(x) The term “precious metals” shall mean gold, platinum, palladium and silver and their alloys. Any alloy containing 30 or greater percent by weight of precious metals is considered a precious metal.
(y) The term “beryllium copper alloy” shall mean any copper alloy that is alloyed to contain 0.10 percent or greater beryllium.
The following special monitoring requirements apply to all facilities controlled by this regulation.
(a) The “monthly average” regulatory values shall be the basis for the monthly average discharge in direct discharge permits and for pretreatment standards. Compliance with the monthly discharge limit is required regardless of the number of samples analyzed and averaged.
(b) As an alternate monitoring procedure for TTO, indirect dischargers may monitor for oil and grease and meet the alternate monitoring standards for oil and grease established for PSES and PSNS. Any indirect discharger meeting the alternate monitoring oil and grease standards shall be considered to meet the TTO standard.
The compliance date for pretreatment standards for existing sources is August 15, 1986.
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the forming of copper and copper alloys except beryllium copper alloys.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available:
(a) Subpart A—Hot Rolling Spent Lubricant BPT Effluent Limitations.
(b) Subpart A—Cold Rolling Spent Lubricant BPT Effluent Limitations.
(c) Subpart A—Drawing Spent Lubricant BPT Effluent Limitations.
(d) Subpart A—Solution Heat Treatment BPT Effluent Limitations.
(e) Subpart A—Extrusion Heat Treatment BPT Effluent Limitations.
(f) Subpart A—Annealing With Water BPT Effluent Limitations.
(g) Subpart A—Annealing With Oil BPT Effluent Limitations.
(h) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse BPT Effluent Limitations.
(i) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse for Forged Parts BPT Effluent Limitations.
(j) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Bath BPT Effluent Limitations.
(k) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse BPT Effluent Limitations.
(l) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse for Forged Parts BPT Effluent Limitations.
(m) Subpart A—Pickling Bath BPT Effluent Limitations.
(n) Subpart A—Pickling Fume Scrubber BPT Effluent Limitations.
(o) Subpart A—Tumbling or Burnishing BPT Effluent Limitations.
(p) Subpart A—Surface Coating BPT Effluent Limitations.
(q) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Waste Streams BPT Effluent Limitations.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a) Subpart A—Hot Rolling Spent Lubricant BAT Effluent Limitations.
(b) Subpart A—Cold Rolling Spent Lubricant BAT Effluent Limitations.
(c) Subpart A—Drawing Spent Lubricant BAT Effluent Limitations.
(d) Subpart A—Solution Heat Treatment BAT Effluent Limitations.
(e) Subpart A—Extrusion Heat Treatment BAT Effluent Limitations.
(f) Subpart A—Annealing with Water BAT Effluent Limitations.
(g) Subpart A—Annealing with Oil BAT Effluent Limitations.
(h) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse BAT Effluent Limitations.
(i) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse for Forged Parts BAT Effluent Limitations.
(j) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Bath BAT Effluent Limitations.
(k) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse BAT Effluent Limitations.
(l) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse for Forged Parts BAT Effluent Limitations.
(m) Subpart A—Pickling Bath BAT Effluent Limitations.
(n) Subpart A—Pickling Fume Scrubber BAT Effluent Limitations.
(o) Subpart A—Tumbling or Burnishing BAT Effluent Limitations.
(p) Subpart A—Surface Coating BAT Effluent Limitations.
(q) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Waste Streams BAT Effluent Limitations.
The following standards of performance establish the quantity or quality of pollutants or pollutant properties, controlled by this section, which may be discharged by a new source subject to the provisions of this subpart:
(a) Subpart A—Hot Rolling Spent Lubricant NSPS.
(b) Subpart A—Cold Rolling Spent Lubricant NSPS.
(c) Subpart A—Drawing Spent Lubricant NSPS.
(d) Subpart A—Solution Heat Treatment NSPS.
(e) Subpart A—Extrusion Heat Treatment NSPS.
(f) Subpart A—Annealing with Water NSPS.
(g) Subpart A—Annealing with Oil NSPS.
(h) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse NSPS.
(i) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse for Forged Parts NSPS.
(j) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Bath NSPS.
(k) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse NSPS.
(l) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse for Forged Parts NSPS.
(m) Subpart A—Pickling Bath NSPS.
(n) Subpart A—Pickling Fume Scrubber NSPS.
(o) Subpart A—Tumbling or Burnishing NSPS.
(p) Subpart A—Surface Coating NSPS.
(q) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Waste Streams NSPS.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources:
(a) Subpart A—Hot Rolling Spent Lubricant PSES.
(b) Subpart A—Cold Rolling Spent Lubricant PSES.
(c) Subpart A—Drawing Spent Lubricant PSES.
(d) Subpart A—Solution Heat Treatment PSES.
(e) Subpart A—Extrusion Heat Treatment PSES.
(f) Subpart A—Annealing with Water PSES.
(g) Subpart A—Annealing With Oil PSES.
(h) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse PSES.
(i) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse for Forged Parts PSES.
(j) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Bath PSES.
(k) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse PSES.
(l) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse for Forged Parts PSES.
(m) Subpart A—Pickling Bath PSES.
(n) Subpart A—Pickling Fume Scrubber PSES
(o) Subpart A—Tumbling or Burnishing PSES.
(p) Subpart A—Surface Coating PSES.
(q) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Waste Streams PSES.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment sources for new sources:
(a) Subpart A—Hot Rolling Spent Lubricant PSNS.
(b) Subpart A—Cold Rolling Spent Lubricant PSNS.
(c) Subpart A—Drawing Spent Lubricant PSNS.
(d) Subpart A—Solution Heat Treatment PSNS.
(e) Subpart A—Extrusion Heat Treatment PSNS.
(f) Subpart A—Annealing with Water PSNS.
(g) Subpart A—Annealing With Oil PSNS.
(h) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse PSNS.
(i) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Rinse for Forged Parts PSNS.
(j) Subpart A—Alkaline Cleaning Bath PSNS.
(k) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse PSNS.
(l) Subpart A—Pickling Rinse for Forged Parts PSNS.
(m) Subpart A—Pickling Bath PSNS.
(n) Subpart A—Pickling Fume Scrubber PSNS.
(o) Subpart A—Tumbling or Burnishing PSNS.
(p) Subpart A—Surface Coating PSNS.
(q) Subpart A—Miscellaneous Waste Streams PSNS.
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introduction of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the forming of beryllium copper alloys.
Secs. 301, 304, 306, 307, 308, and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217, unless otherwise noted.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from all process operations associated with the manufacture of semiconductors, except sputtering, vapor deposition, and electroplating.
The compliance deadline for the BAT fluoride limitation shall be as soon as possible as determined by the permit writer, but no later than November 8, 1985. The compliance deadline for the BAT and BCT limitations for total toxic organics (TTO) and pH, respectively, is as soon as possible as determined by the permit writer, but in no event later than July 1, 1984. The compliance date for PSES for TTO is July 1, 1984.
The definitions in 40 CFR part 401 and the chemical analysis methods in 40 CFR part 136 apply to this subpart.
(a) The term “total toxic organics (TTO)” means the sum of the concentrations for each of the following toxic organic compounds which is found in the discharge at a concentration greater than ten (10) micrograms per liter:
(b) The term “semiconductors” means solid state electrical devices which perform functions such as information processing and display, power handling, and interconversion between light energy and electrical energy.
(c) The term “manufacture of semiconductors” means those processes, beginning with the use of crystal wafers, which lead to or are associated with the manufacture of semiconductor devices.
(a) In lieu of monitoring for TTO, the permitting authority may allow direct dischargers to include the following certification as a “comment” on the Discharge Monitoring Report required by § 122.44 (i), formerly § 122.62(i): “Based on my inquiry of the person or persons directly responsible for managing compliance with the permit limitation for total toxic organics (TTO), I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, no dumping of concentrated toxic organics into the wastewaters has occurred since filing the last discharge monitoring report. I further certify that this facility is implementing the solvent management plan submitted to the permitting authority.”
(b) In requesting that no monitoring of TTO be required, the direct discharger shall submit a solvent management plan that specifies to the permitting authority's satisfaction the toxic organic compounds used; the method of disposal used instead of dumping, such as reclamation, contract hauling, or incineration; and procedures for assuring that toxic organics do not routinely spill or leak into the wastewater. The permitting authority shall incorporate the plan as a provision of the permit.
(c) In lieu of monitoring for TTO, the control authority may allow industrial users of POTWs to make the following certification as a comment to the periodic reports required by § 403.12(e): “Based on my inquiry of the person or persons directly responsible for managing compliance with the pretreatment standard for total toxic organics (TTO), I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, no dumping of concentrated toxic organics into the wastewaters has occurred since filing the last discharge monitoring report. I further certify that this facility is implementing the solvent management plan submitted to the control authority.”
(d) In requesting that no monitoring be required, industrial users of POTWs shall submit a solvent management plan that specifies to the control authority's satisfaction the toxic organic compounds used; the method of disposal used instead of dumping, such as reclamation, contract hauling, or incineration; and procedures for assuring that toxic organics do not routinely spill or leak into the wastewater.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32 any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES):
(a)
(b) An existing source submitting a certification in lieu of monitoring pursuant to § 469.13 (c) and (d) of this regulation must implement the solvent management plan approved by the control authority.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS):
(a)
(b) A new source submitting a certification in lieu of monitoring pursuant to § 469.13 (c) and (d) of this regulation must implement the solvent management plan approved by the control authority.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollution control technology (BCT):
(a) The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of electronic crystals.
(b) [Reserved]
The compliance date for the BAT fluoride limitation is as soon as possible as determined by the permit writer but in no event later than November 8, 1985. The compliance date for PSES for total toxic organics (TTO) is July 1, 1984 and for arsenic is November 8, 1985.
The definitions in 40 CFR part 401 and the chemical analysis methods in 40 CFR part 136 apply to this subpart. In addition,
(a) The term “total toxic organics (TTO)” means the sum of the concentrations for each of the following toxic organic compounds which is found in the discharge at a concentration greater than ten (10) micrograms per liter:
(b) The term “electronic crystals” means crystals or crystalline material which because of their unique structural and electronic properties are used in electronic devices. Examples of these crystals are crystals comprised of quartz, ceramic, silicon, gallium arsenide, and idium arsenide.
(c) The term “manufacture of electronic crystals” means the growing of crystals and/or the production of crystal wafers for use in the manufacture of electronic devices.
The certification alternative to monitoring for Total Toxic Organics (TTO) described in § 469.13 (a), (b), (c), and (d) is applicable to this subpart.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically available (BAT):
(a) Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES):
(b) An existing source submitting a certification in lieu of monitoring pursuant to § 469.13 (c) and (d) of this regulation must implement the solvent management plan approved by the control authority.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS):
(a)
(b) A new source submitting a certification in lieu of monitoring pursuant to § 469.13(c) and (d) of this regulation
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best conventional pollution control technology (BCT):
Secs. 301, 304, 306, 307, 308, 309, and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217).
(a) The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of cathode ray tubes.
(b) The compliance deadline for PSES shall be no later than July 14, 1986.
The definitions in 40 CFR part 401 and the chemical analysis methods in 40 CFR part 136 apply to this subpart. In addition,
(a) The term “cathode ray tubes” means electronic devices in which electrons focus through a vacuum to generate a controlled image on a luminescent surface. This definition does not include receiving and transmitting tubes.
(b) The term “total toxic organics (TTO)” means the sum of the concentrations for each of the following toxic organic compounds which is found in the discharge at a concentration greater than ten (10) micrograms per liter:
The certification alternative to monitoring for TTO specified in § 469.13 (a), (b), (c) and (d), is applicable to this subpart.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES):
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS):
Secs. 301, 304, 306, 307, 308, 309, and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314, 1316, 1317, 1318, and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217).
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to discharges resulting from the manufacture of luminescent materials.
The definitions in 40 CFR part 401 and the chemical analysis methods in 40 CFR part 136 apply to this subpart. In addition,
(a) The term “luminescent materials” shall mean materials that emit light upon excitation by such energy sources as photons, electrons, applied voltage, chemical reactions or mechanical energy and which are specifically used as coatings in fluorescent lamps and cathode ray tubes. Luminescent materials include, but are not limited to, calcium halophosphate, yttrium oxide, zinc sulfide, and zinc-cadmium sulfide.
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS):
Secs. 301, 304(b), (c), (e), and (g), 306(b) and (c), 307, 308, and 501 of the Clean Water Act (the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977) (the “Act”); 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1314(b), (c), (e), and (g), 1316(b) and (c), and 1361; 86 Stat. 816, Pub. L. 92-500; 91 Stat. 1567, Pub. L. 95-217.
(a) This part applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States and introduction of pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works from the forming of nonferrous metals (including nonferrous metal alloys), except beryllium, copper, and aluminum and their alloys. Aluminum alloys are defined as any alloy in which aluminum is the major constituent in percent by weight. Copper alloys are defined as any alloy in which copper is the major constituent in percent by weight except when copper is alloyed with precious metals. Any copper-precious metal alloy containing 30 percent or greater precious metal is considered a precious metal alloy for the purposes of this part. Beryllium alloys are any alloy in which beryllium is present at 0.1 percent or greater. This part applies to:
(1) Forming operations, including rolling (both hot and cold), extruding, forging, drawing, swaging, cladding, and tube reducing, and
(2) Ancillary operations performed as an integral part of the forming of these metals, including casting for subsequent forming, heat treatment, surface treatment, alkaline cleaning, solvent degreasing, product testing, surface coating, sawing, grinding, tumbling, burnishing, and wet air pollution control.
(b) This part also applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States and introduction of pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works from mechanical metal powder production operations, forming of parts from metal powders, and associated ancillary operations (listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section) of:
(1) Iron, copper, and aluminum, and their alloys; and
(2) The nonferrous metals and their alloys described in paragraph (a) of this section. This part does not regulate the production of metal powders by chemical means such as precipitation. The production of metal powder as the final step in refining metal is regulated under the Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing Point Source Category regulation, 40 CFR part 421.
(c) Surface treatment includes any chemical or electrochemical treatment applied to the surface of the metal. For the purposes of this regulation, surface treatment of metals is considered to be an integral part of the forming of metals whenever it is performed at the same plant site at which the metals are formed. Such surface treatment operations are not regulated under the Electroplating or Metal Finishing Point Source Category regulations, 40 CFR part 413 or 433, respectively.
(d) Casting is covered by this part when it is performed as an integral part of the metal forming process and takes place at the same plant site at which metals are formed. Such casting will not be regulated under the provisions of Metal Molding and Casting Point Source Category regulations, 40 CFR part 464.
(e) This part does not apply to the forming of the metals cadmium, chromium, gallium, germanium, indium, lithium, manganese, neodymium, or praseodymium.
In addition to the definitions set forth in 40 CFR part 401, the following definitions apply to this part:
(a) “Nonferrous metal” is any pure metal other than iron or any metal alloy for which a metal other than iron is its major constituent in percent by weight.
(b) “Forming” is a set of manufacturing operations in which metals and alloys are made into semifinished products by hot or cold working.
(c) “Alkaline cleaning” uses a solution (bath), usually detergent, to remove lard, oil, and other such compounds from a metal surface. Alkaline cleaning is usually followed by a water rinse. The rinse may consist of single or multiple stage rinsing. For the purposes of this part, an alkaline cleaning operation is defined as a bath followed by a rinse, regardless of the number of rinse stages. Each alkaline cleaning bath and rinse combination is entitled to a discharge allowance.
(d) “Atomization” is the process in which a stream of water or gas impinges upon a molten metal stream, breaking it into droplets which solidify as powder particles.
(e) “Burnishing” is a surface finishing process in which minute surface irregularities are displaced rather than removed.
(f) “Casting” is pouring molten metal into a mold to produce an object of desired shape.
(g) “Cladding” or “metal cladding” is the art of producing a composite metal containing two or more layers that have been metallurgically bonded together by roll bonding (co-rolling), solder application (or brazing), or explosion bonding.
(h) “Contact cooling water” is any wastewater which contacts the metal workpiece or the raw materials used in forming metals for the purpose of removing heat from the metal.
(i) “Continuous casting” is the production of sheet, rod, or other long shapes by solidifying the metal while it is being poured through an open-ended mold.
(j) “Degreasing” is the removal of oils and greases from the surface of the metal workpiece. This process can be accomplished with detergents as in alkaline cleaning or by the use of solvents.
(k) “Direct chill casting” is the pouring of molten nonferrous metal into a water-cooled mold. Contact cooling water is sprayed onto the metal as it is dropped into the mold, and the metal ingot falls into a water bath at the end of the casting process.
(l) “Drawing” is the process of pulling a metal through a die or succession of dies to reduce the metal's diameter or alter its cross-sectional shape.
(m) “Dye penetrant testing” is a nondestructive method for finding discontinuities that are open to the surface of the metal. A dye is applied to the surface of metal and the excess is rinsed off. Dye that penetrates surface discontinuities will not be rinsed away thus marking these discontinuities.
(n) “Emulsions” are stable dispersions of two immiscible liquids. In the Nonferrous Metals Forming and Metal Powders Point Source category, this is usually an oil and water mixture.
(o) “Electrocoating” is the electrodeposition of a metallic or nonmetallic coating onto the surface of a workpiece.
(p) “Extrusion” is the application of pressure to a billet of metal, forcing the metal to flow through a die orifice.
(q) “Forging” is deforming metal, usually hot, with compressive force into desired shapes, with or without dies. Where dies are used, the metal is forced to take the shape of the die.
(r) “Grinding” is the process of removing stock from a workpiece by the use of a tool consisting of abrasive grains held by a rigid or semi-rigid grinder. Grinding includes surface finishing, sanding, and slicing.
(s) “Heat treatment” is the application of heat of specified temperature and duration to change the physical properties of the metal.
(t) “Hot pressing” is forming a powder metallurgy compact at a temperature high enough to effect concurrent sintering.
(u) “Hydrotesting” is the testing of piping or tubing by filling with water and pressurizing to test for integrity.
(v) “Impregnation” is the process of filling pores of a formed powder part, usually with a liquid such as a lubricant, or mixing particles of a nonmetallic substance in a matrix of metal powder.
(w) “In-process control technology” is the conservation of chemicals and water throughout the production operations to reduce the amount of wastewater to be discharged.
(x) “Metal powder production” operations are mechanical process operations which convert metal to a finely divided form.
(y) “Milling” is the mechanical treatment of a nonferrous metal to produce powder, or to coat one component of a powder mixture with another.
(z) “Neat oil” is a pure oil with no or few impurities added. In nonferrous metals forming, its use is mostly as a lubricant.
(aa) “Powder forming” includes forming and compressing powder into a fully dense finished shape, and is usually done within closed dies.
(bb) “Precious metals” include gold, platinum, palladium, and silver and their alloys. Any alloy containing 30 or greater percent by weight of precious metals is considered a precious metal alloy.
(cc) “Product testing” includes operations such as dye penetrant testing, hydrotesting, and ultrasonic testing.
(dd) “Refractory metals” includes the metals of columbium, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium, tungsten and vanadium and their alloys.
(ee) “Rolling” is the reduction in thickness or diameter of a workpiece by passing it between lubricated steel rollers.
(ff) “Roll bonding” is the process by which a permanent bond is created between two metals by rolling under high pressure in a bonding mill (co-rolling).
(gg) “Sawing” is cutting a workpiece with a band, blade, or circular disc having teeth.
(hh) “Shot casting” is the production of shot by pouring molten metal in finely divided streams to form spherical particles.
(ii) “Stationary casting” is the pouring of molten metal into molds and allowing the metal to cool.
(jj) “Surface treatment” is a chemical or electrochemical treatment applied to the surface of a metal. Such treatments include pickling, etching, conversion coating, phosphating, and chromating. Surface treatment baths are usually followed by a water rinse. The rinse may consist of single or multiple stage rinsing. For the purposes of this part, a surface treatment operation is defined as a bath followed by a rinse, regardless of the number of stages. Each surface treatment bath, rinse combination is entitled to discharge allowance.
(kk) “Swaging” is a process in which a solid point is formed at the end of a tube, rod, or bar by the repeated blows of one or more pairs of opposing dies.
(ll) “Tube reducing” is an operation which reduces the diameter and wall thickness of tubing with a mandrel and a pair of rolls with tapered grooves.
(mm) “Tumbling” or “barrel finishing” is an operation in which castings, forgings, or parts pressed from metal powder are rotated in a barrel with ceramic or metal slugs or abrasives to remove scale, fins, or burrs. It may be done dry or with an aqueous solution.
(nn) “Ultrasonic testing” is a nondestructive test which applies sound, at a frequency above about 20 HJz, to metal, which has been immersed in liquid (usually water) to locate inhomogeneities or structural discontinuities.
(oo) “Wet air pollution control scrubbers” are air pollution control devices used to remove particulates and fumes from air by entraining the pollutants in a water spray.
(pp) “Grab sample” is a single sample which is collected at a time and place most representative of total discharge.
(qq) “Composite sample” is a sample composed of no less than eight grab samples taken over the compositing period.
(rr) A “flow proportional composite sample” is composed of grab samples collected continuously or discretely in proportion to the total flow at time of collection or to the total flow since collection of the previous grab sample. The grab volume or frequency of grab collection may be varied in proportion to flow.
(ss) The term “control authority” is defined as the POTW if it has an approved pretreatment program; in the absence of such a program, the NPDES State if it has an approved pretreatment program or EPA if the State does not have an approved program.
(tt) “Continuous operations” means that the industrial user introduces regulated wastewaters to the POTW throughout the operating hours of the
(uu) “Intermittent operations” means the industrial users does not have a continuous operation.
(vv) The term “off-kg (off-lb)” means the mass of metal or metal alloy removed from a forming operation at the end of a process cycle for transfer to a different machine or process.
The compliance date for PSES under this regulation is August 23, 1988.
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the lead-tin-bismuth forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the process operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h) Continuous strip casting contact cooling water.
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards. The mass of pollutants in the lead-tin-bismuth forming operations' process wastewater shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and by August 23, 1988, achieve the pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). The mass of wastewater pollutants in lead-tin-bismuth forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new sources subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in lead-tin-bismuth forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the magnesium forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the process operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards. The mass of pollutants in the magnesium forming process wastewater shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and by August 23, 1988 achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). The mass of wastewater pollutants in magnesium forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). The mass of wastewater pollutants in magnesium forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the nickel-cobalt forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30-125.32, any existing point source sub-
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided
(3) The demonstration required under paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the actions described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section shall be taken, and the demonstration required under paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until it has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months.
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the NPDES issuing authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical methods set forth in or approved pursuant to 40 CFR part 136, that the concentrations of nitrosamine compounds in the wastewater discharged from the tube reducing process do not exceed 0.050 mg/l of N-nitrosodimethylamine, 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine.
(3) The demonstration required under paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds at concentrations greater than those specified in subparagraph (d)(2) of this section, the actions described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section shall be taken, and the demonstration required under subparagraph (d)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until it has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months.
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in subparagraph (d)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the NPDES issuing authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS). The mass of pollutants in the nickel-cobalt forming process wastewater shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical methods set forth in or approved pursuant to 40 CFR part 136, that the concentrations of nitrosamine compounds in the wastewater discharged from the tube reducing process do not exceed 0.050 mg/l of N-nitrosodimethylamine, 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine.
(3) The demonstration required under paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the actions described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section shall be taken, and the demonstration required under paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until it has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months.
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the NPDES issuing authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and by August 23, 1988 achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). The mass of wastewater pollutants in nickel-cobalt forming wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical methods set forth in or approved pursuant to 40 CFR part 136, that the concentrations of nitrosamine compounds in the wastewater discharged from the tube reducing process do not exceed 0.050 mg/l of N-nitrosodimethylamine, 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine.
(3) The demonstration required under paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the POTW control authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in nickel-cobalt forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (d)(2) of this section
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical methods set forth in or approved pursuant to 40 CFR part 136, that the concentrations of nitrosamine compounds in the wastewater discharged from the tube reducing process do not exceed 0.050 mg/l of N-nitrosodimethylamine, 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine.
(3) The demonstration required under subparagraph (d)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the actions described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section shall be taken, and the demonstration required
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in subparagraph (d)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section (2); or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in subparagraph (2) above and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the POTW control authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the precious metals forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the process operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and by August 23, 1985 achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). The mass of wastewater pollutants in precious metals forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the refractory metals forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the process operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and by August 23, 1988 achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). The mass of wastewater pollutants in refractory metals forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). The mass of wastewater pollutants in the refractory metals forming process wastewater shall not exceed the values set forth below:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the titanium forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the process operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS). The discharge of wastewater pollutants from titanium process wastewater
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and by August 23, 1988 achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). The mass of wastewater pollutants in titanium forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). The mass of wastewater pollutants in the titanium forming process wastewater shall not exceed the values set forth below:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the uranium forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the process operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best praticable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS). The mass of pollutants in the uranium forming process wastewater shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). The mass of wastewater pollutants in uranium forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the zinc forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the process operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). The mass of the wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the zirconium-hafnium forming subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical methods set forth in or approved pursuant to 40 CFR part 136, that the concentrations of nitrosamine compounds in the wastewater discharged from the tube reducing process do not exceed 0.050 mg/l of N-nitrosodimethylamine, 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine.
(3) The demonstration required under subparagraph (g)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds at concentrations greater than those specified in subparagraph (g)(2) of this section, the actions described in paragraph (g)(4), of this section shall be taken, and the demonstration required under paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until it has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months.
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in subparagraph (g)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (g)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the NPDES issuing authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical methods set forth in or approved pursuant to 40 CFR part 136, that the concentrations of nitrosamine compounds in the wastewater discharged from the tube reducing process do not exceed 0.050 mg/l of N-nitrosodimethylamine, 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine.
(3) The demonstration required under paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the actions described in paragraph (g)(4) of this section shall be taken, and the demonstration required under paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until it has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months.
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (g)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the NPDES issuing authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS). The mass of pollutant in the zirconium-hafnium process wastewater shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical
(3) The demonstration required under paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the actions described in paragraph (g)(4) of this section shall be taken, and the demonstration required under paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until it has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months.
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (g)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the NPDES issuing authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and by August 23, 1988 achieve the following preteatment standards for existing sources (PSES). The mass of wastewater pollutants in zirconium-hafnium forming process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical methods set forth in or approved pursuant to 40 CFR part 136, that the concentrations of nitrosamine compounds in the wastewater discharged from the tube reducing process do not exceed 0.050 mg/l of N-nitrosodimethylamine, 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine.
(3) The demonstration required under paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in subparagraph (g)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (g)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the POTW control authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources (PSNS). The mass of wastewater shall not exceed the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) There shall be no discharge of process wastewater pollutants except as provided under paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
(2) Process wastewater pollutants may be discharged, with no allowance for any pollutants discharged, provided the facility owner or operator demonstrates, on the basis of analytical methods set forth in or approved pursuant to 40 CFR part 136, that the concentrations of nitrosamine compounds in the wastewater discharged from the tube reducing process do not exceed 0.050 mg/l of N-nitrosodimethylamine, 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodiphenylamine, and 0.020 mg/l of N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine.
(3) The demonstration required under subparagraph (g)(2) of this section shall be made once per month until the demonstration has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months, after which time the demonstration may be made once per quarter. If a sample is found to contain any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds at concentrations greater than those specified in subparagraph (g)(2) of this section, the actions described in paragraph (g)(4) of this section shall be taken, and the demonstration required under paragraph (g)(2) shall be made once per month until it has been made for all three nitrosamine compounds for six consecutive months.
(4) If sampling results show that any of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds is present in the process wastewater at concentrations greater than those specified in subparagraph (g)(2) of this section, the facility owner or operator shall ensure that, within thirty days of receiving written notification of the sampling results, there is no further discharge of tube reducing spent lubricant wastewater until the owner or operator:
(i) Performs a subsequent analysis which demonstrates that the concentrations of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds do not exceed the levels specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section; or
(ii) Substitutes a new tube reducing lubricant and thereafter complies with the requirements of paragraph (g)(3) of this section; or
(iii) Determines the source of the pollutant whose concentration exceeded the level specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section and demonstrates to the satisfaction of the POTW control authority that such source has been eliminated.
(5) The concentration limits specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section apply at the point of discharge from the tube reducing process. However, sampling after the tube reducing wastewater has been commingled with other wastewaters is permitted if:
(i) Any dilution caused by the other wastewaters is taken into account in determining the appropriate (
(ii) An analytical method of sufficient sensitivity is used to measure the levels of each of the foregoing nitrosamine compounds in the wastewaters being sampled.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
This subpart applies to discharges of pollutants to waters of the United States, and introductions of pollutants into publicly owned treatment works from the process operations of the metal powders subcategory.
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations for the process operations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 125.30 through 125.32, any existing point source subject to this subpart must achieve the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by the application of the best available technology economically achievable (BAT):
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Any new source subject to this subpart must achieve the following new source performance standards (NSPS). The mass of pollutants in the metal powder process wastewater shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7 and 403.13, any existing source subject to this subpart which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and by August 23, 1988 achieve the following pretreatment standards for existing sources (PSES). The mass of wastewater pollutants in metal powders process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Except as provided in 40 CFR 403.7, any new source subject to this subject which introduces pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works must comply with 40 CFR part 403 and achieve the following pretreatment standards for new sources. The mass of wastewater pollutants in metal powders process wastewater introduced into a POTW shall not exceed the following values:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)